UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d)
of the Securities Exchange Act 1934
for the fiscal year ended:
December 31, 1993
commission file number: 0-4641
SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified its charter)
North Carolina 56-0939887
(State of incorporation) (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
500 North Chestnut Street 28358
Lumberton, North Carolina (Zip Code)
Address of principal executive offices)
(919) 671-2000
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class Name of each exchange
on which registered
Common Stock, $5 par value New York Stock Exchange
Depositary Shares, New York Stock Exchange
stated value $25
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained
herein, and will not be contained, to the best of
registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this
Form 10-K or any amendments to this Form 10-K __________.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act Of 1934 during the preceding 12
months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to
such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes X NO ________
The aggregate market value of Southern National Corporation
voting common stock held by non-affiliates as of February
17, 1994 was $780.9 million and the number of shares
outstanding at February 17, 1994 was 42, 353,374.
Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 1994 Annual Meeting
of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Par III
of this Form 10-K.
Part I.
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
A special meeting of the shareholders of Southern
National Corporation was held on December 27, 1993 to
consider the following resolution:
RESOLVED, that up to 8,305,000 shares of Southern National
Corporation's common stock including shares to be issued
pursuant to options to purchase shares of Southern National
Corporation common stock based upon the exchange ratio)
(subject to adjustment in retain circumstances) to be issued
pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger
dated August 5, 1993, providing for the acquisition by
Southern National Corporation of The First Savings Bank,
FSB.
Of shares represented by proxy there were:
Votes for 18,803,894 (07.62%); Votes Against 227,902
(1.18%); Abstain 229,576 (1.19%); as a percentage of the
shares represented by proxy at the meeting. There were
31,751,733 shares eligible to vote.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Lumberton, State of North
Carolina, On March 24, 1994.
SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION
(Registrant)
By:_____________________________________
L. Glenn Orr, Jr., Chairman,
President and Chief Executive
Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following
persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities
indicated on March 24, 1994.
Signature Title
_______________________ Chairman, President, Chief
L. Glenn Orr, Jr. Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
________________________ Executive Vice President and Chief
John R. Spruill Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
________________________ Executive Vice President and
Gary E. Carlton Director
_______________________ Vice President and Controller
Sherry A. Kellett (Principal Accounting Officer)
_______________________ Director
William F. Black
_______________________ Director
Ronald E. Deal
________________________ Director
William N. Geiger, Jr.
________________________ Director
Lloyd V. Hackley, Ph.D.
________________________ Director
James A. Hardison, Jr.
________________________ Director
Donald C. Hiscott
________________________ Director
Richard Janeway, M.D.
________________________ Director
Joseph A. McAleer, Jr.
________________________ Director
Albert O. McCauley
________________________ Director
Dickson McLean, Jr.
________________________ Director
Charles E. Nichols
________________________ Director
C. Edward Pleasants, Jr.
________________________ Director
Nido R. Qubein
________________________ Director
Ted R. Reynolds
________________________ Director
A. Bruce Williams
________________________ Director
A. Tab Williams, Jr.
________________________ Director
Edward M. Williams
________________________ Director
T.H. Yancey
EXHIBIT INDEX
EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE>
Exhibit No. Description Location
<S> <C> <C>
3.1 Articles of Incorporation of Incorporated herein
Southern National Corporation, by reference to
as amended. Registration No. 33-
64176.
3.2 Bylaws of Southern National Incorporated herein
Corporation, as amended. by reference to
Registration No. 33-
29586.
4.1 Form of Articles of Amendment Incorporated herein
to Articles of Incorporation of by reference to
Southern National Corporation Registration No. 33-
relating to Cumulative 44557.
Convertible Preferred Stock,
Series A.
4.2 Agreement to furnish copies of Filed herewith.
documents defining the rights
of the holders of the Capital
Notes of Southern National
Corporation.
10.1* Deferred compensation Incorporated herein
Agreement, dated as of January by reference to
8, 1974, as amended, by and Registration No. 2-
between Southern National Bank 86631.
of North Carolina and Hector
MacLean.
10.2* Deferred Compensation Incorporated herein
Agreement, dated as of April 1, by reference to
1977, as amended, by and Registration No. 2-
between Southern National Bank 73848.
of North Carolina and A. Bruce
Williams.
EXHIBIT INDEX (continued)
Exhibit No. Description Location
10.3* Employment Contract dated Incorporated herein by
July 16, 1981, by and reference to Registration
between Southern National No. 33-29586.
Bank of North Carolina,
Souther National
Corporation and L. Glenn
Orr, Jr.
10.4* Employment Contract dated Incorporated herein by
July 21, 1983, by and reference to Registration
between Southern National No. 33-29586.
Bank of North Carolina,
Southern National
Corporation and William F.
Black.
10.5* Employment Contract dated Incorporated herein by
July 21, 1983, by and reference to Registration
between Southern National No. 33-29586.
Bank of North Carolina and
J.A. Hardison, Jr.
10.6* Agreement dated December Incorporated herein by
12, 1984, by and between reference to Registration
Southern National Bank of No. 33-29586.
North Carolina and James
A. Hardison, Jr.
10.7* Salary continuation Incorporated herein by
agreement dated May 18, reference to Registration
1983, by and between First No. 33-29586.
National Bank of Anson
County and James A.
Hardison, Jr.
10.8* Employment Contract dated Incorporated herein by
September 19, 1985, by and reference to Registration
between Southern National No. 33-00962.
Corporation, Southern
National Bank of North
Carolina and A. Bruce
Williams.
EXHIBIT INDEX (continued)
Exhibit No. Description Location
10.9* Employment Contract dated Incorporated herein by
September 19, 1985, by and reference to Registration
between Southern National No. 33-00962.
Corporation, Southern
National Bank of North
Carolina and A. Bruce
Williams.
10.10* Employment contact dated Incorporated herein by
July 17, 1986, by and reference to Registration
between Southern National No. 33-8137.
Corporation, Southern
National Bank of North
Carolina and Gary E.
Carlton.
10.11* Amendment to Employment Incorporated herein by
contract dated june 15, reference to Registration
1987, by and between No. 33-29586.
Southern National
Corporation, Southern
National Bank of North
Carolina and Gary E.
Carlton.
10.12* Employee Stock Ownership Incorporated herein by
Plan, as amended, of reference to Southern
Southern National National Corporation's
Corporation. Annual Report on form 10-
K for the year ended
December 31, 1988.
10.13* Employment contract dated Incorporated herein by
April 24, 1989, by and reference to Registration
between Southern National No. 33-29586.
Corporation, Southern
National Bank of North
Carolina, Southern
National Bank of South
Carolina and John R.
Spruill.
EXHIBIT INDEX (continued)
Exhibit No. Description Location
10.14* Employment Contract dated Incorporated herein by
June 15, 1989, by and reference to Registration
between Southern National No. 33-29586.
Corporation, Southern
National Bank of North
Carolina and L. Glenn Orr,
Jr.
10.15* Employment contact dated Incorporated herein by
June 15, 1989, by and reference to Registration
between Southern National No. 33-29586
Corporation, Southern
National Bank of North
Carolina and A. Bruce
Williams.
10.16* Amendment to Employment Incorporated herein by
contract dated January 1, reference to Registration
1989, by and between No. 33-38894.
Southern National
Corporation, Southern
National Bank of North
Carolina and A. Bruce
Williams.
10.17* Amendment to Employment Incorporated herein by
contract, dated July 2, reference to Registration
1990, by and between No. 33-38894.
Southern National
corporation, Southern
National Bank of North
Carolina and Hector
MacLean.
10.18* Death Benefit Only plan, Incorporated herein by
dated April 23, 1990, by reference to Registration
and between Southern No. 33-38894.
National Bank of North
Carolina and L. Glenn Orr,
Jr.
EXHIBIT INDEX (continued)
Exhibit No. Description Location
10.19* Non-Employee Director's Incorporated herein by
Stock Option Plan of reference to Southern
Southern National National corporation's
Corporation. definitive Proxy Statement
for the 1992 Annual
Meeting of shareholders,
dated March 25, 1992.
10.20* Amendment to Employment Filed herewith.
contract, dated january 1,
1994, by and between
Southern National
corporation, Southern
National Bank of North
Carolina and Gary E.
Carlton.
10.21* Employment Contract dated Filed herewith.
January 24, 1994, by and
between Souther National
Corporation, Southern
National Bank of South
Carolina and Luther C.
Boliek.
10.22* Executive change in Control Filed herewith.
Agreement dated January 1,
1994, by and between
Southern National
corporation and G. Lee
Cory.
10.23* executive change in Control Filed herewith.
Agreement dated january 1,
1994, by and between
Southern National
corporation and Charles
Royce Hough.
EXHIBIT (continued)
Exhibit Description Location
No.
10.24* Executive change in Filed herewith.
Control Agreement
dated january 1, 1994,
by and between
Southern National
Corporation and Robert
E. Greene.
10.25* Executive change in Filed herewith.
Control Agreement
dated January 1, 1994,
by and between
Southern National
Corporation and Morris
D. Marley.
10.26* Executive change in Filed herewith.
Control Agreement
dated january 1, 1994,
by and between
Southern National
corporation and Sherry
a. Kellett.
10.27* Form of consulting Filed herewith.
Agreement between
Southern National
Corporation and
Outside Directors.
11.1 Computations of Filed herewith.
Earnings Per Share
13.1 Annual report to Filed herewith.
security holders.
21.1 Subsidiaries of the Filed herewith.
Registrant.
23.1 Consent of Arthur Filed herewith.
Andersen & Co.
99.1 Proxy Statement of the Filed herewith.
1994 Annual Meeting of
Shareholders dated
March 16, 1994.
</TABLE>
* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
EXHIBIT 4.2
Agreement to Furnish Copies of
Document Defining the Rights
of the Holders of the Capital Notes
of Southern National Corporation
Exhibit 4.2
Agreement to Furnish Copies of
Documents Defining the Rights of the
Holders of the Capital Notes of
Southern National Corporation
Copies of the documents defining the rights of the
holders of the Capital Notes which have been issued by SNC
are not included as exhibits because these securities were
exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended, and the total amount authorized does not exceed
10% of the consolidated total assets of SNC.
However, SNC hereby agrees to furnish copies of the
aforementioned documents upon the written request of the
Commission.
EXHIBIT 10.20
Amendment to Employment Contract,
dated January 1, 1994,
by and between Southern National Corporation,
Southern National Bank of North Carolina
and Gary E. Carlton
STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA,
EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT
FORSYTH COUNTY
THIS EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT, made and entered into
effective January 1, 1994, by and between SOUTHERN NATIONAL
CORPORATION (herein "Corporation"), a North Carolina
Corporation with its principal office in Lumberton, North
Carolina, and SOUTHERN NATIONAL BANK OF NORTH CAROLINA
(herein "Bank"), a National Banking Association with its
principal office in Lumberton, North Carolina, parties of
the first part, and GARY E. CARLTON (herein "Carlton"),
party of the second part;
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, Carlton is an officer of the Corporation and
Bank; and
WHEREAS, Corporation is the sole shareholder and
holding company of the Bank;
WHEREAS, Corporation and Bank, recognizing the value of
the services which Carlton has provided and can continue to
provide to Corporation and Bank and recognizing his banking
and financial experience and managerial abilities, entered
into an Employment Contract with Carlton dated July 17,
1986; and
WHEREAS, Corporation and Bank and Carlton agreed to an
amendment to the July 17, 1986, Employment Contract, by
agreement dated June 15, 1987, extending the term of
Carlton's employment as an officer and employee of the
Corporation and Bank until he reaches age sixty-five (65)
(as amended, the "Employment Contract"; and
WHEREAS, the parties have determined that the
Employment Contract should be further amended to clarify
Carlton's compensation and future increases therein (which
the parties have determined to be reasonable compensation)
to include a mitigation provision consistent with the
provisions of Prop. Treas. Reg. (bullet)1.280 G-1 (A-42)
and to add several other non-material provisions.
NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the sum of
Ten Dollars ($10.00) and other good and valuable
consideration,receipt of which is hereby acknowledged by
each of the parties, and in consideration of the mutual
covenants of the parties, the parties agree that the
Employment Contract shall be and is hereby further amended
and restated as follows:
Section 1. Employment. Corporation and Bank employ
Carlton and Carlton agrees that he shall be employed by
Corporation and Bank, as Executive Vice President and
President,respectively, with such duties and
responsibilities as may be assigned to him in such
capacities from time to time by the Boards of Directors of
Corporation and Bank.
Section 2. Duties and Offices. Carlton shall continue
to be employed as Executive Vice President of the
Corporation and President of the Bank and have equivalent or
higher duties and responsibilities during his employment by
Corporation and Bank. While this Employment Contract is in
effect, senior management of Corporation and Bank shall each
year nominate Carlton for election by the Boards of
Directors of Corporation and Bank to the offices herein set
out (or such higher officer level as the respective Boards
of Directors may decide).
Section 3. Election to Boards of Directors. Carlton
shall be elected to the Boards of Directors of both
Corporation and Bank during the term of his employment.
Management of Corporation and Bank will nominate Carlton at
each of their respective annual shareholders' meetings for
election to the Boards of Directors of Corporation and Bank
for successive terms during his employment under this
Employment Contract.
Section 4. Term. The term of this Employment Contract
and the employment by the Corporation and Bank of Carlton
under this Employment Contract shall be for the period of
time beginning January 1, 1994, and continuing and existing
until Carlton reaches age sixty-five (65).
Section 5. Compensation. Effective from and after
January 1, 1994, the Bank and the Corporation jointly and
severally agree to pay Carlton for his services to be
rendered hereunder a minimum base salary of two hundred
twenty thousand dollars ($220,000) per year payable in equal
monthly installments. Subsequent to 1994, Carlton's base
salary may be increased each year, effective January 1st, by
an amount determined by the Corporation's Compensation
Committee. In the event the Corporation or Bank merges in a
transaction where it is not the surviving entity, Carlton
shall be entitled to annual increases in base salary which
shall be, at a minimum, the average percentage increase
granted to the officers of equal rank of senior management
of the surviving banking entity which carries on the
business of Bank or the surviving corporation which is the
parent of the Bank. If the Corporation ceases to exist and
is dissolved,and is no longer the parent holding company for
the Bank, then reference herein to the "Corporation shall
not longer be applicable to this Section 5.
Section 6. Employee Benefits. Bank maintains employee
benefits for officers and employees of Corporation and Bank
including a retirement plan and life insurance benefits.
Corporation and Bank will continue to provide for Carlton
benefits under its retirement plans and to provide Carlton
with fringe or employee benefits available to officers of
similar officer level of Bank including, but not limited to,
medical insurance, life insurance, holidays, vacations, sick
pay, leave, and participation in the Southern National
Employee Stock Ownership Plan as in effect from time to
time.
Section 7. Life Insurance. At the present time, Bank
carries, at the cost of Bank and Carlton, life insurance on
Carlton, pursuant to the Southern National Corporation
Senior Officers Insurance Program Agreement dated July 1,
1992 and pursuant to an additional Southern National
Corporation Senior Officers Insurance Program Agreement
effective October 1,1992. Corporation and Bank agree to
continue to carry and maintain in force and pay its share of
the premiums on life insurance on the life of Carlton as
required, under the Southern National Corporation Senior
Officers Insurance Program Agreements in favor of Carlton
referenced in this Section 7. Carlton may designate or
change the beneficiary of that portion of the policy
proceeds to which Carlton is entitled under such agreements,
subject to the collateral assignment of proceeds provided
for under such agreements.
Section 8. Services. Carlton agrees to devote his
full time and efforts to the business and affairs of the
Corporation and Bank and to use his best efforts to promote
and increase the business of the Corporation and Bank, to
serve in the Offices of Corporation and Bank herein set out,
and to perform any other duties which the Boards of
Directors of Corporation and Bank may from time to time
assign or delegate to him.
Section 9. Termination. In the event (1) Carlton
voluntarily severs his employment before the end of the term
of this Employment Contract, (2) becomes no longer bondable
by the surety company writing fidelity and similar type
bonds for the Bank and Corporation, or (3) becomes no longer
acceptable to the applicable banking regulatory authorities
to be an officer of the Corporation and Bank, then this
contract and the employment of Carlton by Corporation and
Bank shall terminate, and Carlton shall receive no further
salary payments or other fringe benefits provided under this
contract, except Carlton shall not forfeit any benefits to
which he had become vested prior to the time of the
happening of such event.
Section 10. Covenant Not to Compete. If Carlton
voluntarily terminates his employment with Corporation
before the end of the term of this contract, that is before
Carlton reaches age sixty-five (65), then Carlton covenants,
contracts and agrees that he shall not for his own account
or behalf or for the account of others, or as the employee,
officer, agent or representative of any other bank holding
company, bank, savings and loan association or lending or
financial institution of any type,engage in the business of
banking or lending or financial services, nor enter into the
employment of any other bank holding company, bank savings
and loan association, or any financial institution of any
type, within the geographical area of the State of North
Carolina or the State of South Carolina (in which latter
state a banking subsidiary of Southern National Corporation
operates) for a period of time beginning with the date of
such termination and ending five (5) years thereafter.
Section 11. Severability. If any provision or clause
of this Employment Contract or any application thereof to
any party or circumstance is held invalid, such invalidity
shall not affect other provisions or applications to any
party or of the Employment Contract that can be given effect
without the invalid provisions or application, and to this
end the provisions of the Employment Contract are declared
to be severable.
Section 12. Mitigation. Carlton shall be required to
mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this
Employment Contract by seeking other employment and the
amount of any such payment shall be reduced by any
compensation earned by Carlton as the result of employment
by another employer after Carlton's termination by
Corporation and Bank.
Section 13. Continuance of Agreement. Corporation
will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by
purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all or
substantially all of the business of the Corporation or Bank
to expressly assume and perform all of the obligations of
this Employment Contract, in a written agreement form
satisfactory to Carlton.
Section 14. Assumption of Agreement. Unless the
parties to this Employment Contract otherwise mutually agree
in writing, the Corporation or Bank shall not merge or
consolidate with any other corporation, bank or association
until such successor entity expressly agrees to and assumes
the obligations of Corporation and Bank under this
Employment Contract.
Section 15. Payment. Should a potential successor not
agree to assume the obligations of Corporation and Bank
under this Employment Contract during a merger or
consolidation, Carlton shall be entitled to compensation
from Corporation and Bank (in the aggregate) pursuant to the
terms of Section 5 for the term of this Employment Contract
provided in Section 2.
Section 16. Indemnification. Corporation and Bank
must pay any reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred by
Carlton in seeking to obtain or enforce any right or benefit
provided under this Employment Contract, whether Carlton is
successful or not. Payments made under this Section 16
shall be paid by Corporation and Bank (in the aggregate) to
Carlton at the time Carlton incurs such legal fees or
expenses.
Section 17. Governing Law. This contract shall be
governed and construed by the Laws of the State of North
Carolina.
Section 18. Binding Effect. This contract shall be
binding upon any of the successors, assigns or personal
representatives of the parties hereto.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this
amended and restates Employment Contract, this 1st day of
January, 1994, effective as of January 1, 1994.
SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION
By:
Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer
ATTEST:
Secretary
SOUTHERN NATIONAL BANK
OF NORTH CAROLINA
By:
Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer
ATTEST:
Secretary
GARY E. CARLTON (SEAL)
EXHIBIT 10.21
Employment Contract, dated January 24, 1994,
by and between Southern National Corporation,
Southern National Bank of South Carolina
and Luther C. Boliek
NOTICE: THIS AGREEMENT IS SUBJECT TO ARBITRATION
PURSUANT TO SECTION 15-48-10 ET. SEQ. OF THE
SOUTH CAROLINA UNIFORM ARBITRATION ACT
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT made and entered into this 24th day
of January, 1994, by and between SOUTHERN NATIONAL
CORPORATION, SOUTHERN NATIONAL BANK OF SOUTH CAROLINA, as
successor to the First Savings Bank, FSB, hereinafter
referred to as "Bank", and LUTHER C. BOLIEK of GREENVILLE,
SOUTHER CAROLINA, hereinafter referred to as "Employee",
provides as follows:
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, The First Savings Bank, FSB ("FSB") previously
entered into an employment agreement with Employee (the "FSB
Agreement"); and
WHEREAS, Southern National Corporation, Bank, and
Employee desire to amend and restate the FSB Agreement and
substitute this employment agreement in lieu thereof as of
the Effective Data, as defined in paragraph 15.1.
NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual
promises and agreements hereinafter set forth and other good
and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of
which are hereby acknowledged, Employee, Southern National
Corporation, and Bank covenant and agree as follows:
ARTICLE I. EMPLOYEE'S RESPONSIBILITIES
1.1. Southern National Corporation does hereby employ
and engage Employee as Vice Chairman. Employee shall have
all responsibilities associated with such position and such
other or additional duties as may be assigned to him from
time to time by the Chairman of Southern National
Corporation or its Board of Directors consistent with the
duties and responsibilities of the position held by
Employee. Employee shall report to the Chairman of Southern
National Corporation.
1.2 Employee shall provide full-time services to Bank,
Southern National Corporation, and its other affiliates
(collectively referred to herein as "SNC"). For purposes of
this Agreement, the term "SNC" shall refer to Southern
National Corporation and its other affiliates unless the
context clearly implies that it refers only to Southern
National Corporation. Employee will assist in business
development efforts as required by Bank and SNC. Employee
will be required to work on behalf of Bank and SNC according
to a mutually agreed schedule which must meet reasonable
requirements of Bank and SNC.
1.3 The place of performance of Employee's duties
shall be in Greenville, South Carolina, except for required
business travel and other short-term business-related
obligations.
1.4 During the following Employee's employment with
Bank and SNC, Employee will not discuss or use any
confidential information or proprietary data of Bank or SNC,
in any form, except in the course of Employee's employment
with Bank and SNC.
ARTICLE II. PERFORMANCE OF DUTIES
2.1 Employee agrees that Employee will, at all times,
faithfully,industriously and to the best of Employee's
ability, experience and talents perform any duties that may
be required by and from Employee pursuant to the terms
hereof, to the reasonable satisfaction of Bank and SNC.
2.2 During the term of this Agreement, Employee agrees
not to working any other paying capacity without the prior
written consent of Bank's and SNC's management.
ARTICLE III. DURATION, SEVERANCE PAY AND SUPPLEMENTAL
RETIREMENT BENEFIT
3.1 The initial term of employment under this
Agreement shall begin as of the Effective Date, as defined
in paragraph 15.1, and shall end three (3) years later
unless the initial term (or an extended term, as the case
may be) is continued for an extended term as provided
hereinbelow, subject to prior termination. Each extended
term shall be for a period of one (1) year and shall begin
at the end of the expiring initial term (or an expiring
extended term, as the case may be). The parties hereto must
mutually agree in writing to an extended term at least sixty
(60) days prior to the end of the expiring initial term, or
an expiring extended term, whichever shall be applicable.
3.2 The death of the Employee during the term of this
Agreement shall terminate this agreement.
3.3 Employee shall receive up to six (6) months full
compensation for any period of illness or incapacity during
the term of this Agreement. Thereafter, and unless Employee
shall have resumed his full responsibilities hereunder prior
to the end of such six (6) month period, this Agreement and
the employment contemplated hereunder shall terminate.
Thereafter, Employee shall be entitled to such benefits as
to which Employee may be entitled under any short- or long-
term disability plans maintained by SNC. Management further
reserves the right to appoint another person to Employee's
position on a temporary basis during the six (6) month
period of illness or incapacity. Periods of absence de to
illness or incapacity shall be treated as months worked for
purposes of paragraph 3.6; provided, however, that no more
than six (6) months of such absence shall be in addition to,
and shall not reduce, any benefits payable under paragraphs
3.6 and 3.7.
3.4 Bank and SNC reserve the right to terminate this
Agreement at any time for Just Cause. For purposes of this
Agreement, termination for "Just Cause" shall mean
termination for personal dishonesty, willful misconduct,
breach of a fiduciary duty involving personal profit,
intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful
violation of any law, rule,regulation (other than a law,
rule or regulation relating to a traffic violation or
similar offense, the violation of which does not involve
moral turpitude and the commission of which is not a
felony), final cease-and-desist order, or material breach of
any provision of this Agreement. Should Bank or SNC and
Employee be unable to agree on whether or not Employee's
conduct, acts or omissions constitute "Just Cause" for
termination of employment within thirty (30) days after Bank
or SNC gives Employee Notice of Termination, the controversy
shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the rules
of the South Carolina Uniform Arbitration Act in effect,
which decision shall be binding on both parties. The date
of termination for this purpose shall be the date on which
the dispute is finally determined, either by mutual written
agreement of the parties, by binding or final arbitration
award, or final judgement, order or decree of a court of
competent jurisdiction (the time for appeal having expired
and no appeal having been perfected). Employee shall not be
deemed to have been terminated for "Just Cause" without:
(a) delivery to Employee of a written Notice of
Termination from the Chairman of Southern National
Corporation explaining SNC's or Bank's intention
to terminate Employee for "Just Cause" and
specifying in detail the facts and circumstances
that are the basis for the terminating Employee's
employment; and
(b) providing an opportunity for Employee to cure any
default specified in the Notice of Termination for
a period of thirty (30) days after receipt of such
notice.
3.5 This Agreement may be terminated at any time by
either Bank, SNC or Employee for any reason, with or without
"Just Cause", by giving the other parties to this Agreement
sixty (60) days prior written notice of said termination.
3.6 Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the
contrary other than the provisions of Article V, upon
termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever
(including, but not limited to, death, disability,
termination by any party hereto with or without "Just
Cause") and in all events, Bank or SNC shall pay to Employee
(or his beneficiary or his estate in the event of his death)
as severance pay an amount equal to three (3) times his Base
Salary, as defined in paragraph 4.1. The amount of any
severance pay in the preceding sentence shall be reduced by
one thirty-sixth (1/36th) for each calendar month Employee
works (or is deemed to work (such deemed work not to exceed
six (6) months) in accordance with paragraph 3.3) for Bank
of SNC, beginning on the Effective Date of this Agreement,
as defined in paragraph 15.1. In addition to the severance
pay previously described in this paragraph 3.6 and the
Supplemental Retirement Benefit described in paragraph 3.7,
if this Agreement is terminated by Bank or SNC without "Just
Cause", then Employee shall also receive any vested amounts
to which he is entitled under the terms of any incentive or
deferred compensation plan. Bank and SNC shall pay the
severance benefits under this paragraph 3.6 in a lump sum
payment within thirty (30) days after termination of this
Agreement. In the event that the amount payable to Employee
under this paragraph should cause a "parachute payment", as
defined in section 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended ("Code"), then such amount shall be
reduced One Dollar ($1.00) at a time until the payment will
not constitute a parachute payment. In the event the amount
Employee receives under this paragraph should be incorrectly
calculated so that such amount constitutes a parachute
payment, then Employee will promptly refund the excess
amount. Excess amount shall mean the amount in excess of
Employee's base amount, as defined in Code section
280G(b)(3), multiplied by 2.999. The severance benefits in
this paragraph 3.6 are in addition to any other benefits
Employee (or his beneficiary or his estate, as the case may
be) may be entitled to upon termination of this Agreement,
including, but not limited to, the Supplemental Retirement
Benefit in paragraph 3.7. It is the intention of the
parties to this Agreement that the severance benefits in
this paragraph 3.6 shall be paid to Employee (or his
beneficiary or his estate in the event of his death) without
regard to the reason for the termination of this Agreement
and without regard as to who terminated this Agreement. The
severance pay in this paragraph 3.6 is a vested benefit.
3.7 Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the
contrary other than the provisions of Article V, upon
termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever
(including, but not limited to, death, disability,
termination by any party hereto with or without "Just Cause"
or expiation of the later of the initial term or an extended
term as provided for in paragraph 3.1) and in all events,
SNC shall pay to Employee (or his beneficiary or his estate
in the event of his death) a Supplemental Retirement
Benefit. The Supplemental Retirement Benefit shall be
payable in the actuarially equivalent form of a lump sum
amount calculated as follows:
(A) SNC shall multiply the Employee's "Final Average
Monthly Compensation", as defined below, by sixty-
five (65%) percent.
(B) From the amount determined in (A) SNC shall
subtract the "Offset Amount", as defined below.
(C) From the result in (B) SNC using the Actuarial
Assumptions, as defined below, shall actuarially
determine the lump sum present value as of the
Date of Termination based upon the Employee
receiving the monthly payments for his life with
one hundred twenty (120) guaranteed monthly
payments so that the payments would cease upon the
later of Employee's death or upon one hundred
twenty (120) monthly payments having been made.
The fact that the Employee is then deceased shall
have no effect upon the calculation in the
preceding sentence.
For purposes of determining the Supplemental Retirement
Benefit, the following definitions shall apply:
(I) "Final Average Monthly Compensation" means
the average of the Employee's base annual
salary with Bank and SNC for the five (5)
consecutive full calendar year period
preceding his Date of Termination which
produces the highest average and further
divided by twelve (12).
(II) "Offset Amount" shall be calculated as
follows:
(1.1) Employee's "Final Average Monthly
Compensation", as defined above, shall
be multiplied by 0.0135;
(1.2) Employee's Final Average Monthly
Compensation", as defined above, in
excess of the "Monthly Covered
Compensation Amount", as defined below
shall be multiplied by 0.0006;
(1.3) The amounts determined in (1.1) and
(1.2) shall be added together;
(1.4) The total amount determined in (1.3)
shall be multiplied by thirty-five (35);
(1.5) The amount determined in (1.4) shall be
multiplied by a fraction which shall not
exceed one (1). The numerator of the
fraction shall be Employee's number of
Years of Service with FSB and SNC
reduced by three (3) and the denominator
of the fraction shall be forty (40).
The amount determined in this (1.5)
shall not exceed the maximum monthly
benefit payable under a defined benefit
pension plan as determined in Section
415 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended; and
(1.6) The amount determined in (1.5) shall be
further reduced by a one-fifteenth
(1/15th) fraction for each of the first
five (5) years by which the date payment
of the Supplemental Retirement Benefit
commences prior to the first day of the
calendar month immediately preceding
Employee's sixty-fifth (65th) birthday
and a one-thirtieth (1/30th) fraction
for each additional year by which the
date payment of the Supplemental
Retirement Benefit commences prior to
the first day of the calendar month
immediately preceding Employee's sixty-
fifth (65th) birthday. The reduction in
this (1.6) shall be calculated to the
nearest month.
(III) "Monthly Covered Compensation Amount" means
the average of the Social Security taxable
wage bases for the thirty-five (35) calendar
years ending with the calendar year the
Employee attains his sixty-fifth (65th)
birthday. If the Employee's Date of
Termination occurs prior to his sixty-fifth
(65th) birthday, the taxable wage base as of
the Date of Termination shall be used in
computing such average for any future year
which is not otherwise known.
(IV) "Years of Service" means the twelve (12)
consecutive month period from January 1 to
December 31 during which the Employee
performs at least one thousand hours of
service for FSM or SNC as an Employee. As of
February 1, 1994, Employee has 34 Years of
Service.
(V) "Actuarial Assumptions" shall mean that the
actuary shall use age to nearest month, an
interest rate of 8.50% and the 1971 Group
Annuity Mortality Table - Male in making the
calculation herein.
(VI) "Date of Termination" means the date this
Agreement terminates.
As of February 1, 1994, based upon the above formula
the Supplemental Retirement Benefit would be $798,659.40 and
the calculation thereof is shown on Exhibit A which is
attached to this Agreement and is made a part hereof by
reference.
SNC shall pay the Supplemental Retirement Benefit in a
lump sum payment within thirty (30) days after the
termination of this Agreement. The Supplemental Retirement
Benefit provided in this paragraph 3.7 is in addition to any
other benefits Employee (or his beneficiary or his estate,
as the case may be) may be entitled to upon termination of
this Agreement. It is the intention of the parties to this
Agreement that the Supplemental Retirement Benefit in this
paragraph 3.7 shall be paid to Employee (or his estate in
the event of his death) without regard to the reason for the
termination of this Agreement and without regard as to who
terminated this Agreement. The Supplemental Retirement
Benefit, calculated in the manner provided in this paragraph
3.7 (but not necessarily the February 1, 1994 amount shown
above, is a vested benefit.
3.8 Should this Agreement terminate pursuant to
paragraph 3.2 or 3.3, Employee,Employee's legal guardian,
estate or beneficiary, as designated by Employee (or his
legal guardian, as the case may be) in writing, shall be
entitled to the balance of any payments to which Employee is
entitled under this Agreement.
3.9 The FSB Agreement, effective September 30, 1992,
as amended, and all prior employment agreements between FSB
and Employee are canceled and terminated on the Effective
Date, as defined in paragraph 15.1.
ARTICLE IV. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS
4.1 Bank or SNC shall pay Employee and Employee agrees
to accept from Bank or SNC, in payment for Employee's
faithful performance of his duties hereunder a "Base Salary"
of Two Hundred Sixty Thousand and no/100 Dollars
($260,000.00) per year, as increased from time to time as
provided below, payable in equal installments not less
frequently than monthly. Employee's Base Salary shall be
reviewed at least once per year by Employee's supervisor and
may be increased from time to time in accordance with normal
business practices of Bank and SNC.
4.2 In addition to Employee's Base Salary, Employee
shall also be entitled to participate in any employee
benefit or incentive compensation plan maintained by Bank or
SNC which is generally available to similarly situated full-
time employees of Bank or SNC.
ARTICLE V. BANKING REGULATION
5.1 Notwithstanding any term of this Agreement to the
contrary,this Agreement is subject to the following terms
and conditions:
(1) Bank or SNC may terminate Employee's employment in
accordance with paragraph 3.4 or 3.5, but any termination by
Bank or SNC shall not prejudice Employee's right to
compensation earned or other vested benefits or vested
rights under this Agreement.
(2) Bank's or SNC's obligations to provide
compensation or other benefits to Employee under this
Agreement may be suspended if Bank or SNC has been served
with a notice of charges by the appropriate federal banking
agency under provisions of Section 8 of the Federal Deposit
Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1818) directing Bank or SNC to
cease making payments required hereunder; provided, however,
that
(a) Bank or SNC, respectively, agree to use its
best efforts to oppose any such notice of charges
as to which there are reasonable defenses;
(b) In the event the notice of charges is
dismissed or otherwise resolved in a manner that
will permit Bank or SNC to resume its obligations
to provide compensation or other benefits
hereunder, Bank and SNC shall resume such payments
and shall also pay Employee the compensation
withheld while the contract obligations were
suspended; and
(c) During the period of suspension, the vested
rights of the contracting parties shall not be
affected including, but not limited to, the rights
provided in paragraphs 3.6 and 3.7 of this
Agreement, except to the extent precluded by such
notice.
(3) Bank's or SNC's obligations to provide
compensation or other benefits to Employee under this
Agreement shall be terminated to the extent a valid, non-
appealable order has been entered by the appropriate federal
banking agency under provisions of Section 8 of the Federal
Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1818) directing Bank or SNC
not to make the payments required hereunder; provided,
however, that the vested rights of the contracting parties
shall not be affected by such order including, but not
limited to, the rights provided in paragraphs 3.6 and 3.7 of
this Agreement except to the extent precluded or prohibited
by such order.
(4) Bank's or SNC's obligations to provide
compensation or other benefits to Employee under this
Agreement shall be terminated or limited to the extent
required by the provisions of any final regulation or order
of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation promulgated
under Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act
(12 U.S.C. 1828(k) limiting or prohibiting any "golden
parachute payments", as defined therein, but only to the
extent that the compensation or payments to be provided
under this Agreement are so prohibited or limited.
(5) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no statute, rule,
regulation,order, notice of charges or other item that might
prevent or impair Bank from performing its obligations under
this Agreement shall excuse SNC from performing its
obligations hereunder except to the extent SNC is
specifically subject to such statute, rule, regulation,
order, notice of charges or other item; similarly, not
statute, rule, regulation, order, notice of charges or other
item that might prevent or impair SNC from performing its
obligations under this Agreement shall excuse Bank from
performing its obligations hereunder except to the extent
Bank is specifically subject to such statute, rule,
regulation, order, notice of charges or other item.
(6) Nothing contained herein shall obligate Bank or
SNC to make any payment prohibited by law.
ARTICLE VI. WAIVERS AND MODIFICATIONS
6.1 The parties to this Agreement agree that no
waiver, amendment or modification of this Agreement or any
covenant, condition or limitation shall be valid unless in
writing and duly executed by the parties to this Agreement
and that no evidence of any waiver, amendment, or
modification shall be offered or received in evidence in any
proceeding or litigation arising out of or affecting this
Agreement, unless such waiver, amendment, or modification is
in writing, and duly executed. The parties to this
Agreement further agree that the provisions of this Article
VI may not be waived except as mutually agreed in writing
and that the provisions of this Agreement constitute a
waiver of the FSB Agreement, as amended, between Employee
and FSB as of the Effective Date, as defined in paragraph
15.1.
ARTICLE VII. CONSTRUCTION
7.1 The parties to this Agreement do hereby agree that
it is their intention and covenant that this Agreement and
performance hereunder and all suits and special proceedings
hereunder be construed in accordance with and under and
pursuant to the Laws of the State of South Carolina and that
in any action, special proceeding or other proceeding that
may be brought arising out of, in connection with or by
reason of this Agreement, the Laws of the State of South
Carolina shall be applicable and shall govern to the
exclusion of the law of any other forum, without regard to
the jurisdiction in which any action or special proceeding
may be instituted.
7.2 Any dispute or controversy arising under or in
connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively
by arbitration in accordance with the requirements of the
South Carolina Uniform Arbitration Act then in effect. All
arbitration shall be held in Greenville, South Carolina.
The arbitrators' expenses and fees, together with other
expenses of arbitration, not including counsel fees,
incurred in the conduct of the arbitration, shall be paid as
provided in the arbitration award. Each party shall beat
its own respective counsel fees.
ARTICLE VIII. VALIDITY, ENFORCEABILITY
8.1 If any term or provision of this Agreement or the
application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to
any extent be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the
Agreement, or the application of such term or provision to
persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is
held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected
thereby, and each term and provision of this Agreement shall
be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by
law.
8.2 This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to
the benefit of the respective parties to this Agreement and
their executors, administrators, heirs, personal
representatives, legal representatives, successors, assigns
and affiliates. This Agreement is personal to Employee, and
Employee may not assign this Agreement.
ARTICLE IX. MERGERS AND CONSOLIDATIONS
9.1 Bank and SNC will require any successor (whether
direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or
otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business of
SNC to expressly assume and perform all of the obligations
of this Agreement.
9.2 Unless the parties to this Agreement otherwise
mutually agree in writing, SNC shall not merge or
consolidate with any other corporation, bank or association
until such successor entity expressly agrees to and assumes
the obligation of Bank or SNC set forth in this Agreement.
9.3 Should a potential successor not agree to assume
the obligations of Bank or SNC under this Agreement during a
merger or consolidation, Employee shall be entitled to
compensation from Bank or SNC under the terms of paragraphs
3.6 and 3.7 payable no later that the earlier of (i) sixty
(60) days from the date of notice of the failure of the
successor to agree to assume the obligations of Bank and SNC
or (ii) the date of merger or consolidation.
ARTICLE X. AMENDMENTS
10.1 This Agreement may not be amended or modified
except by written instrument signed by all of the parties to
this Agreement. The parties agree that this Agreement
constitutes an amendment to the FSB Agreement, as amended,
effective as of the Effective Date, as defined in paragraph
15.1.
ARTICLE XI. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF BENEFITS PLANS
11.1 Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the
contrary and except for the severance pay under paragraph
3.6 and the Supplemental Retirement Benefit under paragraph
3.7 Bank and SNC retain the absolute and sole right to
modify, amend or terminate any employee benefit plan
maintained by Bank or SNC. In such event, any benefit
described in this Agreement for Employee shall be determined
based upon such modified, amended or terminated plan as then
in existence, in accordance with applicable laws and
regulations.
ARTICLE XII. NON-COMPETITION
12.1 In the event of termination for any reason
(including, but not limited to Just Cause), Employee will
not for a period of twenty-four (24) consecutive months (or
such shorter or longer period for which Employee has been
paid the severance pay under paragraph 3.6 of this
Agreement) without the prior written approval of management,
become an officer, executive, agent, partner, employee, or
director of any business enterprise in substantial direct
competition with Bank or SNC, such as any federal or state
savings and loan association, bank, mortgage banking company
or similar financial institution.
The area comprising the non-competition covenant shall
be a fifty (50) mile radius of any office, branch, or
facility of Bank or SNC, for which Employee physically
performed duties during the term of this Agreement.
12.2 In regard to this non-competition covenant Bank,
SNC and Employee mutually and irrevocably agree as follows:
(a) The non-competitive covenant is ancillary to and
an integral part of this Agreement.
(b) The geographic limitation and duration period are
regarded by Employee, Bank and SNC as reasonable, and that
the non-competition covenant is necessary for the protection
of the business of Bank and SNC. Employee also expressly
acknowledges that for the non-competition covenant, Employee
has received full and adequate consideration and such
consideration was accepted by Employee with full knowledge
and awareness of the restrictions in this Agreement.
Further, Employee agrees that this non-competition covenant
does not deprive Employee of a reasonable opportunity to
earn a livelihood.
(c) If any one of the restrictions contained in this
Article XII shall for any reason be held to be excessively
broad, it shall be deemed amended by limiting and reducing
it so as to be valid and enforceable to the extent
compatible with applicable South Carolina law. It is the
express intent of Employee, Bank, and SNC that the non-
competition covenant contained herein be divisible, and that
in all events the bargained-for agreement of the parties to
this Agreement be enforced, and the parties to this
Agreement expressly agree to be bound by the restraints
deemed to be reasonable in the event of such finding of
excessiveness.
ARTICLE XIII. NOTICE
13.1 For purpose of this Agreement, notices and all
other communications relevant to this Agreement shall be in
writing and deemed to have been duly given when personally
delivered or mailed by United States Certified or Registered
Mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, address as
follows:
Employee or to Bank
Mr. Luther C. Boliek Southern National
Corporation
310 Pimlico Road Attn: Corporate Secretary
Greenville, SC 29607 Southern National
Financial Center
P.O. Box 1290
Winston-Salem, NC 27102-1290
or to such other address as either party to this Agreement
may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance
herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be
effective only upon receipt.
ARTICLE XIV. ENTIRE AGREEMENT
14.1 This Agreement sets forth all the promises,
convenants, agreements, conditions and understandings
between the parties to this Agreement with respect to the
subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior and
contemporaneous agreements, understandings, inducement or
conditions, express or implied, oral or written, with
respect thereto, except as contained herein. Moreover, no
waiver by any party to this Agreement of any condition or
breach or any term, covenant, representation or warranty
contained in this Agreement, whether by conduct or
otherwise, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed or
construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such
condition or breach, nor shall it be deemed or construed as
a waiver of any other condition or as a waiver of the breach
of any other term, covenant, representation or warranty set
forth in this Agreement.
ARTICLE XV. MISCELLANEOUS
15.1 The "Effective Date" of this Agreement is February
1, 1994.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Southern National Corporation and
Bank, by their duly authorized officers, and Employee have
hereunto set their hands and seals this the day and year
first written above.
IN THE PRESENCE OF: SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION
By:
Its:
IN THE PRESENCE OF: SOUTHERN NATIONAL BANK OF
SOUTH CAROLINA
By:
Its:
LUTHER C. BOLIEK
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
APPENDIX
NAME: Luther C. Boliek Effective: February
1, 1994
1. Physical Examination
Employee shall be entitled to an annual physical
examination to be conducted by a qualified, licensed
medical doctor of his choice in Greenville, South
Carolina. The examination shall be a thorough one, as
defined by the policy of the Bank, or as prescribed by
the medical doctor with the Bank's approval, within the
reasonable constraints of coverages and costs befitting
the circumstances. The cost of said examinatin will be
paid by the Bank upon presentation of a statement for
services. A report as to the condition of Employee
will be made available to the Bank's and SNC's
Compensation and Benefits Administrators for review,
and Employee agrees to release said report to the
Bank's and SNC's Compensation and Benefits
Administrators upon completion of his annual physical
examination.
2. SNC will continue to provide Employee the club
memberships provided to Employee by The First Savings
Bank, FSB, as of the Effective Date of the Employment
Agreement, as provided in paragraph 15.1 thereof.
EXHIBIT A TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
Example of computation of Supplemental Retirement Benefit.
ASSUMPTIONS AND COMPUTATIONS:
1. Birthdate of Employee - September 24, 1937
Birthdate of Employee's Spouse - March 15, 1937
2. Date of Employment with Bank - December 16, 1959
3. Employee's Final Average Monthly Compensation is
$17,985
4. Monthly Covered Compensation Amount is $3,080
5. Employee's Date of Termination is February 1, 1994
Employee's number of Years of Service with Bank and SNC
at Date of Termination is thirty-four (34).
6. The maximum monthly benefit payable under a defined
benefit pension plan under section 415 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (in effect at Date of
Termination) is $8,910.
7. The Offset Amount is calculated pursuant to paragraph
3.7 (II) in the Agreement as follows:
(1.1) $17,985 x 0.0135 = $ 242.80
(1.2) $17,985 - 3080 = $14,905.00
x 0.006
$ 89.43
(1.3) $242.80 + 89.43 = $ 332.23
(1.4) $332.23 x 35 = $11,628.05
(1.5) 34 - 3 x 11,628.05 = $
9,011.74
40
(1.6) $8,910.00 is used since $9,011.74 exceeds the
Section 415 limit.
The Offset Amount is $4,875.75
The Supplemental Retirement Benefit payable as a lump
sum amount of $798,659.40 is determined as follows:
(i) $17,985 x 65% = $11,690.25
(ii) Offset Amount - 4,875.75
(iii) Supplemental Retirement $ 6,814.50
Date: January 24, 1994 Initial:
Initial:
EXHIBIT 10.22
Executive Change in Control Agreement
dated January 1, 1994,
by and between Southern National Corporation
and G. Lee Cory
SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION
EXECUTIVE CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT made and entered into this 1st day
of January, 199 4 , by and between SOUTHERN NATIONAL
CORPORATION ("SNC"), together with its affiliates
hereinafter referred to as "the Company" and G. Lee Cory,
hereinafter referred to as "Executive" provides as follows:
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, SNC's Board of Directors (the "Board")
believes that, in the event of a threat or occurrence of a
bid to acquire or change control on SNC or to effect a
business combination, it is in the best interest of SNC and
its present and future shareholders that the business of the
Company be continued with a minimum of disruption, and that
such objective will be achieved only if its key management
employees are given assurances of employment security so
they will not be distracted by personal uncertainties and
risks created during any such period; and
WHEREAS, SNC believes that the giving of such
assurances will (a) secure the continued services of its key
operational management executives in the performance of both
their regular duties and such extra duties as may be
required of them during any such period of uncertainty; (b)
enable it to rely on such executives to manage the affairs
of the Company during any such period with less concern for
their personal risks; and (c) give it the ability to attract
new key executives as needed; and
WHEREAS, the Compensation Committee (the "Committee")
of the Board has recommended, the Board has approved,
entering into change in control agreements with key
management executives of the Company recommended by
management and approved by the Committee in order to achieve
the foregoing objectives; and
WHEREAS, Executive is a key management executive of the
Company;
NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual
promises and agreements hereinafter set forth and other good
and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of
which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and Executive
covenant and agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
1.01. Agreement means the Southern National Corporation
Executive Change in Control Agreement.
1.02. Board means SNC's Board of Directors.
1.03. Change in Control means the ownership, holding or
power to vote more than twenty-five percent (25%) of SNC's
voting stock, the control of the election of a majority of
SNC's directors, or the exercise of a controlling influence
over the management or policies of SNC by any person or
persons acting as a group within the meaning of section
13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. For purposes
of this section 1.03, the term "persons" means an individual
or a corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint
venture, pool syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated
organization or any other form of entity not specifically
listed herein.
1.04. Change in Control Date means the date on which a
Change in Control occurs.
1.05. Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended.
1.06. Company means Southern National Corporation and
its subsidiaries and affiliates, as applicable, or their
successors.
1.07. Compensation means the base salary paid or payable
to Executive during or with respect to the twelve (12) month
period preceding the date of Executive's termination of
employment. Compensation also shall include the average of
any annual incentive bonuses or other incentive amounts paid
or payable to Executive during or with respect to the
thirty-six (36) month period preceding the date of
Executive's termination of employment. If Executive has not
been employed for twelve (12) or thirty-six (36) months, as
applicable, at the time of Executive's termination of
employment, Executive's "Compensation" shall be Executive's
annualized base salary at the rate then in effect and the
average of any annual incentive bonuses or other incentive
amounts paid to Executive prior to the date of Executive's
termination of employment or payable to Executive with
respect to Executive's period of employment.
1.08. Employment Period means the period commencing on
the Change in Control Date or such earlier date as
Executive's employment is terminated as a result of or in
conjunction with a Board-approved contemplated Change in
Control and ending on the earlier to occur of (a) the third
anniversary of such date, or (b) the Executive's normal
retirement date (or what would have been his normal
retirement date), as determined under the Southern National
Retirement Plan, as amended from time to time.
1.09. ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended.
1.10. Just Cause means termination of employment for
personal dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of a
fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional
failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any
law, rule, regulation (other than a law, rule or regulation
relating to a traffic violation or similar offence, the
violation of which does not involve moral turpitude and the
commission of which is not a felony), or final cease-and-
desist order.
ARTICLE II
APPLICABILITY OF AGREEMENT
2.01. Termination.
This Agreement is not an employment contract; SNC may
terminate Executive's employment with the Company at any
time for any reason pursuant to the Company's normal
employment policies and practices. However, if such
termination occurs for any reason after a Change in Control
of SNC or as a result of or in conjunction with a Board-
approved contemplated Change in Control of SNC and before
the end of the Employment Period, Executive will be entitled
to receive severance benefits in accordance with this
Agreement.
2.02. Effect of Change in Control.
Upon a Change in Control of SNC while Executive is in
the employ of the Company or upon a termination resulting
from or in conjunction with a Board-approved contemplated
Change in Control of SNC, this Agreement and all of its
provisions shall become operative immediately and shall not
thereafter be amended or rescinded. Until such time, no
benefits shall be payable hereunder.
ARTICLE III
BENEFITS
3.01. Employment.
If Executive is in the employ of the Company on a
Change in Control Date, the Company will continue to employ
Executive and Executive will remain in the employ of the
Company for Employment Period. After a Change in Control
Date, Executive shall exercise such authority and perform
such executive duties as are commensurate with the authority
being exercised and duties performed by Executive
immediately prior to the Change in Control Date, which
services shall be performed at the location where the
Executive was employed immediately prior to the Change in
Control Date.
3.02. Compensation.
During the Employment Period, the Company will (a)
continue to pay Executive a base salary in an amount not
less than the amount Executive was receiving immediately
prior to Change in Control Date, including pay increases
which shall be, at a minimum, the average percentage
increase granted to other senior management of the Company
with essentially similar positions or responsibilities and
(b) pay Executive annual bonuses which shall be the greater
of: (i) a bonus equal to the average of any annual incentive
bonuses or other incentive amounts paid or payable to
Executive during or with respect to the thirty-six (36)
month period preceding the Change in Control date; (ii) an
average of the bonus amounts or percentage awards paid other
senior management employees with essentially similar
positions or responsibilities for such period; or (iii) an
amount equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of Executive's
annual base salary.
3.03. Termination of Employment.
(a) If Executive's employment is terminated prior to
but as a result of or in conjunction with a Board-approved
contemplated Change in Control or if during the Employment
Period (i) Executive's employment is terminated by the
Company without Just Cause or (ii) there is a material
reduction in Executive's Compensation or employment related
benefits, or a material change in Executive's status,
title(s), offices, place of employment, working conditions
or management responsibilities (other than changes in
reporting or management responsibilities to reflect sound
business practices commonly followed by other comparable
institutions or required by applicable federal or state
law), and Executive voluntarily terminates employment within
ninety (90) days of such event, or the last in a series of
events, then Executive shall be entitled to receive a lump
sum payment in an amount equal to three (3) times
Executive's Compensation. In the event a payment is
triggered under this paragraph 3(a) within three (3) years
of what would have been Executive's normal retirement date,
as determined under the Southern National Retirement Plan,
such payment shall be limited to an amount equal to the
product of three (3) times the Executive's Compensation
multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which equals the
number of full or partial months between the date or event
triggering the payment and Executive's normal retirement
date, as determined under the Southern National Retirement
Plan, and the denominator of which equals thirty-six (36).
Further, to the extent any payment under this agreement 3(a)
(and any other payments required to be taken into account)
cause a "parachute payment", as defined in Code section
280G(b)(2), such aggregate amounts shall be reduced by one
dollar ($1.00) at a time until the aggregate of all such
payments do not constitute a parachute payment. Such amount
shall be paid to Executive within fifteen (15) business days
after Executive's termination of employment is terminated
prior to a Change in Control Date or during the Employment
Period, and the events described in (i) or (ii) do not occur
and such termination is not a result of or in conjunction
with a Board-approved contemplated Change in Control,
Executive's rights under this Agreement shall terminate.
(b) In addition to the payment provided for in section
3.03(a), or any other arrangement between the Company and
Executive, and subject to the adjustment provided in section
3.03(a), Executive is entitled to (i) any benefits that
become vested under any accelerated vesting provisions of
any Company-sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation
plan and any benefits due Executive as a result of the
exercise of a stock option, restricted stock or other award
to which Executive is entitled under any stock option or
stock-based compensation plan, and (ii) any other payments
or benefits due him that do not constitute "parachute
payments" (as defined in Code section 280G), including
amounts that Executive is entitled to receive under SNC's
qualified employee pension benefit plans and employee
welfare benefit plans.
3.04. Mitigation.
Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amounts
of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking
other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any
such payment be reduced by any compensation earned by
Executive as the result of employment by another employer
after Executive's termination by the Company.
3.05. Death Benefits.
(a) If Executive dies before receiving the amounts
described in the preceding sections of this Article III, the
balance remaining to be paid shall be paid to Executive's
Beneficiary at the times and in the manner provided in those
sections.
ARTICLE IV
AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION
4.01 Amendment and Termination.
SNC may, with the consent of Executive, modify, alter,
amend or terminate this Agreement, in whole or in part at
any time. An amendment may be made retroactively if it is
necessary to make this Agreement conform to applicable law
or agreeable to the parties. No amendment or modification
of this Agreement or any covenant, condition or limitation
shall be valid unless in writing and duly executed by the
parties to this Agreement.
ARTICLE V
MERGERS AND CONSOLIDATIONS
5.01 Continuance of Agreement.
SNC will require any successor (whether direct or
indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise)
to all or substantially all of the business to expressly
assume and perform all of the obligations of this Agreement,
in a written agreement form satisfactory to the Executive.
5.02. Assumption of Agreement.
Unless the parties to this Agreement otherwise mutually
agree in writing, SNC shall not merge or consolidate with
any other corporation, bank or association until such
successor entity expressly agrees to and assumes the
obligation of the Company set forth in this Agreement.
5.03. Payment.
Should a potential successor not agree to assume the
obligations of the Company under this Agreement during a
merger or consolidation, Executive shall be entitled to
compensation from Company under the terms of section 3.03.
ARTICLE VI
GENERAL PROVISIONS
6.01. Construction.
Headings and subheadings used in this Agreement have
been inserted for convenience of reference only and must be
ignored in any construction of the provisions. If a
provision of this Agreement is illegal or invalid, that
illegality or invalidity does not affect other provisions in
this Agreement. Any term with an initial capital not
expected by capitalization rules is a defined term according
to Article I of this Agreement. This Agreement must be
construed according to the applicable provisions of the Code
in a manner that assures that the Agreement provides the
benefits and tax consequences intended for Executives.
6.02. Governing Law.
This Agreement shall be construed, enforced and
administered in accordance with the Laws of the State of
North Carolina (other than its choice of law rules), except
to the extent that those laws are superseded by the laws of
the United States of America.
6.03. Indemnification.
The Company must pay any reasonable legal fees and
expenses incurred by Executive in seeking to obtain or
enforce any right or benefit provided under this Agreement,
whether Executive is successful or not. Payments made under
this section 6.03 shall be paid by Company to Executive at
the time Executive incurs such legal fees or expenses.
6.04. Agreement Creates No Separate Rights.
The creation, continuance, or change in this Agreement
or any payment made pursuant to this Agreement, does not
give any person a non-statutory legal or equitable right
against the Company or any of the Company's officers,
agents, or other persons employed by the Company. This
Agreement does not modify the terms of Executive's
employment.
6.05. Notice.
For purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other
communications relevant to this Agreement shall be in
writing and deemed to have been duly given when personally
delivered or mailed by United States Certified or Registered
Mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed
as follows:
Executive or to Company
Mr. G. Lee Cory Southern National Corporation
Southern National Bank of S.C. Attn: Corporate Secretary
P.O. Box 408 Southern National Financial Center
Greenville, SC 29602 P.O. Box 1290
Winston-Salem, NC 27102-1290
or to such other address as any party to this Agreement may
have furnished to the other in writing in accordance
herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be
effective only upon receipt.
6.06. Entire Agreement.
This Agreement sets forth all the promises, covenants,
agreements, conditions and understandings between the
parties to this Agreement with respect to the subject matter
hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous
agreements, understandings, inducement or conditions,
express or implied, oral or written, with respect thereto,
except as contained herein.
6.07. Effective Date and Automatic Termination.
This Agreement is effective January 1, 1994. It
automatically terminates on Executive's normal retirement
date, as defined under the Southern National Retirement
Plan, unless a Change of Control has occurred or Executive
is terminated before such date as a result of or in
conjunction with a Board-approved contemplated Change in
Control of SNC.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SNC, by their duly authorized
officers (for itself and the Company), and Executive have
hereunto set their hands as of the day and year first
written above.
SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION
By:
Its:
Executive
EXHIBIT 10.23
Executive Change in Control Agreement
dated January 1, 1994,
by and between Southern National Corporation
and Charles Royce Hough
SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION
EXECUTIVE CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT made and entered into this 1st day
of January, 199 4 , by and between SOUTHERN NATIONAL
CORPORATION ("SNC"), together with its affiliates
hereinafter referred to as "the Company" and Charles Royce
Hough, hereinafter referred to as "Executive" provides as
follows:
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, SNC's Board of Directors (the "Board")
believes that, in the event of a threat or occurrence of a
bid to acquire or change control on SNC or to effect a
business combination, it is in the best interest of SNC and
its present and future shareholders that the business of the
Company be continued with a minimum of disruption, and that
such objective will be achieved only if its key management
employees are given assurances of employment security so
they will not be distracted by personal uncertainties and
risks created during any such period; and
WHEREAS, SNC believes that the giving of such
assurances will (a) secure the continued services of its key
operational management executives in the performance of both
their regular duties and such extra duties as may be
required of them during any such period of uncertainty; (b)
enable it to rely on such executives to manage the affairs
of the Company during any such period with less concern for
their personal risks; and (c) give it the ability to attract
new key executives as needed; and
WHEREAS, the Compensation Committee (the "Committee")
of the Board has recommended, the Board has approved,
entering into change in control agreements with key
management executives of the Company recommended by
management and approved by the Committee in order to achieve
the foregoing objectives; and
WHEREAS, Executive is a key management executive of the
Company;
NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual
promises and agreements hereinafter set forth and other good
and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of
which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and Executive
covenant and agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
1.01. Agreement means the Southern National Corporation
Executive Change in Control Agreement.
1.02. Board means SNC's Board of Directors.
1.03. Change in Control means the ownership, holding or
power to vote more than twenty-five percent (25%) of SNC's
voting stock, the control of the election of a majority of
SNC's directors, or the exercise of a controlling influence
over the management or policies of SNC by any person or
persons acting as a group within the meaning of section
13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. For purposes
of this section 1.03, the term "persons" means an individual
or a corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint
venture, pool syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated
organization or any other form of entity not specifically
listed herein.
1.04. Change in Control Date means the date on which a
Change in Control occurs.
1.05. Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended.
1.06. Company means Southern National Corporation and
its subsidiaries and affiliates, as applicable, or their
successors.
1.07. Compensation means the base salary paid or payable
to Executive during or with respect to the twelve (12) month
period preceding the date of Executive's termination of
employment. Compensation also shall include the average of
any annual incentive bonuses or other incentive amounts paid
or payable to Executive during or with respect to the
thirty-six (36) month period preceding the date of
Executive's termination of employment. If Executive has not
been employed for twelve (12) or thirty-six (36) months, as
applicable, at the time of Executive's termination of
employment, Executive's "Compensation" shall be Executive's
annualized base salary at the rate then in effect and the
average of any annual incentive bonuses or other incentive
amounts paid to Executive prior to the date of Executive's
termination of employment or payable to Executive with
respect to Executive's period of employment.
1.08. Employment Period means the period commencing on
the Change in Control Date or such earlier date as
Executive's employment is terminated as a result of or in
conjunction with a Board-approved contemplated Change in
Control and ending on the earlier to occur of (a) the third
anniversary of such date, or (b) the Executive's normal
retirement date (or what would have been his normal
retirement date), as determined under the Southern National
Retirement Plan, as amended from time to time.
1.09. ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended.
1.10. Just Cause means termination of employment for
personal dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of a
fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional
failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any
law, rule, regulation (other than a law, rule or regulation
relating to a traffic violation or similar offence, the
violation of which does not involve moral turpitude and the
commission of which is not a felony), or final cease-and-
desist order.
ARTICLE II
APPLICABILITY OF AGREEMENT
2.01. Termination.
This Agreement is not an employment contract; SNC may
terminate Executive's employment with the Company at any
time for any reason pursuant to the Company's normal
employment policies and practices. However, if such
termination occurs for any reason after a Change in Control
of SNC or as a result of or in conjunction with a Board-
approved contemplated Change in Control of SNC and before
the end of the Employment Period, Executive will be entitled
to receive severance benefits in accordance with this
Agreement.
2.02. Effect of Change in Control.
Upon a Change in Control of SNC while Executive is in
the employ of the Company or upon a termination resulting
from or in conjunction with a Board-approved contemplated
Change in Control of SNC, this Agreement and all of its
provisions shall become operative immediately and shall not
thereafter be amended or rescinded. Until such time, no
benefits shall be payable hereunder.
ARTICLE III
BENEFITS
3.01. Employment.
If Executive is in the employ of the Company on a
Change in Control Date, the Company will continue to employ
Executive and Executive will remain in the employ of the
Company for Employment Period. After a Change in Control
Date, Executive shall exercise such authority and perform
such executive duties as are commensurate with the authority
being exercised and duties performed by Executive
immediately prior to the Change in Control Date, which
services shall be performed at the location where the
Executive was employed immediately prior to the Change in
Control Date.
3.02. Compensation.
During the Employment Period, the Company will (a)
continue to pay Executive a base salary in an amount not
less than the amount Executive was receiving immediately
prior to Change in Control Date, including pay increases
which shall be, at a minimum, the average percentage
increase granted to other senior management of the Company
with essentially similar positions or responsibilities and
(b) pay Executive annual bonuses which shall be the greater
of: (i) a bonus equal to the average of any annual incentive
bonuses or other incentive amounts paid or payable to
Executive during or with respect to the thirty-six (36)
month period preceding the Change in Control date; (ii) an
average of the bonus amounts or percentage awards paid other
senior management employees with essentially similar
positions or responsibilities for such period; or (iii) an
amount equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of Executive's
annual base salary.
3.03. Termination of Employment.
(a) If Executive's employment is terminated prior to
but as a result of or in conjunction with a Board-approved
contemplated Change in Control or if during the Employment
Period (i) Executive's employment is terminated by the
Company without Just Cause or (ii) there is a material
reduction in Executive's Compensation or employment related
benefits, or a material change in Executive's status,
title(s), offices, place of employment, working conditions
or management responsibilities (other than changes in
reporting or management responsibilities to reflect sound
business practices commonly followed by other comparable
institutions or required by applicable federal or state
law), and Executive voluntarily terminates employment within
ninety (90) days of such event, or the last in a series of
events, then Executive shall be entitled to receive a lump
sum payment in an amount equal to three (3) times
Executive's Compensation. In the event a payment is
triggered under this paragraph 3(a) within three (3) years
of what would have been Executive's normal retirement date,
as determined under the Southern National Retirement Plan,
such payment shall be limited to an amount equal to the
product of three (3) times the Executive's Compensation
multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which equals the
number of full or partial months between the date or event
triggering the payment and Executive's normal retirement
date, as determined under the Southern National Retirement
Plan, and the denominator of which equals thirty-six (36).
Further, to the extent any payment under this agreement 3(a)
(and any other payments required to be taken into account)
cause a "parachute payment", as defined in Code section
280G(b)(2), such aggregate amounts shall be reduced by one
dollar ($1.00) at a time until the aggregate of all such
payments do not constitute a parachute payment. Such amount
shall be paid to Executive within fifteen (15) business days
after Executive's termination of employment is terminated
prior to a Change in Control Date or during the Employment
Period, and the events described in (i) or (ii) do not occur
and such termination is not a result of or in conjunction
with a Board-approved contemplated Change in Control,
Executive's rights under this Agreement shall terminate.
(b) In addition to the payment provided for in section
3.03(a), or any other arrangement between the Company and
Executive, and subject to the adjustment provided in section
3.03(a), Executive is entitled to (i) any benefits that
become vested under any accelerated vesting provisions of
any Company-sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation
plan and any benefits due Executive as a result of the
exercise of a stock option, restricted stock or other award
to which Executive is entitled under any stock option or
stock-based compensation plan, and (ii) any other payments
or benefits due him that do not constitute "parachute
payments" (as defined in Code section 280G), including
amounts that Executive is entitled to receive under SNC's
qualified employee pension benefit plans and employee
welfare benefit plans.
3.04. Mitigation.
Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amounts
of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking
other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any
such payment be reduced by any compensation earned by
Executive as the result of employment by another employer
after Executive's termination by the Company.
3.05. Death Benefits.
(a) If Executive dies before receiving the amounts
described in the preceding sections of this Article III, the
balance remaining to be paid shall be paid to Executive's
Beneficiary at the times and in the manner provided in those
sections.
ARTICLE IV
AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION
4.01 Amendment and Termination.
SNC may, with the consent of Executive, modify, alter,
amend or terminate this Agreement, in whole or in part at
any time. An amendment may be made retroactively if it is
necessary to make this Agreement conform to applicable law
or agreeable to the parties. No amendment or modification
of this Agreement or any covenant, condition or limitation
shall be valid unless in writing and duly executed by the
parties to this Agreement.
ARTICLE V
MERGERS AND CONSOLIDATIONS
5.01 Continuance of Agreement.
SNC will require any successor (whether direct or
indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise)
to all or substantially all of the business to expressly
assume and perform all of the obligations of this Agreement,
in a written agreement form satisfactory to the Executive.
5.02. Assumption of Agreement.
Unless the parties to this Agreement otherwise mutually
agree in writing, SNC shall not merge or consolidate with
any other corporation, bank or association until such
successor entity expressly agrees to and assumes the
obligation of the Company set forth in this Agreement.
5.03. Payment.
Should a potential successor not agree to assume the
obligations of the Company under this Agreement during a
merger or consolidation, Executive shall be entitled to
compensation from Company under the terms of section 3.03.
ARTICLE VI
GENERAL PROVISIONS
6.01. Construction.
Headings and subheadings used in this Agreement have
been inserted for convenience of reference only and must be
ignored in any construction of the provisions. If a
provision of this Agreement is illegal or invalid, that
illegality or invalidity does not affect other provisions in
this Agreement. Any term with an initial capital not
expected by capitalization rules is a defined term according
to Article I of this Agreement. This Agreement must be
construed according to the applicable provisions of the Code
in a manner that assures that the Agreement provides the
benefits and tax consequences intended for Executives.
6.02. Governing Law.
This Agreement shall be construed, enforced and
administered in accordance with the Laws of the State of
North Carolina (other than its choice of law rules), except
to the extent that those laws are superseded by the laws of
the United States of America.
6.03. Indemnification.
The Company must pay any reasonable legal fees and
expenses incurred by Executive in seeking to obtain or
enforce any right or benefit provided under this Agreement,
whether Executive is successful or not. Payments made under
this section 6.03 shall be paid by Company to Executive at
the time Executive incurs such legal fees or expenses.
6.04. Agreement Creates No Separate Rights.
The creation, continuance, or change in this Agreement
or any payment made pursuant to this Agreement, does not
give any person a non-statutory legal or equitable right
against the Company or any of the Company's officers,
agents, or other persons employed by the Company. This
Agreement does not modify the terms of Executive's
employment.
6.05. Notice.
For purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other
communications relevant to this Agreement shall be in
writing and deemed to have been duly given when personally
delivered or mailed by United States Certified or Registered
Mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed
as follows:
Executive or to Company
Southern National Corporation
Attn: Corporate Secretary
Southern National Financial Center
P.O. Box 1290
Winston-Salem, NC 27102-1290
or to such other address as any party to this Agreement may
have furnished to the other in writing in accordance
herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be
effective only upon receipt.
6.06. Entire Agreement.
This Agreement sets forth all the promises, covenants,
agreements, conditions and understandings between the
parties to this Agreement with respect to the subject matter
hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous
agreements, understandings, inducement or conditions,
express or implied, oral or written, with respect thereto,
except as contained herein.
6.07. Effective Date and Automatic Termination.
This Agreement is effective January 1, 1994. It
automatically terminates on Executive's normal retirement
date, as defined under the Southern National Retirement
Plan, unless a Change of Control has occurred or Executive
is terminated before such date as a result of or in
conjunction with a Board-approved contemplated Change in
Control of SNC.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SNC, by their duly authorized
officers (for itself and the Company), and Executive have
hereunto set their hands as of the day and year first
written above.
SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION
By:
Its:
Executive
EXHIBIT 10.24
Executive Change in Control Agreement
dated January 1, 1994,
by and between Southern National Corporation
and Robert E. Greene
SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION
EXECUTIVE CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT made and entered into this 1st day
of January, 199 4 , by and between SOUTHERN NATIONAL
CORPORATION ("SNC"), together with its affiliates
hereinafter referred to as "the Company" and Robert E.
Greene, hereinafter referred to as "Executive" provides as
follows:
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, SNC's Board of Directors (the "Board")
believes that, in the event of a threat or occurrence of a
bid to acquire or change control on SNC or to effect a
business combination, it is in the best interest of SNC and
its present and future shareholders that the business of the
Company be continued with a minimum of disruption, and that
such objective will be achieved only if its key management
employees are given assurances of employment security so
they will not be distracted by personal uncertainties and
risks created during any such period; and
WHEREAS, SNC believes that the giving of such
assurances will (a) secure the continued services of its key
operational management executives in the performance of both
their regular duties and such extra duties as may be
required of them during any such period of uncertainty; (b)
enable it to rely on such executives to manage the affairs
of the Company during any such period with less concern for
their personal risks; and (c) give it the ability to attract
new key executives as needed; and
WHEREAS, the Compensation Committee (the "Committee")
of the Board has recommended, the Board has approved,
entering into change in control agreements with key
management executives of the Company recommended by
management and approved by the Committee in order to achieve
the foregoing objectives; and
WHEREAS, Executive is a key management executive of the
Company;
NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual
promises and agreements hereinafter set forth and other good
and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of
which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and Executive
covenant and agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
1.01. Agreement means the Southern National Corporation
Executive Change in Control Agreement.
1.02. Board means SNC's Board of Directors.
1.03. Change in Control means the ownership, holding or
power to vote more than twenty-five percent (25%) of SNC's
voting stock, the control of the election of a majority of
SNC's directors, or the exercise of a controlling influence
over the management or policies of SNC by any person or
persons acting as a group within the meaning of section
13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. For purposes
of this section 1.03, the term "persons" means an individual
or a corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint
venture, pool syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated
organization or any other form of entity not specifically
listed herein.
1.04. Change in Control Date means the date on which a
Change in Control occurs.
1.05. Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended.
1.06. Company means Southern National Corporation and
its subsidiaries and affiliates, as applicable, or their
successors.
1.07. Compensation means the base salary paid or payable
to Executive during or with respect to the twelve (12) month
period preceding the date of Executive's termination of
employment. Compensation also shall include the average of
any annual incentive bonuses or other incentive amounts paid
or payable to Executive during or with respect to the
thirty-six (36) month period preceding the date of
Executive's termination of employment. If Executive has not
been employed for twelve (12) or thirty-six (36) months, as
applicable, at the time of Executive's termination of
employment, Executive's "Compensation" shall be Executive's
annualized base salary at the rate then in effect and the
average of any annual incentive bonuses or other incentive
amounts paid to Executive prior to the date of Executive's
termination of employment or payable to Executive with
respect to Executive's period of employment.
1.08. Employment Period means the period commencing on
the Change in Control Date or such earlier date as
Executive's employment is terminated as a result of or in
conjunction with a Board-approved contemplated Change in
Control and ending on the earlier to occur of (a) the third
anniversary of such date, or (b) the Executive's normal
retirement date (or what would have been his normal
retirement date), as determined under the Southern National
Retirement Plan, as amended from time to time.
1.09. ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended.
1.10. Just Cause means termination of employment for
personal dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of a
fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional
failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any
law, rule, regulation (other than a law, rule or regulation
relating to a traffic violation or similar offence, the
violation of which does not involve moral turpitude and the
commission of which is not a felony), or final cease-and-
desist order.
ARTICLE II
APPLICABILITY OF AGREEMENT
2.01. Termination.
This Agreement is not an employment contract; SNC may
terminate Executive's employment with the Company at any
time for any reason pursuant to the Company's normal
employment policies and practices. However, if such
termination occurs for any reason after a Change in Control
of SNC or as a result of or in conjunction with a Board-
approved contemplated Change in Control of SNC and before
the end of the Employment Period, Executive will be entitled
to receive severance benefits in accordance with this
Agreement.
2.02. Effect of Change in Control.
Upon a Change in Control of SNC while Executive is in
the employ of the Company or upon a termination resulting
from or in conjunction with a Board-approved contemplated
Change in Control of SNC, this Agreement and all of its
provisions shall become operative immediately and shall not
thereafter be amended or rescinded. Until such time, no
benefits shall be payable hereunder.
ARTICLE III
BENEFITS
3.01. Employment.
If Executive is in the employ of the Company on a
Change in Control Date, the Company will continue to employ
Executive and Executive will remain in the employ of the
Company for Employment Period. After a Change in Control
Date, Executive shall exercise such authority and perform
such executive duties as are commensurate with the authority
being exercised and duties performed by Executive
immediately prior to the Change in Control Date, which
services shall be performed at the location where the
Executive was employed immediately prior to the Change in
Control Date.
3.02. Compensation.
During the Employment Period, the Company will (a)
continue to pay Executive a base salary in an amount not
less than the amount Executive was receiving immediately
prior to Change in Control Date, including pay increases
which shall be, at a minimum, the average percentage
increase granted to other senior management of the Company
with essentially similar positions or responsibilities and
(b) pay Executive annual bonuses which shall be the greater
of: (i) a bonus equal to the average of any annual incentive
bonuses or other incentive amounts paid or payable to
Executive during or with respect to the thirty-six (36)
month period preceding the Change in Control date; (ii) an
average of the bonus amounts or percentage awards paid other
senior management employees with essentially similar
positions or responsibilities for such period; or (iii) an
amount equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of Executive's
annual base salary.
3.03. Termination of Employment.
(a) If Executive's employment is terminated prior to
but as a result of or in conjunction with a Board-approved
contemplated Change in Control or if during the Employment
Period (i) Executive's employment is terminated by the
Company without Just Cause or (ii) there is a material
reduction in Executive's Compensation or employment related
benefits, or a material change in Executive's status,
title(s), offices, place of employment, working conditions
or management responsibilities (other than changes in
reporting or management responsibilities to reflect sound
business practices commonly followed by other comparable
institutions or required by applicable federal or state
law), and Executive voluntarily terminates employment within
ninety (90) days of such event, or the last in a series of
events, then Executive shall be entitled to receive a lump
sum payment in an amount equal to three (3) times
Executive's Compensation. In the event a payment is
triggered under this paragraph 3(a) within three (3) years
of what would have been Executive's normal retirement date,
as determined under the Southern National Retirement Plan,
such payment shall be limited to an amount equal to the
product of three (3) times the Executive's Compensation
multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which equals the
number of full or partial months between the date or event
triggering the payment and Executive's normal retirement
date, as determined under the Southern National Retirement
Plan, and the denominator of which equals thirty-six (36).
Further, to the extent any payment under this agreement 3(a)
(and any other payments required to be taken into account)
cause a "parachute payment", as defined in Code section
280G(b)(2), such aggregate amounts shall be reduced by one
dollar ($1.00) at a time until the aggregate of all such
payments do not constitute a parachute payment. Such amount
shall be paid to Executive within fifteen (15) business days
after Executive's termination of employment is terminated
prior to a Change in Control Date or during the Employment
Period, and the events described in (i) or (ii) do not occur
and such termination is not a result of or in conjunction
with a Board-approved contemplated Change in Control,
Executive's rights under this Agreement shall terminate.
(b) In addition to the payment provided for in section
3.03(a), or any other arrangement between the Company and
Executive, and subject to the adjustment provided in section
3.03(a), Executive is entitled to (i) any benefits that
become vested under any accelerated vesting provisions of
any Company-sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation
plan and any benefits due Executive as a result of the
exercise of a stock option, restricted stock or other award
to which Executive is entitled under any stock option or
stock-based compensation plan, and (ii) any other payments
or benefits due him that do not constitute "parachute
payments" (as defined in Code section 280G), including
amounts that Executive is entitled to receive under SNC's
qualified employee pension benefit plans and employee
welfare benefit plans.
3.04. Mitigation.
Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amounts
of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking
other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any
such payment be reduced by any compensation earned by
Executive as the result of employment by another employer
after Executive's termination by the Company.
3.05. Death Benefits.
(a) If Executive dies before receiving the amounts
described in the preceding sections of this Article III, the
balance remaining to be paid shall be paid to Executive's
Beneficiary at the times and in the manner provided in those
sections.
ARTICLE IV
AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION
4.01 Amendment and Termination.
SNC may, with the consent of Executive, modify, alter,
amend or terminate this Agreement, in whole or in part at
any time. An amendment may be made retroactively if it is
necessary to make this Agreement conform to applicable law
or agreeable to the parties. No amendment or modification
of this Agreement or any covenant, condition or limitation
shall be valid unless in writing and duly executed by the
parties to this Agreement.
ARTICLE V
MERGERS AND CONSOLIDATIONS
5.01 Continuance of Agreement.
SNC will require any successor (whether direct or
indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise)
to all or substantially all of the business to expressly
assume and perform all of the obligations of this Agreement,
in a written agreement form satisfactory to the Executive.
5.02. Assumption of Agreement.
Unless the parties to this Agreement otherwise mutually
agree in writing, SNC shall not merge or consolidate with
any other corporation, bank or association until such
successor entity expressly agrees to and assumes the
obligation of the Company set forth in this Agreement.
5.03. Payment.
Should a potential successor not agree to assume the
obligations of the Company under this Agreement during a
merger or consolidation, Executive shall be entitled to
compensation from Company under the terms of section 3.03.
ARTICLE VI
GENERAL PROVISIONS
6.01. Construction.
Headings and subheadings used in this Agreement have
been inserted for convenience of reference only and must be
ignored in any construction of the provisions. If a
provision of this Agreement is illegal or invalid, that
illegality or invalidity does not affect other provisions in
this Agreement. Any term with an initial capital not
expected by capitalization rules is a defined term according
to Article I of this Agreement. This Agreement must be
construed according to the applicable provisions of the Code
in a manner that assures that the Agreement provides the
benefits and tax consequences intended for Executives.
6.02. Governing Law.
This Agreement shall be construed, enforced and
administered in accordance with the Laws of the State of
North Carolina (other than its choice of law rules), except
to the extent that those laws are superseded by the laws of
the United States of America.
6.03. Indemnification.
The Company must pay any reasonable legal fees and
expenses incurred by Executive in seeking to obtain or
enforce any right or benefit provided under this Agreement,
whether Executive is successful or not. Payments made under
this section 6.03 shall be paid by Company to Executive at
the time Executive incurs such legal fees or expenses.
6.04. Agreement Creates No Separate Rights.
The creation, continuance, or change in this Agreement
or any payment made pursuant to this Agreement, does not
give any person a non-statutory legal or equitable right
against the Company or any of the Company's officers,
agents, or other persons employed by the Company. This
Agreement does not modify the terms of Executive's
employment.
6.05. Notice.
For purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other
communications relevant to this Agreement shall be in
writing and deemed to have been duly given when personally
delivered or mailed by United States Certified or Registered
Mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed
as follows:
Executive or to Company
Mr. Robert E. Greene Southern National Corporation
317 Beechcliff Court Attn: Corporate Secretary
Winston-Salem, NC 27104 Southern National Financial Center
P.O. Box 1290
Winston-Salem, NC 27102-1290
or to such other address as any party to this Agreement may
have furnished to the other in writing in accordance
herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be
effective only upon receipt.
6.06. Entire Agreement.
This Agreement sets forth all the promises, covenants,
agreements, conditions and understandings between the
parties to this Agreement with respect to the subject matter
hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous
agreements, understandings, inducement or conditions,
express or implied, oral or written, with respect thereto,
except as contained herein.
6.07. Effective Date and Automatic Termination.
This Agreement is effective January 1, 1994. It
automatically terminates on Executive's normal retirement
date, as defined under the Southern National Retirement
Plan, unless a Change of Control has occurred or Executive
is terminated before such date as a result of or in
conjunction with a Board-approved contemplated Change in
Control of SNC.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SNC, by their duly authorized
officers (for itself and the Company), and Executive have
hereunto set their hands as of the day and year first
written above.
SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION
By:
Its:
Executive
EXHIBIT 10.25
Executive Change in Control Agreement
dated January 1, 1994,
by and between Southern National Corporation
and Morris D. Marley
SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION
EXECUTIVE CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT made and entered into this 1st day
of January, 199 4 , by and between SOUTHERN NATIONAL
CORPORATION ("SNC"), together with its affiliates
hereinafter referred to as "the Company" and Morris D.
Marley, hereinafter referred to as "Executive" provides as
follows:
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, SNC's Board of Directors (the "Board")
believes that, in the event of a threat or occurrence of a
bid to acquire or change control on SNC or to effect a
business combination, it is in the best interest of SNC and
its present and future shareholders that the business of the
Company be continued with a minimum of disruption, and that
such objective will be achieved only if its key management
employees are given assurances of employment security so
they will not be distracted by personal uncertainties and
risks created during any such period; and
WHEREAS, SNC believes that the giving of such
assurances will (a) secure the continued services of its key
operational management executives in the performance of both
their regular duties and such extra duties as may be
required of them during any such period of uncertainty; (b)
enable it to rely on such executives to manage the affairs
of the Company during any such period with less concern for
their personal risks; and (c) give it the ability to attract
new key executives as needed; and
WHEREAS, the Compensation Committee (the "Committee")
of the Board has recommended, the Board has approved,
entering into change in control agreements with key
management executives of the Company recommended by
management and approved by the Committee in order to achieve
the foregoing objectives; and
WHEREAS, Executive is a key management executive of the
Company;
NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual
promises and agreements hereinafter set forth and other good
and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of
which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and Executive
covenant and agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
1.01. Agreement means the Southern National Corporation
Executive Change in Control Agreement.
1.02. Board means SNC's Board of Directors.
1.03. Change in Control means the ownership, holding or
power to vote more than twenty-five percent (25%) of SNC's
voting stock, the control of the election of a majority of
SNC's directors, or the exercise of a controlling influence
over the management or policies of SNC by any person or
persons acting as a group within the meaning of section
13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. For purposes
of this section 1.03, the term "persons" means an individual
or a corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint
venture, pool syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated
organization or any other form of entity not specifically
listed herein.
1.04. Change in Control Date means the date on which a
Change in Control occurs.
1.05. Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended.
1.06. Company means Southern National Corporation and
its subsidiaries and affiliates, as applicable, or their
successors.
1.07. Compensation means the base salary paid or payable
to Executive during or with respect to the twelve (12) month
period preceding the date of Executive's termination of
employment. Compensation also shall include the average of
any annual incentive bonuses or other incentive amounts paid
or payable to Executive during or with respect to the
thirty-six (36) month period preceding the date of
Executive's termination of employment. If Executive has not
been employed for twelve (12) or thirty-six (36) months, as
applicable, at the time of Executive's termination of
employment, Executive's "Compensation" shall be Executive's
annualized base salary at the rate then in effect and the
average of any annual incentive bonuses or other incentive
amounts paid to Executive prior to the date of Executive's
termination of employment or payable to Executive with
respect to Executive's period of employment.
1.08. Employment Period means the period commencing on
the Change in Control Date or such earlier date as
Executive's employment is terminated as a result of or in
conjunction with a Board-approved contemplated Change in
Control and ending on the earlier to occur of (a) the third
anniversary of such date, or (b) the Executive's normal
retirement date (or what would have been his normal
retirement date), as determined under the Southern National
Retirement Plan, as amended from time to time.
1.09. ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended.
1.10. Just Cause means termination of employment for
personal dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of a
fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional
failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any
law, rule, regulation (other than a law, rule or regulation
relating to a traffic violation or similar offence, the
violation of which does not involve moral turpitude and the
commission of which is not a felony), or final cease-and-
desist order.
ARTICLE II
APPLICABILITY OF AGREEMENT
2.01. Termination.
This Agreement is not an employment contract; SNC may
terminate Executive's employment with the Company at any
time for any reason pursuant to the Company's normal
employment policies and practices. However, if such
termination occurs for any reason after a Change in Control
of SNC or as a result of or in conjunction with a Board-
approved contemplated Change in Control of SNC and before
the end of the Employment Period, Executive will be entitled
to receive severance benefits in accordance with this
Agreement.
2.02. Effect of Change in Control.
Upon a Change in Control of SNC while Executive is in
the employ of the Company or upon a termination resulting
from or in conjunction with a Board-approved contemplated
Change in Control of SNC, this Agreement and all of its
provisions shall become operative immediately and shall not
thereafter be amended or rescinded. Until such time, no
benefits shall be payable hereunder.
ARTICLE III
BENEFITS
3.01. Employment.
If Executive is in the employ of the Company on a
Change in Control Date, the Company will continue to employ
Executive and Executive will remain in the employ of the
Company for Employment Period. After a Change in Control
Date, Executive shall exercise such authority and perform
such executive duties as are commensurate with the authority
being exercised and duties performed by Executive
immediately prior to the Change in Control Date, which
services shall be performed at the location where the
Executive was employed immediately prior to the Change in
Control Date.
3.02. Compensation.
During the Employment Period, the Company will (a)
continue to pay Executive a base salary in an amount not
less than the amount Executive was receiving immediately
prior to Change in Control Date, including pay increases
which shall be, at a minimum, the average percentage
increase granted to other senior management of the Company
with essentially similar positions or responsibilities and
(b) pay Executive annual bonuses which shall be the greater
of: (i) a bonus equal to the average of any annual incentive
bonuses or other incentive amounts paid or payable to
Executive during or with respect to the thirty-six (36)
month period preceding the Change in Control date; (ii) an
average of the bonus amounts or percentage awards paid other
senior management employees with essentially similar
positions or responsibilities for such period; or (iii) an
amount equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of Executive's
annual base salary.
3.03. Termination of Employment.
(a) If Executive's employment is terminated prior to
but as a result of or in conjunction with a Board-approved
contemplated Change in Control or if during the Employment
Period (i) Executive's employment is terminated by the
Company without Just Cause or (ii) there is a material
reduction in Executive's Compensation or employment related
benefits, or a material change in Executive's status,
title(s), offices, place of employment, working conditions
or management responsibilities (other than changes in
reporting or management responsibilities to reflect sound
business practices commonly followed by other comparable
institutions or required by applicable federal or state
law), and Executive voluntarily terminates employment within
ninety (90) days of such event, or the last in a series of
events, then Executive shall be entitled to receive a lump
sum payment in an amount equal to three (3) times
Executive's Compensation. In the event a payment is
triggered under this paragraph 3(a) within three (3) years
of what would have been Executive's normal retirement date,
as determined under the Southern National Retirement Plan,
such payment shall be limited to an amount equal to the
product of three (3) times the Executive's Compensation
multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which equals the
number of full or partial months between the date or event
triggering the payment and Executive's normal retirement
date, as determined under the Southern National Retirement
Plan, and the denominator of which equals thirty-six (36).
Further, to the extent any payment under this agreement 3(a)
(and any other payments required to be taken into account)
cause a "parachute payment", as defined in Code section
280G(b)(2), such aggregate amounts shall be reduced by one
dollar ($1.00) at a time until the aggregate of all such
payments do not constitute a parachute payment. Such amount
shall be paid to Executive within fifteen (15) business days
after Executive's termination of employment is terminated
prior to a Change in Control Date or during the Employment
Period, and the events described in (i) or (ii) do not occur
and such termination is not a result of or in conjunction
with a Board-approved contemplated Change in Control,
Executive's rights under this Agreement shall terminate.
(b) In addition to the payment provided for in section
3.03(a), or any other arrangement between the Company and
Executive, and subject to the adjustment provided in section
3.03(a), Executive is entitled to (i) any benefits that
become vested under any accelerated vesting provisions of
any Company-sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation
plan and any benefits due Executive as a result of the
exercise of a stock option, restricted stock or other award
to which Executive is entitled under any stock option or
stock-based compensation plan, and (ii) any other payments
or benefits due him that do not constitute "parachute
payments" (as defined in Code section 280G), including
amounts that Executive is entitled to receive under SNC's
qualified employee pension benefit plans and employee
welfare benefit plans.
3.04. Mitigation.
Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amounts
of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking
other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any
such payment be reduced by any compensation earned by
Executive as the result of employment by another employer
after Executive's termination by the Company.
3.05. Death Benefits.
(a) If Executive dies before receiving the amounts
described in the preceding sections of this Article III, the
balance remaining to be paid shall be paid to Executive's
Beneficiary at the times and in the manner provided in those
sections.
ARTICLE IV
AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION
4.01 Amendment and Termination.
SNC may, with the consent of Executive, modify, alter,
amend or terminate this Agreement, in whole or in part at
any time. An amendment may be made retroactively if it is
necessary to make this Agreement conform to applicable law
or agreeable to the parties. No amendment or modification
of this Agreement or any covenant, condition or limitation
shall be valid unless in writing and duly executed by the
parties to this Agreement.
ARTICLE V
MERGERS AND CONSOLIDATIONS
5.01 Continuance of Agreement.
SNC will require any successor (whether direct or
indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise)
to all or substantially all of the business to expressly
assume and perform all of the obligations of this Agreement,
in a written agreement form satisfactory to the Executive.
5.02. Assumption of Agreement.
Unless the parties to this Agreement otherwise mutually
agree in writing, SNC shall not merge or consolidate with
any other corporation, bank or association until such
successor entity expressly agrees to and assumes the
obligation of the Company set forth in this Agreement.
5.03. Payment.
Should a potential successor not agree to assume the
obligations of the Company under this Agreement during a
merger or consolidation, Executive shall be entitled to
compensation from Company under the terms of section 3.03.
ARTICLE VI
GENERAL PROVISIONS
6.01. Construction.
Headings and subheadings used in this Agreement have
been inserted for convenience of reference only and must be
ignored in any construction of the provisions. If a
provision of this Agreement is illegal or invalid, that
illegality or invalidity does not affect other provisions in
this Agreement. Any term with an initial capital not
expected by capitalization rules is a defined term according
to Article I of this Agreement. This Agreement must be
construed according to the applicable provisions of the Code
in a manner that assures that the Agreement provides the
benefits and tax consequences intended for Executives.
6.02. Governing Law.
This Agreement shall be construed, enforced and
administered in accordance with the Laws of the State of
North Carolina (other than its choice of law rules), except
to the extent that those laws are superseded by the laws of
the United States of America.
6.03. Indemnification.
The Company must pay any reasonable legal fees and
expenses incurred by Executive in seeking to obtain or
enforce any right or benefit provided under this Agreement,
whether Executive is successful or not. Payments made under
this section 6.03 shall be paid by Company to Executive at
the time Executive incurs such legal fees or expenses.
6.04. Agreement Creates No Separate Rights.
The creation, continuance, or change in this Agreement
or any payment made pursuant to this Agreement, does not
give any person a non-statutory legal or equitable right
against the Company or any of the Company's officers,
agents, or other persons employed by the Company. This
Agreement does not modify the terms of Executive's
employment.
6.05. Notice.
For purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other
communications relevant to this Agreement shall be in
writing and deemed to have been duly given when personally
delivered or mailed by United States Certified or Registered
Mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed
as follows:
Executive or to Company
Mr. Morris D. Marley Southern National Corporation
642 Carolina Circle Attn: Corporate Secretary
Winston-Salem, NC 27104 Southern National Financial Center
P.O. Box 1290
Winston-Salem, NC 27102-1290
or to such other address as any party to this Agreement may
have furnished to the other in writing in accordance
herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be
effective only upon receipt.
6.06. Entire Agreement.
This Agreement sets forth all the promises, covenants,
agreements, conditions and understandings between the
parties to this Agreement with respect to the subject matter
hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous
agreements, understandings, inducement or conditions,
express or implied, oral or written, with respect thereto,
except as contained herein.
6.07. Effective Date and Automatic Termination.
This Agreement is effective January 1, 1994. It
automatically terminates on Executive's normal retirement
date, as defined under the Southern National Retirement
Plan, unless a Change of Control has occurred or Executive
is terminated before such date as a result of or in
conjunction with a Board-approved contemplated Change in
Control of SNC.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SNC, by their duly authorized
officers (for itself and the Company), and Executive have
hereunto set their hands as of the day and year first
written above.
SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION
By:
Its:
Executive
EXHIBIT 10.26
Executive Change in Control Agreement
dated January 1, 1994,
by and between Southern National Corporation
and Sherry A. Kellett
SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION
EXECUTIVE CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT made and entered into this 1st day
of January, 199 4 , by and between SOUTHERN NATIONAL
CORPORATION ("SNC"), together with its affiliates
hereinafter referred to as "the Company" and Sherry A.
Kellett, hereinafter referred to as "Executive" provides as
follows:
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, SNC's Board of Directors (the "Board")
believes that, in the event of a threat or occurrence of a
bid to acquire or change control on SNC or to effect a
business combination, it is in the best interest of SNC and
its present and future shareholders that the business of the
Company be continued with a minimum of disruption, and that
such objective will be achieved only if its key management
employees are given assurances of employment security so
they will not be distracted by personal uncertainties and
risks created during any such period; and
WHEREAS, SNC believes that the giving of such
assurances will (a) secure the continued services of its key
operational management executives in the performance of both
their regular duties and such extra duties as may be
required of them during any such period of uncertainty; (b)
enable it to rely on such executives to manage the affairs
of the Company during any such period with less concern for
their personal risks; and (c) give it the ability to attract
new key executives as needed; and
WHEREAS, the Compensation Committee (the "Committee")
of the Board has recommended, the Board has approved,
entering into change in control agreements with key
management executives of the Company recommended by
management and approved by the Committee in order to achieve
the foregoing objectives; and
WHEREAS, Executive is a key management executive of the
Company;
NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual
promises and agreements hereinafter set forth and other good
and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of
which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and Executive
covenant and agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
1.01. Agreement means the Southern National Corporation
Executive Change in Control Agreement.
1.02. Board means SNC's Board of Directors.
1.03. Change in Control means the ownership, holding or
power to vote more than twenty-five percent (25%) of SNC's
voting stock, the control of the election of a majority of
SNC's directors, or the exercise of a controlling influence
over the management or policies of SNC by any person or
persons acting as a group within the meaning of section
13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. For purposes
of this section 1.03, the term "persons" means an individual
or a corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint
venture, pool syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated
organization or any other form of entity not specifically
listed herein.
1.04. Change in Control Date means the date on which a
Change in Control occurs.
1.05. Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended.
1.06. Company means Southern National Corporation and
its subsidiaries and affiliates, as applicable, or their
successors.
1.07. Compensation means the base salary paid or payable
to Executive during or with respect to the twelve (12) month
period preceding the date of Executive's termination of
employment. Compensation also shall include the average of
any annual incentive bonuses or other incentive amounts paid
or payable to Executive during or with respect to the
thirty-six (36) month period preceding the date of
Executive's termination of employment. If Executive has not
been employed for twelve (12) or thirty-six (36) months, as
applicable, at the time of Executive's termination of
employment, Executive's "Compensation" shall be Executive's
annualized base salary at the rate then in effect and the
average of any annual incentive bonuses or other incentive
amounts paid to Executive prior to the date of Executive's
termination of employment or payable to Executive with
respect to Executive's period of employment.
1.08. Employment Period means the period commencing on
the Change in Control Date or such earlier date as
Executive's employment is terminated as a result of or in
conjunction with a Board-approved contemplated Change in
Control and ending on the earlier to occur of (a) the third
anniversary of such date, or (b) the Executive's normal
retirement date (or what would have been his normal
retirement date), as determined under the Southern National
Retirement Plan, as amended from time to time.
1.09. ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended.
1.10. Just Cause means termination of employment for
personal dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of a
fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional
failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any
law, rule, regulation (other than a law, rule or regulation
relating to a traffic violation or similar offence, the
violation of which does not involve moral turpitude and the
commission of which is not a felony), or final cease-and-
desist order.
ARTICLE II
APPLICABILITY OF AGREEMENT
2.01. Termination.
This Agreement is not an employment contract; SNC may
terminate Executive's employment with the Company at any
time for any reason pursuant to the Company's normal
employment policies and practices. However, if such
termination occurs for any reason after a Change in Control
of SNC or as a result of or in conjunction with a Board-
approved contemplated Change in Control of SNC and before
the end of the Employment Period, Executive will be entitled
to receive severance benefits in accordance with this
Agreement.
2.02. Effect of Change in Control.
Upon a Change in Control of SNC while Executive is in
the employ of the Company or upon a termination resulting
from or in conjunction with a Board-approved contemplated
Change in Control of SNC, this Agreement and all of its
provisions shall become operative immediately and shall not
thereafter be amended or rescinded. Until such time, no
benefits shall be payable hereunder.
ARTICLE III
BENEFITS
3.01. Employment.
If Executive is in the employ of the Company on a
Change in Control Date, the Company will continue to employ
Executive and Executive will remain in the employ of the
Company for Employment Period. After a Change in Control
Date, Executive shall exercise such authority and perform
such executive duties as are commensurate with the authority
being exercised and duties performed by Executive
immediately prior to the Change in Control Date, which
services shall be performed at the location where the
Executive was employed immediately prior to the Change in
Control Date.
3.02. Compensation.
During the Employment Period, the Company will (a)
continue to pay Executive a base salary in an amount not
less than the amount Executive was receiving immediately
prior to Change in Control Date, including pay increases
which shall be, at a minimum, the average percentage
increase granted to other senior management of the Company
with essentially similar positions or responsibilities and
(b) pay Executive annual bonuses which shall be the greater
of: (i) a bonus equal to the average of any annual incentive
bonuses or other incentive amounts paid or payable to
Executive during or with respect to the thirty-six (36)
month period preceding the Change in Control date; (ii) an
average of the bonus amounts or percentage awards paid other
senior management employees with essentially similar
positions or responsibilities for such period; or (iii) an
amount equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of Executive's
annual base salary.
3.03. Termination of Employment.
(a) If Executive's employment is terminated prior to
but as a result of or in conjunction with a Board-approved
contemplated Change in Control or if during the Employment
Period (i) Executive's employment is terminated by the
Company without Just Cause or (ii) there is a material
reduction in Executive's Compensation or employment related
benefits, or a material change in Executive's status,
title(s), offices, place of employment, working conditions
or management responsibilities (other than changes in
reporting or management responsibilities to reflect sound
business practices commonly followed by other comparable
institutions or required by applicable federal or state
law), and Executive voluntarily terminates employment within
ninety (90) days of such event, or the last in a series of
events, then Executive shall be entitled to receive a lump
sum payment in an amount equal to three (3) times
Executive's Compensation. In the event a payment is
triggered under this paragraph 3(a) within three (3) years
of what would have been Executive's normal retirement date,
as determined under the Southern National Retirement Plan,
such payment shall be limited to an amount equal to the
product of three (3) times the Executive's Compensation
multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which equals the
number of full or partial months between the date or event
triggering the payment and Executive's normal retirement
date, as determined under the Southern National Retirement
Plan, and the denominator of which equals thirty-six (36).
Further, to the extent any payment under this agreement 3(a)
(and any other payments required to be taken into account)
cause a "parachute payment", as defined in Code section
280G(b)(2), such aggregate amounts shall be reduced by one
dollar ($1.00) at a time until the aggregate of all such
payments do not constitute a parachute payment. Such amount
shall be paid to Executive within fifteen (15) business days
after Executive's termination of employment is terminated
prior to a Change in Control Date or during the Employment
Period, and the events described in (i) or (ii) do not occur
and such termination is not a result of or in conjunction
with a Board-approved contemplated Change in Control,
Executive's rights under this Agreement shall terminate.
(b) In addition to the payment provided for in section
3.03(a), or any other arrangement between the Company and
Executive, and subject to the adjustment provided in section
3.03(a), Executive is entitled to (i) any benefits that
become vested under any accelerated vesting provisions of
any Company-sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation
plan and any benefits due Executive as a result of the
exercise of a stock option, restricted stock or other award
to which Executive is entitled under any stock option or
stock-based compensation plan, and (ii) any other payments
or benefits due him that do not constitute "parachute
payments" (as defined in Code section 280G), including
amounts that Executive is entitled to receive under SNC's
qualified employee pension benefit plans and employee
welfare benefit plans.
3.04. Mitigation.
Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amounts
of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking
other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any
such payment be reduced by any compensation earned by
Executive as the result of employment by another employer
after Executive's termination by the Company.
3.05. Death Benefits.
(a) If Executive dies before receiving the amounts
described in the preceding sections of this Article III, the
balance remaining to be paid shall be paid to Executive's
Beneficiary at the times and in the manner provided in those
sections.
ARTICLE IV
AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION
4.01 Amendment and Termination.
SNC may, with the consent of Executive, modify, alter,
amend or terminate this Agreement, in whole or in part at
any time. An amendment may be made retroactively if it is
necessary to make this Agreement conform to applicable law
or agreeable to the parties. No amendment or modification
of this Agreement or any covenant, condition or limitation
shall be valid unless in writing and duly executed by the
parties to this Agreement.
ARTICLE V
MERGERS AND CONSOLIDATIONS
5.01 Continuance of Agreement.
SNC will require any successor (whether direct or
indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise)
to all or substantially all of the business to expressly
assume and perform all of the obligations of this Agreement,
in a written agreement form satisfactory to the Executive.
5.02. Assumption of Agreement.
Unless the parties to this Agreement otherwise mutually
agree in writing, SNC shall not merge or consolidate with
any other corporation, bank or association until such
successor entity expressly agrees to and assumes the
obligation of the Company set forth in this Agreement.
5.03. Payment.
Should a potential successor not agree to assume the
obligations of the Company under this Agreement during a
merger or consolidation, Executive shall be entitled to
compensation from Company under the terms of section 3.03.
ARTICLE VI
GENERAL PROVISIONS
6.01. Construction.
Headings and subheadings used in this Agreement have
been inserted for convenience of reference only and must be
ignored in any construction of the provisions. If a
provision of this Agreement is illegal or invalid, that
illegality or invalidity does not affect other provisions in
this Agreement. Any term with an initial capital not
expected by capitalization rules is a defined term according
to Article I of this Agreement. This Agreement must be
construed according to the applicable provisions of the Code
in a manner that assures that the Agreement provides the
benefits and tax consequences intended for Executives.
6.02. Governing Law.
This Agreement shall be construed, enforced and
administered in accordance with the Laws of the State of
North Carolina (other than its choice of law rules), except
to the extent that those laws are superseded by the laws of
the United States of America.
6.03. Indemnification.
The Company must pay any reasonable legal fees and
expenses incurred by Executive in seeking to obtain or
enforce any right or benefit provided under this Agreement,
whether Executive is successful or not. Payments made under
this section 6.03 shall be paid by Company to Executive at
the time Executive incurs such legal fees or expenses.
6.04. Agreement Creates No Separate Rights.
The creation, continuance, or change in this Agreement
or any payment made pursuant to this Agreement, does not
give any person a non-statutory legal or equitable right
against the Company or any of the Company's officers,
agents, or other persons employed by the Company. This
Agreement does not modify the terms of Executive's
employment.
6.05. Notice.
For purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other
communications relevant to this Agreement shall be in
writing and deemed to have been duly given when personally
delivered or mailed by United States Certified or Registered
Mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed
as follows:
Executive or to Company
Ms. Sherry A. Kellett Southern National Corporation
5198 Clearview Drive Attn: Corporate Secretary
Winston-Salem, NC 27104 Southern National Financial Center
P.O. Box 1290
Winston-Salem, NC 27102-1290
or to such other address as any party to this Agreement may
have furnished to the other in writing in accordance
herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be
effective only upon receipt.
6.06. Entire Agreement.
This Agreement sets forth all the promises, covenants,
agreements, conditions and understandings between the
parties to this Agreement with respect to the subject matter
hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous
agreements, understandings, inducement or conditions,
express or implied, oral or written, with respect thereto,
except as contained herein.
6.07. Effective Date and Automatic Termination.
This Agreement is effective January 1, 1994. It
automatically terminates on Executive's normal retirement
date, as defined under the Southern National Retirement
Plan, unless a Change of Control has occurred or Executive
is terminated before such date as a result of or in
conjunction with a Board-approved contemplated Change in
Control of SNC.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SNC, by their duly authorized
officers (for itself and the Company), and Executive have
hereunto set their hands as of the day and year first
written above.
SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION
By:
Its:
Executive
EXHIBIT 10.27
Form of Consulting Agreement between
Southern National Corporation and
Outside Directors
STATE OF NORTH CAROLINAS CONSULTING AGREEMENT
COUNTY OF FORSYTH
This Agreement is dated and effective January 1, 1994
between Southern National Corporation (the "Corporation")
and _____________________, ("Consultant").
RECITALS
The purpose of this Agreement is to retain the services
of Consultant who has served as a Director of Southern
National Corporation ("Corporation") and who is neither an
officer or an employee of the Corporation, or any of its
affiliates (herein "Bank") as of the date of this Agreement
and who has provided expertise in enabling the Corporation
to experience successful growth and development, so as to
ensure that the Corporation will have the benefit of his or
her continued service as a Director and to assist the Bank
in the conduct of its affairs as a consultant following his
or her termination of service as a Director. Consultant is
willing to enter into this Agreement upon the terms and
conditions hereinafter set forth.
Accordingly, Consultant and Corporation hereby agree as
follows:
1. Definitions. (a) "Corporation" means Southern
National Corporation.
(b) "Outside Director" means a person who is not
an officer or employee of the Corporation or Bank and who is
elected or appointed as a Director of the Corporation.
(c) "Board" means Board of Directors of
Corporation.
(d) "Consulting Services" means advice and
consultation provided to the Bank as requested from time to
time by the Board of Directors or any officer designated by
the Board, not to exceed seven (7) days a year; provided,
however, Consultant shall at all times positively promote
the business interests of the Corporation and its affiliates
in all of Consultant's other business dealings during his
service as a Consultant hereunder.
(e) "Initial Date" means the date of a
Consultant's initial appointment or election as an Outside
Director of the Corporation which is
(f) "Termination Date" means the date of a
Consultant's termination as an active Outside Director of
the Corporation or as a Director of a successor in interest
to the Corporation by (1) resignation, (2) voluntary early
retirement elected by Consultant, (3) retirement on the
first day of January of the year following Consultant
obtaining the age of seventy (70), (4) failure of a
successor in interest to the Corporation to appoint
Consultant to the corporate board of such successor, (5)
failure of a successor in interest to the Corporation to
nominate a Consultant for election to the corporate board of
directors of such successor or to the Board if Corporation
is the surviving entity, (6) failure of the shareholders of
a successor in interest to the Corporation to reelect
Consultant to the corporate board of directors of such
successor as a director, (7) failure of the shareholders of
the Corporation to nominate or reelect Consultant as a
Director of the Board, or (8) otherwise.
(g) "Credited Service" means the number of full
months the Consultant served as an Outside Director between
the Initial Date and the Termination Date.
(h) "Consulting Payment" means an amount equal to
one twelfth (1/12th) of the annual Directors' retainer fee,
paid by the Corporation to its Outside Directors as of the
Consultant's Termination Date for Consultants whose
Termination Date occurs after 1997. The Consulting Payment
shall be $1,100.00 per month for Consultant whose
Termination Date occurs in 1994, 1995, 1996 and 1997 (this
amount is subject to adjustment pursuant to the provisions
of Section 13 in the case of retirement prior to age seventy
(70). Such amount may not be reduced by a successor in
interest to the Corporation without the written consent of
Consultant.
2. Eligibility. If an Outside Director is removed as
a Director for cause regardless of length of service, if a
cease and desist order has been entered by the Comptroller
of the Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation,
the Federal Reserve Board or other appropriate regulatory
agency requiring Consultant to cease participating in the
conduct of the affairs of the Bank, if Consultant violates
the provisions of Section 5, 8, or 12 herein and Consultant
shall no further rights hereunder.
3. Term/Payments. Beginning the first month
following Consultants' Termination Date, Consultant shall
provide Consulting Services for a term and shall be paid
monthly for his or her Consulting Payment for the number of
months equal to the last of (1) the number of months
Consultant agrees to provide Consulting Service hereunder,
(2) the number of months of Consultant's Credited Services,
or (3) 120 months. At the expiration of the period for
which Consultant is entitled to payments under this
paragraph, his or her status as Consultant shall cease.
Notwithstanding the above, no payments shall be paid
hereunder following entry of a cease and desist order by the
Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or other appropriate
regulatory agency requiring Consultant to cease
participating in the conduct of the affairs of the Bank, or
the date Consultant violates the provisions of Section 5, 8
or 12 herein.
4. Death of a Consultant. If Consultant dies, then
all payments payable hereunder shall cease and Consultant's
beneficiaries, heirs or assigns shall have no right to any
payment hereunder.
5. Trade Secrets and Confidentiality. Consultant
agrees not to disclose to any other employer, person or
entity any trade secrets or other proprietary or
confidential information pertaining to the Bank and agrees
to comply with the Corporation's and/or the Bank's Code of
Ethics.
6. Responsibility for Taxes. Consultant acknowledges
sole responsibility for income taxes due on amounts paid to
Consultant hereunder.
7. Relationship of the Parties. Consultant is
engaged by the Corporation only for the purposes and to the
extent set forth in this Agreement, and Consultant's
relation to the Bank shall be that of an independent
contractor. Consultant shall not be considered an employee
or entitled to participate in any plans, arrangements, or
distributions by the Bank pertaining to or in connection
with any pension, stock bonus, profit-sharing, or other
benefit plan insuring employees of the Bank.
8. Exclusive Services. During the term of this
Agreement, Consultant shall provide business development
consulting services only to the Bank and to no other
financial institution. Consultant specifically agrees not
to serve on the board of directors or advisory board of any
other financial institution during the term of this
Agreement.
9. Attorneys Fees. Each party agrees to bear its
expenses incurred by such party in preparation or review of
this Agreement by their respective counsel.
10. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in
two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an
original but all of which together shall constitute one and
the same instrument.
11. Non-Solicitation of Employees. Consultant agrees
that he or she shall not solicit officers or employees of
the Bank for employment at any other entity during the term
of his Agreement.
12. Noncompetition. Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Agreement, payment hereunder to Consultant
shall cease if the Board determines that Consultant has
become an officer, employee, director or advisor to, or is
otherwise engaging in, any business or activity which shall
be competitive with the business of the Bank. This
provision shall be limited to the term of payments
hereunder. If payments hereunder cease due to a breach of
this section by Consultant, Consultant shall have no further
rights hereunder and Payments shall not recommence if he
shall discontinue such competition.
13. Early Retirement. If Consultant voluntarily
ceases service as an Outside Director prior to reaching age
seventy (70) but remains willing to provide the Consulting
Services provided for hereunder, he or she shall be entitled
to Consulting Payment reduced by five percent (5%) for each
year remaining before the Outside Director would have
reached age seventy (70), but in no event shall the
reduction in such Consulting Payment exceed fifty percent
(50).
14. Assignment. This Agreement and the right of
Consultant to payments hereunder shall not be assigned,
transferred, pledged or encumbered at any time.
15. Severability. Should any provision o this
Agreement be declared to be invalid for any reason or to
have ceased to be binding on the parties hereto, such
provision shall be severed, and all other provisions herein
effective and binding.
16. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding
upon any successor in interest to the Corporation, which
successor in interest shall have all the rights, duties and
obligations of the Corporation hereunder.
17. Gender. References herein to the masculine gender
shall include the feminine where appropriate.
18. Amendment. The Corporation may, with the consent
of the Consultant, modify, alter, amend or terminate this
Agreement, in whole or in part, at any time. An amendment
may be made retroactively if it is necessary to make this
Agreement conform to applicable law or agreeable to the
parties. No amendment or modification of this Agreement or
any covenant, condition or limitation shall be valid unless
in writing and duly executed by the parties to this
Agreement. This Agreement may not be amended, modified,
suspended or terminated, nor may the benefits provided for
herein be reduced by a successor in interest to the
Corporation without the written consent of Consultant.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be
terminated at any time and payments may be discontinued in
whole or in part if the Agreement is deemed by the
Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation or a successor regulator to constitute an unsafe
or unsound practice.
19. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed
and construed in accordance with the laws of the United
States and the laws of the State of North Carolina
20. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated by
the Corporation due to breach by the Consultant of
Consultant's obligations hereunder or upon a breach by
Consultant in any of Consultant's obligations to the Bank
which is not cured within the lesser of any time period
providing for such cure previously established by Agreement
between Corporation and Consultant or thirty days.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Agreement is executed on behalf
of the Corporation pursuant to authority granted by the
Board of Directors of the Corporation on the day and year
set forth above.
SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION
(CORPORATE SEAL) By:
Chairman of the Board, President and
Attest Chief Executive Officer
Secretary
CONSULTANT
(SEAL)
Typed Name
EXHIBIT 11.1
Computation of Earnings Per Share
<TABLE>
Exhibit 11.1
SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Computation of Earnings Per Share
For the Periods Indicated
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
For the Years
Ended Dec. 31,
1993 1992
<S> <C> <C>
Primary Earnings Per Share:
Weighted average number of common shares 30,665,726 29,410,555
outstanding during the period
Add -
Dilutive effect of outstanding options
(as determined by application of
treasury stock method) 291,783 477,072
Weighted average number of common shares, as adjusted 30,957,509 29,887,627
Net income $ 71,993 $ 47,239
Less-
Preferred dividend requirements 5,196 4,605
Net income available for common shares 66,797 42,634
Primary Earnings per share $ 2.16 $ 1.43
Fully-Diluted Earnings Per Share:
Weighted average number of common shares
outstanding during the period 30,665,726 29,410,555
Add
Shares issuable assuming conversion of convertible
preferred stock 4,548,236 4,125,722
Dilutive effect of outstanding options (as determined
by application of treasury stock method) 298,134 555,107
Weighted average number of common shares, as adjusted 35,512,096 34,091,384
Net income $ 71,993 $ 47,293
Fully-diluted earnings per share $ 2.03 $ 1.39
</TABLE>
Enhancing Value
Southern National serves individuals and small- to medium-sized
businesses in North and South Carolina. Our goal is to excel in this
market by providing customers with convenient access to a full range
of personalized financial products and
services. We strive to consistently deliver superior service to our
customers, superior returns to our shareholders and superior job
opportunities and benefits to our employees. These commitments are the
driving forces of Southern National
Corporation. Begun in 1897 as a rural farmers' bank, Southern National
has built strong bonds with this region and its people and has evolved
into a highly successful financial services company.
Our ability to provide consistent value for our customers through an
efficient, innovative and cost-effective banking system has enabled
Southern National to generate steady profit growth through the years.
Acquisitions of other successful financial
service companies play a key role in our ongoing success. By
integrating the best of these companies, we are able to raise our
level of service and convenience while achieving the economies of
scale that help us operate more efficiently. This report
examines Southern National's approach to building a financially secure
future -- an approach based on discipline and a relentless commitment
to excellence.
Financial Highlights
1
To Our Shareholders and Friends
2
Southern National Today
4
Progress Through Strategic Acquisitions
6
Southern National Network
8
Profile of an Acquisition:
The First
10
1993 Southern National Highlights
12
1993 Financial Review
13
<PAGE>
Financial Highlights
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
<TABLE>
For The Years Ended December 31, Percent
1993 1992 Change
<S> <C> <C> <C>
At Year-End
Total assets $5,898,394 $5,003,961 18 %
Securities* 1,978,874 1,577,704 25
Net loans and leases* 3,475,113 2,966,197 17
Total deposits 4,536,998 4,132,125 10
Shareholders' equity 503,149 431,889 16
For the Year
Net interest income $ 224,655 $ 207,969 8 %
Provision for loan and lease losses 5,574 14,775 (62 )
Noninterest income 66,284 43,580 52
Noninterest expense 171,863 156,812 10
Income taxes 37,938 32,723 16
Net income 71,993 47,239 52
Per Common Share
Net income
Primary $ 2.16 $ 1.43 51 %
Fully-diluted 2.03 1.39 46
Cash dividends paid .64 .50 28
Shareholders' equity 13.47 11.95 13
Key Performance Ratios
Return on average assets 1.35 % 1.00 %
Return on average common
shareholders' equity 17.32 12.61
Net yield on average earning assets
(fully taxable equivalent) 4.71 4.89
</TABLE>
* Includes assets held for sale
Net Income
(In millions)
(net income bar graph appears here -- see appendix)
Average Total Assets
(In billions)
(average total assets bar graph appears here -- see appendix)
1
<PAGE>
To Our Shareholders and Friends:
Enhanced value. When all is said and done, these two words define
Southern National's point of focus for 1993 -- and for years to come.
To enhance our value to the individuals and small- to medium-sized
businesses we serve in the Carolinas, Southern
National must provide personalized service, convenience and product
innovation that generate customer satisfaction. And we must do this in
a cost-effective corporate environment that promotes in-market
efficiencies and takes advantage of advanced
banking technologies.
Success in this endeavor translates to increased profitability over
the long term, which in turn brings us full circle to enhanced value
- -- for our customers and our shareholders.
During 1993, our continuing focus on enhanced value resulted in strong
financial and physical growth. We undertook the largest acquisitions
by far in this bank's nearly 100-year history, but we did so within
strict guidelines established to ensure
that physical growth enhances our ability to provide consistently
superior products, services, profitability and financial strength.
Southern National management in 1992 instituted minimum annual
financial goals: earnings per share growth of 12% annually, return on
equity of 15%, and return on assets of 1%. We surpassed these minimum
objectives in both 1992 and 1993, and these
goals remain in place for 1994. In 1993, fully-diluted earnings per
share climbed 46% to $2.03, return on average common equity was 17.32%
and return on average assets stood at 1.35%. This compares with $1.39,
12.61% and 1.00%, respectively, for 1992.
Net income for the year rose 52% to $72.0 million, total assets
increased 18% to $5.9 billion and total deposits climbed 10% to $4.5
billion. Our net yield on earning assets for 1993 was 4.71%, compared
with 4.89% in the prior year.
Asset quality showed continued improvement during the year.
Nonperforming assets, which have declined every quarter since the
first quarter of 1991, totaled $21.8 million at year-end, or .63% of
loan-related assets and 27% below year-end 1992. Net
charge-offs for 1993 fell 50% from the prior year to $6.4 million, or
.20% of average loans. The allowance for losses at year-end was 1.15%
of loans and leases, and equaled 203% of our nonaccrual loans.
Our ongoing efforts to enhance the company's overall financial position
resulted in Southern National's being ranked among the top 25 banks in
the country by banking industry magazines during 1993 in terms of
safety and soundness. At the same time,
we began realizing the benefits of initiatives to increase fee income
as a percent of total revenue. Our new fully registered broker-dealer,
Southern National Investment Services, Inc., more than doubled its
contribution to revenues. Our Trust and
Capital Management Group and Southern National Leasing Corp. both had
record years in terms of asset and revenue growth.
We expect further fee income contributions from these areas in 1994.
In addition, we are in the process of forming an insurance group,
which will market a full line of insurance products and services.
Offerings will include property and casualty,
life, auto, mortgage and homeowners insurance.
In August 1993, we announced our largest merger ever, the acquisition
of The First Savings Bank, FSB of Greenville, S.C. The First
represents a significant event in Southern National's corporate life.
It not only boosted our total assets by $2.0
billion, it immediately lifted us to 3rd from 9th in deposit market
share in South Carolina and gave us the largest share of deposits in
the economically thriving Greenville area.
We are now the largest mortgage lender in South Carolina and are
strategically positioned in every major city in the state. In place is
a banking network that offers our customers more convenience than they
have ever had before. Further, we expect
significant fee income contributions from our new acquisition.
Most importantly, however, The First represents the biggest step to
date in Southern National's approach to building a financially secure
future for our employees, customers and our shareholders. Our
acquisition strategy dictates that each business
combination we choose must fortify our existing foundation of
profitability, financial strength, economies of scale and service to
our customers.
In addition to announcing The First merger, in 1993 we completed the
acquisitions of East Coast Savings Bank, SSB, of Goldsboro, N.C., and
FedFirst Bancshares, Inc., headquartered in Winston-Salem. The
acquisition of FedFirst, completed in January
1993, added $396 million in assets and $328 million in deposits. The
merger has proven to be as powerful as we had expected. FedFirst was a
well-run savings bank and provided us with exceptional market share in
the vibrant Winston-Salem market. The
addition of East Coast Savings added $271 million in assets and $201
million in deposits, giving us added share in markets where we already
do business, such as Fayetteville and Goldsboro.
In early 1994, we also completed the acquisitions of Regency
Bancshares Inc., headquartered in Hickory, N.C., and Home Federal
Savings Bank of
2
<PAGE>
(photo appears here -- see appendix)
Executive Management Team: (Seated from left) L. Glenn Orr, Jr.,
John R. Spruill, Michael W. Sperry, James F. Byrne; (Standing from left)
Sherry A. Kellett, Gary E. Carlton, Morris D. Marley, C. Royce Hough,
G. Lee Cory, Robert E. Greene, Jerry H. Blue
Statesville, N.C., mergers that will provide Southern National with
resources to increase customer services, expand market share and
operate more efficiently in the markets where we choose to do
business.
One of the qualities we seek in merger partners is a management that
exhibits both quality and compatibility. We found such managements in
the organizations mentioned above. Just as importantly, we also
benefitted from a fresh infusion of motivated
employees who know their customers and their markets. We welcome them
to the Southern National
family.
Finally, 1993 witnessed the relocation of our North Carolina banking
headquarters to Winston-Salem from Lumberton. It was a major
achievement in that we moved many of our employees to new facilities.
The year 1994 will be full of challenges. We have much yet to do to
consolidate our newly merged banking partners. At the same time, we
must remain alert and nimble to act quickly on acquisition
opportunities as they develop and to anticipate and
react to changes in our marketplace. Our vision for Southern National
is that you, our shareholders, will see in this organization a
consistent and predictable company that delivers on its own
expectations and those of
the marketplace. In that way, we will be
able to provide both our customers
and our shareholders the enhanced value Southern National represents.
Thank you for your continued
support.
(signature appears here -- see appendix)
L. Glenn Orr, Jr.
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
3
<PAGE>
Southern National Today
Prospering With The Carolinas
In a region of the country known for its strong and competitive banking
environment, Southern National stands out. The Carolinas are our home.
We have been banking here since 1897 and have focused our business
efforts within this fertile region,
while much of our larger competition has turned its attention
elsewhere. The Carolinas are the heart of a region offering a diverse,
vibrant economy that is experiencing steady population growth,
consistently low unemployment and an influx of
national and international manufacturing plants. It has been and will
continue to be rich in banking growth opportunities.
Concentrating on this region, Southern National has developed into a
competitive middle-market bank, dedicated to serving retail banking
customers and small- to medium-sized commercial businesses. In
focusing on a defined geographical area, we
maintain strict financial controls, maximize operating efficiencies,
respond quickly to opportunities in the marketplace, and provide
personalized service to clients in these cities and towns that we call
home.
An Industry Leader
As a result of this strategy, Southern National today is recognized as
one of the region's leaders in profitability, asset quality, operating
efficiency and customer service. In 1992, United States Banker
magazine ranked Southern National 17th among
the nation's 100 largest banking companies in terms of soundness,
profitability and willingness to provide loans to communities where we
do business. Bank Management magazine ranked us 21st among its top 100
performing banks in 1993.
With total assets in excess of $8 billion, including acquisitions
completed by the end of February 1994, Southern National is the 5th
largest bank holding company in North Carolina and the 3rd largest in
South Carolina. We operate 232 offices in 118
cities and towns in the Carolinas.
We are committed to providing superior service to customers, superior
returns to shareholders and superior job opportunities and benefits to
Southern National employees. Failure to concentrate on any one of
these three elements detracts from our
ability to achieve success over the long term. Our growing size is not
a goal so much as it is a by-product of our dedication to
profitability and financial strength, our desire to operate more
efficiently and our commitment to provide both
commercial and consumer customers with the best personal, innovative
and convenient financial services available.
We pursue an aggressive acquisition strategy because it represents the
most effective way to maximize operating efficiencies and build
profitability through economies of scale obtainable through increased
market share. We have successfully completed
10 acquisitions since 1990, taking each expansion step within clearly
defined financial parameters. Southern National is continually
strengthening the management teams required to achieve these goals by
providing them with the training, tools and
incentives to succeed.
Measures of Success
In 1993, Southern National returned 1.35% on average assets and 17.32%
on average common equity, compared with 1.00% and 12.61%,
respectively, in 1992. Fully- diluted earnings per share climbed 46%
over 1992. These are important indicators because
we have committed ourselves to meeting minimum financial goals of 12%
annual earnings-per-share growth, 15% return on equity and 1% return
on assets. We are guided by these goals in every decision we make.
One of the best indicators of our steady financial growth is our
dividend record. In 1993, Southern National not only increased the
dividend on its common stock for the 21st consecutive year, but also
raised the dividend twice during the year,
allowing shareholders to participate more fully in the company's
prosperity.
All of Southern National's asset quality indicators returned to pre-
recession levels in 1993, further strengthening our already solid
credit quality indicators and providing further evidence that our
credit risk management process is effective.
Nonper-forming assets as a percent of loans and real estate owned fell
to .63%, from .99% at the end of 1992. This ratio has declined
favorably every quarter since the first quarter of 1991. Our allowance
for losses at Dec. 31, 1993, was 1.15% of
loans and leases and 203% of nonperforming loans.
Maintaining steady increases in interest income continues to be key to
our financial success. We focus our attention toward this goal on a
daily basis by careful attention to our growth in earning assets and
to our net interest margin. Net interest
income increased 8% in 1993 compared to 1992.
We remain committed to initiatives that will boost fee income as a
percent of total revenue. In 1993, we strengthened our mortgage
origination business and established a new fully registered broker-
dealer subsidiary that sells annuities, mutual
funds and traditional fixed-income securities as well as discount
brokerage services. In 1994, we will realize additional revenues from
this area. We also expect a significant contribution to fee income
from our
4
<PAGE>
acquisition of The First Savings Bank, which is the largest mortgage
lender in South Carolina.
Drivers of Success
Southern National has taken several steps since 1990 to reenergize the
performance level of our banking company. We built a management team
within a simple, unencumbered structure that provides flexibility to
respond quickly to opportunities in the
marketplace. We can act quickly on these opportunities, whether they
be new products, merger or acquisition initiatives, or customer
demands. Incentive pay, for both our executive management team and the
rest of the Southern National employee base,
has played a key role in this program. In 1993, members of Southern
National's executive team received 45% of their compensation from the
company's incentive pay program. At the end of 1993, 8% of Southern
National common stock outstanding was in
the hands of employees, so our work force is motivated to make
Southern National the best it can be.
In 1993, we introduced a program for employees called "Southern
National 2001," designed to provide our bankers with the training and
motivation they need to successfully move into the 21st century. Southern
National's vision is that our employees are leaders not only in the
industry, but also in the communities in which we live.
We must operate with increased efficiency in everything we do. Our
constant drive to operate more efficiently has played a significant
role in the bank's successes over the past few years. The most widely
used indicator for measuring operating
efficiency is the ratio of noninterest expenses to core revenues. In
1993, our efficiency ratio was 59.6%, which is better than the 60%
ratio aspired to by many banks.
Our quest for in-market efficiencies will continue during 1994. We
have made great strides in growing deposits per branch, boosting
employee productivity and increasing market penetration. Further
improvements can and will be made. Our two-state
focus gives us the ability to centralize support systems in singular
locations that can effectively serve the total corporation. We will
continue to take major steps that not only provide more consistent and
efficient support services, but also free
our sales people to do what they do best: serve our customers.
Return On Assets
(return on assets bar graph appears here -- see appendix)
Return On Equity
(return on equity bar graph appears here -- see appendix)
Nonperforming Assets
as % of Loan-Related Assets
(nonperforming assets bar graph appears here -- see appendix)
5
<PAGE>
Progress Through Strategic Acquisitions
A Disciplined Approach
Consistently superior products and services. Consistently superior
profitability and financial strength. Consistently predictable
performance. Southern National's future is built on these foundations.
Commitments to these objectives guide us in every
strategic decision we make.
One of the most effective ways of ensuring a strong foundation in
future years is to continually bolster our ability to operate more
efficiently in the markets we serve. To do this, Southern National
adheres to a disciplined acquisition policy.
Following this structured approach, we have built profits over the
past few years by expanding market share and achieving economies of
scale. Properly executed, these acquisitions help us operate more
efficiently, improve our returns and enhance our
franchise value.
Southern National has a strong track record for completing
acquisitions that strengthen our financials and our ability to serve
the community. We have merged more than 35 banks and thrifts in our
history and have developed a reputation for our
conservative approach to projecting the benefits of any such
transaction for Southern National. Our merger program is a line of
business with us today. Our capital ratios are well above the minimum
required by banking regulators, giving us great
latitude in our ability to pursue and structure mergers. We have the
flexibility of doing transactions without having to return immediately
to the capital markets.
We are convinced the consolidation prevalent in today's banking and
thrift industries will continue for the foreseeable future. Only
institutions whose size provides sufficient economies of scale will be
able to afford the technology, products and
regulatory compliance specialists necessary to compete effectively.
Many healthy smaller banks and S&Ls in our region today face this
dilemma. We expect this environment to provide Southern National with
continued opportunities in this geographical region.
Criteria
In evaluating potential merger and acquisition transactions, Southern
National considers the following criteria:
(bullet) Existing Markets -- We prefer to do business with partners in
our trade area. This gives us the chance to leverage existing business
and operate more efficiently. Acquisitions of this kind allow us to
build market share and consolidate
operations into a more efficient operating structure. We also know the
market and the customers, since we have been banking in this region
for nearly a century.
(bullet) EPS Contribution -- Every merger partner must quickly become
a contributor to earnings per share. If a particularly advantageous
acquisition is moderately dilutive, however, we might be willing to
accept it provided we can still meet our
earnings per share goals.
(bullet) Quality Management -- We seek management that shares our
corporate philosophies and has exhibited an ability to successfully
manage its company. A strong management team helps us maintain
effective communications and quality customer
service at a critical time.
Franchise Enhancement
Southern National is building market leadership through its merger and
acquisition program. In 1993, we held the No. 1 market share ranking
in 15 of the cities where we operated, representing 22% of our total
deposits. We were 2nd in 29 cities,
representing 40% of our deposits. With 62% of our deposits in cities
where we are No. 1 or 2, opportunities remain to increase market share
and realize additional operating efficiencies throughout our
franchise. Our recent M&A activity shows our
commitment to this strategy. Southern National is building a
financially strong, competitive banking franchise with an improved
ability to provide personal, innovative service to our customers.
In 1993 and early 1994, we completed five acquisitions, which
increased Southern National's assets to $8.3 billion. The 1994
acquisition of The First, with $2.0 billion in assets, is by far our
largest merger.
The acquisition of FedFirst Bancshares, Inc. of Winston-Salem, N.C.,
with $396 million in assets, made Southern National the No. 2 bank in
North Carolina's 4th largest market. Our deposit market share in this
area climbed to 19% from 9%.
In October, we completed the acquisition of East Coast Savings Bank,
SSB, of Goldsboro, N.C., through a conversion/merger. Eighty percent
of East Coast's $201 million in deposits were in Southern National's
existing market cities. The acquisition
solidified our No. 1 market share ranking in Fayetteville, the state's
5th largest financial market, moved our rank in Goldsboro to 3rd from
6th and in Clinton to 1st from 5th. In addition, we expect to save
about 20% in costs at the merged bank.
6
<PAGE>
Mergers and Acquisitions Since 1990
<TABLE>
Date Company Location Type Size (In Millions)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
2/94 Home Federal Savings Bank Statesville, NC Merger $ 98 assets
1/94 Regency Bancshares Hickory, NC Merger 263 assets
1/94 The First Savings Bank Greenville, SC Merger 2,013 assets
10/93 East Coast Savings Bank Goldsboro, NC Merger/Conversion 271 assets
3/93 First Financial Savings Bank Kinston, NC Branch Purchase 12 deposits/
3 consumer loans
1/93 First Federal Savings Bank Winston-Salem, NC Merger 396 assets
5/92 First Security Federal Savings Bank Pinehurst, NC RTC 55 assets
3/92 Workmen's Federal Savings Bank Mount Airy, NC Merger 260 assets
9/91 Preferred Savings Bank High Point, NC RTC 120 deposits
9/91 Southeastern Federal Savings Bank Charlotte, NC RTC 110 deposit
5/91 Southeastern Federal Savings Bank Charlotte, NC RTC 55 equity loans
8/90 Western Carolina Savings and Loan Valdese, NC Merger 90 assets
8/90 Mutual Federal Savings and Loan Elkin, NC Merger 130 assets
</TABLE>
Our 1994 acquisition of Home Federal Savings Bank of Statesville,
N.C., which had $98 million in assets, moved our market ranking in
this city to 3rd from 11th, giving us a 17% share of the market.
Seventy-five percent of Home Federal's deposits
were in existing Southern National cities. The transaction is expected
to provide cost savings of about 20%.
Our acquisition of Regency Bancshares Inc. of Hickory, N.C.,
strengthened our market share in Hickory to 2nd from 5th and provided
entry into four new markets: Lenoir, Welcome, Denton and Lexington.
Regency had $263 million in assets and $210
million in deposits, 60% of which were in existing Southern National
markets. We expect the transaction to generate cost savings in the 30%
range.
In future years, we will continue to act quickly on merger
opportunities that enhance franchise value and provide increased
profitability through revenue growth and operating efficiencies.
7
<PAGE>
"We will continue to act quickly on acquisition
and merger opportunities that enhance franchise
value and provide increased profitability through
revenue growth and operating efficiencies."
Southern National Network of Cities and Communities
(map appears here -- see appendix)
8
<PAGE>
Profile*
232 Banking Offices
118 Cities
$8.3 Billion in Assets
(bullet) Southern National Cities
(star) Southern National Corporation, Lumberton
(diamond) Southern National Bank of North Carolina, Winston-Salem
(triangle) Southern National Bank of South Carolina, Greenville
*As of February 28, 1994
9
<PAGE>
Profile of an Acquisition: The First
The First
On August 5, 1993, Southern National announced its most significant
acquisition to date with a definitive agreement to acquire South
Carolina's largest thrift, The First Savings Bank of Greenville. The
transaction, which closed in January 1994, was
five times larger than any merger we had ever completed.
With more than $2 billion in assets, The First provided Southern
National with the critical mass needed in South Carolina to compete
more efficiently and effectively. Because of its size, merging The
First into the Southern National franchise
presents great challenges, but Southern National's healthy balance
sheet allows us to absorb The First and its many benefits, while
maintaining strong asset quality measures and sound capital adequacy.
Acquisition Rationale
Our logic for acquiring The First clearly illustrates the financial and
operational benefits that can be achieved by Southern National through
a merger and acquisition strategy based on distinct goals and judged
against explicitly defined criteria.
(bullet) Our acquisition of The First will solidify Southern
National's South Carolina franchise. With $689 million in assets, our
South Carolina banking operation was small, but growing and
profitable. The First increased our market presence
substantially, moving Southern National to 3rd from 9th in statewide
deposit market share. We are now a major factor in South Carolina
banking.
(bullet) The merger makes us first in deposit share in the Greenville
market and fourth in the Spartanburg and Charleston markets. With a
population of one million, the Greenville/Spartanburg market is the
largest and fastest growing area in the
state. The area enjoys a low unemployment rate and is home to
diversified industries including textiles, automotive and health
services. With a substantial number of foreign companies from numerous
countries doing business in the area,
Greenville/Spartanburg boasts the heaviest per capita concentration of
foreign investment of any U.S. metropolitan region.
(bullet) The acquisition also makes Southern National the largest
residential mortgage originator in South Carolina and provides an
important source of additional noninterest income. The combined
mortgage servicing portfolio for outside investors
totaled approximately $2 billion after merger.
(bullet) The acquisition affords Southern National the opportunity to
achieve material expense savings and accelerate earnings momentum.
Management expects to reduce The First's operating expenses by over
20%. Through a bulk sale of loans and real
estate shortly after merger, we improved the credit quality statistics
of the portfolio acquired from The First. These two steps alone are
expected to substantially increase The First's contribution to
earnings in the first full year after the
merger.
(bullet) Our balance sheet and overall financial posture remain
strong. Our goal is to continue to maintain high-quality statistics
and ratios.
As a result of our merger with The First, Southern National is better
positioned as a banking leader in the Carolinas, one of the most
fertile regions of the country for our industry. By acquiring The
First, we have diversified our revenue mix and
greatly increased the potential contribution from fee income,
traditionally one of
Enhanced Market Share Position in South Carolina as a Result of The First Merger
Premerger Postmerger
Share/Rank Share/Rank
Key Markets
Greenville -- -- 18% 1
Greer -- -- 21 2
Spartanburg -- -- 8 4
Charleston 2% 11 6 4
Columbia 3 8 8 5
South Carolina 2 9 7 3
Note: Based on 1993 deposit share data
10
<PAGE>
our weakest sources of revenue. More importantly, we have fortified
our ability to efficiently serve our customers.
The Future
During 1994, we will seek to maximize consolidation opportunities
presented by our acquisitions of The First, East Coast Savings, Home
Federal Savings and Regency Bancshares. We have a proven track record
of successfully integrating our merger
partners into the Southern National franchise and realizing the
benefits we have projected from these transactions. We have placed the
best of our best leaders in critical positions of our combined
organization.
Many opportunities lie ahead. We must leverage The First's retail
franchise by turning its customers into full-relationship customers of
Southern National. A second objective of this cross-selling program is
to minimize the attrition from The
First's customer base through proactive, face-to-face discussions with
these customers.
While The First has excellent retail market share in some very vibrant
commercial markets, e.g. Greenville/ Spartanburg, its commercial
market share is generally very low. Our opportunity is to leverage our
small- to medium-sized business expertise and momentum into these
markets.
Each step this organization takes will be judged in light of its
contribution to our long-term profitability, enduring financial
strength, and ability to deliver innovative products and services to
the Southern National customer. We will not stray
from this course.
"Each step this organization takes will be judged in
light of its contribution to our long-term profitability, enduring
financial strength, and ability to deliver innovative
products and services to the Southern National customer."
11
<PAGE>
1993 Southern National Highlights
January 29 SNC acquires FedFirst Bancshares, Inc. and
assumes the No. 2 marketposition in Winston-
Salem, North Carolina's fourth largest financial
market.
February 22 G. Lee Cory is named president of Southern
National Bank of South Carolina. Former
President Rob Greene is named executive vice
president of SNC.
March 9 SNC announces merger with East Coast Savings
Bank, SSB of Goldsboro, a $271 million thrift
that solidifies the bank's market share as 1st in
Fayetteville, North Carolina's fifth largest financial
market.
March 26 SNC agrees to purchase a branch office in
Kinston, a new North Carolina market.
March 30 A new subsidiary is created, Southern National
Investment Services,Inc., a registered broker-dealer.
April 29 SNC announces merger with Regency
Bancshares Inc. of Hickory, N.C.
May 1 SNC is rated 21st in performance among top
100 banks in the U.S. by Bank Management magazine.
June 22 SNC announces merger with Home Federal
Savings Bank of Statesville, N.C.
August 5 SNC announces merger with The First Savings
Bank, FSB, of Greenville,S.C., a $2.0 billion
thrift that boosts market share in South Carolina
to 3rd from 9th.
August 15 SNC completes relocation of North Carolina
banking headquarters to Winston-Salem.
September 13 SNC introduces HONOR ATM debit card.
September 15 SNC makes available $2 million in loans to small
minority businesses in South Carolina.
October 7 SNC completes merger with East Coast Savings
Bank of Goldsboro.
October 14 Banking executive C. Royce Hough joins SNC
and is named head of corporate banking.
12
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
1993 FINANCIAL REVIEW
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.............................................................................................. 14
OVERVIEW............................................................................................................... 14
ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION........................................................................................ 14
EARNINGS ANALYSIS...................................................................................................... 19
ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT............................................................................................. 24
INFLATION AND CHANGING INTEREST RATES.................................................................................. 25
CAPITAL ADEQUACY AND RESOURCES......................................................................................... 26
STOCK AND DIVIDENDS.................................................................................................... 26
FOURTH QUARTER RESULTS................................................................................................. 27
SIX-YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY AND SELECTED RATIOS........................................................................... 29
MANAGEMENT'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL REPORTING...................................................................... 30
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS................................................................................. 30
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS........................................................................................ 31
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS............................................................................... 35
FORM 10-K................................................................................................................ 50
SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION....................................................................................... 54
</TABLE>
13
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
OVERVIEW
The following discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results
of operations of Southern National Corporation and Subsidiaries (Southern
National or SNC) for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
1993 and related financial data are presented to assist in the evaluation of the
accompanying consolidated financial statements and supplemental financial
information.
Much of the discussion that follows highlights Southern National's
acquisition activity during 1993, as well as acquisitions occurring subsequent
to year-end. All of the acquisitions were in the Carolinas allowing Southern
National to leverage upon its existing market presence as well as expand into
adjacent and complementary markets.
On January 29, 1993, Southern National completed its acquisition of FedFirst
Bancshares, Inc. (FedFirst), located in Winston-Salem, North Carolina, and its
wholly-owned subsidiary, First Federal Savings Bank (FFSB) in a transaction
accounted for as a pooling-of-interests. FFSB was merged into Southern National
Bank of North Carolina (SNBNC), thereby increasing SNBNC's assets by $396
million and deposit base by $328 million. See Note B -- Acquisitions.
On October 7, 1993, Southern National acquired East Coast Savings Bank, SSB
(East Coast), headquartered in Goldsboro, North Carolina. Southern National
issued 1,172,475 shares of its common stock in the conversion/merger of this
North Carolina-chartered mutual savings bank in a transaction accounted for as a
purchase, and therefore, the financial information contained herein does not
include data relevant to the acquired institution prior to the date of
acquisition. At merger date, East Coast had $271 million in total assets and
$201 million in deposits. See Note B -- Acquisitions.
On January 28, 1994, Southern National completed its acquisition of The First
Savings Bank, FSB (The First) of Greenville, South Carolina in a transaction
accounted for as a pooling-of-interests. The First was merged into Southern
National Bank of South Carolina (SNBSC), thereby improving SNBSC's ranking by
deposits to third in South Carolina. At year-end 1993, The First had $2.0
billion in assets and $1.5 billion in deposits. See Note B -- Acquisitions.
On January 31, 1994, Southern National acquired Regency Bancshares Inc.
(Regency) of Hickory, North Carolina in a transaction accounted for as a
pooling-of-interests. At year-end 1993, Regency, a bank holding company whose
principal subsidiaries are First Savings Bank, SSB of Hickory, North Carolina
and Davidson Savings Bank, SSB of Lexington, North Carolina, had total
consolidated assets of $263 million and total consolidated deposits of $210
million. See Note B -- Acquisitions.
On February 24, 1993, Southern National acquired Home Federal Savings Bank
(Home) of Statesville, North Carolina in a transaction accounted for as a
pooling-of-interests. At year-end 1993, Home had total assets of $98 million and
total deposits of $90 million. See Note B -- Acquisitions.
SNBNC, Southern National's lead bank was formed in 1897 while SNBSC was
organized in 1986 as Southern National's entry into the South Carolina banking
market. SNB Savings Bank, Inc., SSB (SSB), a state-chartered savings bank, is
the resulting entity which evolved from the 1993 merger of former savings and
loan institutions acquired by Southern National in 1990, Western Carolina
Savings and Loan Association, Inc. (Western) and Mutual Federal Savings and Loan
Association, A Stock Corporation (Mutual).
ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
Total assets at December 31, 1993 were $5.9 billion, an 18% increase from
$5.0 billion at the end of 1992. Net loans and leases increased $461.2 million,
or 16%, over the previous year's balance of $3.0 billion. See Table 4 -- Loan
and Lease Portfolio Mix for the growth by category and the discussion which
accompanies it. Shareholders' equity increased 16% to $503.1 million at December
31, 1993, from $431.9 million at the end of 1992. Significant components of this
increase were the acquisition of East Coast and the retention of earnings.
Average total assets in 1993 were $5.3 billion, a 13% increase over the 1992
average of $4.7 billion. The rise in total resources resulted principally from
the growth in average earning assets, which were $5.0 billion in 1993, a 13%
increase over the 1992 level of $4.4 billion. For 1991, average total assets
were $3.9 billion.
14
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE 1 % Change
COMPOSITION OF AVERAGE TOTAL ASSETS 1993 V. 1992 v.
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) 1993 1992 1991 1992 1991
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Securities*......................................................... $1,747,184 $1,480,868 $ 975,570 18% 52%
Federal funds sold and other earning assets......................... 40,259 78,834 87,084 (49) (9)
Loans and leases, net of unearned income*........................... 3,204,116 2,862,198 2,542,097 12 13
Average earning assets.............................................. 4,991,559 4,421,900 3,604,751 13 23
Non-earning assets.................................................. 321,596 291,380 268,262 10 9
Average total assets................................................ $5,313,155 $4,713,280 $3,873,013 13% 22%
Average earning assets as percent of average total assets........... 93.9% 93.8% 93.1%
</TABLE>
* Includes assets held for sale.
SECURITIES
During the past three years, management has shifted the mix of the securities
portfolio as regulations have changed and as asset/liability strategies
required. The securities portfolio was managed to provide a stability between
liquidity and yield. Investment activity was centered in obligations of U.S.
Treasury and U.S. Government agencies. The average maturity of Southern
National's portfolio at December 31, 1993, based upon final stated maturity
dates, was 3 years 5 months, compared to 5 years 8 months at December 31, 1992.
Emphasis continues to be placed on positioning shorter maturity treasuries and
shorter average life mortgage-backed securities. U.S. Treasury securities
continued to comprise a major portion of the securities portfolio, providing
good yields at maturities structured to address liquidity requirements for
current and future periods. Table 3 -- Securities shows the maturity
distribution by category of Southern National's securities portfolio at December
31, 1993.
During this past year the net unrealized gains in the portfolio decreased
slightly. At December 31, 1992, the market value was $49.6 million greater than
book value. At December 31, 1993, the market value was $32.1 million greater
than book value. The fully taxable equivalent (FTE) yield on the portfolio was
7.58% at December 31, 1992 compared to 6.24% at December 31, 1993. Through
mergers and acquisitions and the use of excess liquidity, the portfolio grew
from $1.6 billion at the end of 1992 to $2.0 at the end of 1993. During the past
three years, securities have become a greater component of earning assets,
increasing from 27% in 1991 to 35% in 1993. Average deposit growth exceeded loan
demand during that time period. From an asset/liability management standpoint,
the markets were conducive to utilizing excess deposits as well as inexpensive
repurchase agreements to fund securities.
At the end of 1992, Southern National's Asset/Liability Com-
mittee (ALCO) made a determination that $269 million in mortgage-backed
securities should be classified as held for sale. This was done to help Southern
National manage its interest rate risk position and in response to prepayment
risks and declining interest rates in general. These securities were sold in the
first quarter of 1993 at a gain of $13.5 million.
During 1993, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB), issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 115, Accounting for
Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities. This statement requires an
entity to classify securities into held to maturity, available for sale and
trading. Securities that are identified as held to maturity are placed there
with the full intent to hold to maturity. Securities that are classified as
available for sale may be sold for various reasons as determined by the ALCO.
These securities are carried at fair value and unrealized gains and losses, net
of tax, are reported in a separate component of equity.
The ALCO determined that as of January 1, 1994 they would classify
approximately $794 million in securities as available for sale. These securities
were placed there to aid the ALCO in managing the liquidity needs and interest
rate risk requirements of Southern National. Going forward, the size of the
available for sale category may fluctuate as various needs are determined by the
ALCO. At December 31, 1993, these securities were classified as held for sale.
Early in 1994, Southern National completed its acquisition of The First, its
largest merger to date. This acquisition added approximately $500 million in
securities to the portfolio. Approximately $100 million of these securities have
been classified as available for sale while the balance has been classified as
held to maturity.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
%
TABLE 2 Change
AVERAGE SECURITIES* 1993 V.
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) 1993 1992 1991 1992
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury.................................. $1,107,707 63% $ 788,721 53% $511,202 52% 40%
U.S. Government agencies and corporations...... 558,638 32 620,640 42 395,487 41 (10)
States and political subdivisions.............. 51,454 3 53,522 4 55,558 6 (4)
Other securities............................... 29,385 2 17,985 1 13,323 1 63
Average total securities....................... $1,747,184 100% $1,480,868 100% $975,570 100% 18%
<CAPTION>
TABLE 2
AVERAGE SECURITIES* 1992 v.
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) 1991
<S> <C>
U.S. Treasury.................................. 54%
U.S. Government agencies and corporations...... 57
States and political subdivisions.............. (4)
Other securities............................... 35
Average total securities....................... 52%
</TABLE>
* Includes securities held for sale.
15
<PAGE>
TABLE 3
SECURITIES
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31, 1993
Book Value Average Yield (3) Average Maturity (4)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury
Within one year........................................................ $ 385,583 5.68%
One to five years...................................................... 901,290 6.13
Five to ten years...................................................... 96,506 5.86
After ten years........................................................ -- --
Total................................................................ 1,383,379 5.99 2.50
U.S. Government agencies and corporations (1)
Within one year........................................................ 24,010 4.55
One to five years...................................................... 108,235 6.86
Five to ten years...................................................... 363,610 6.65
After ten years........................................................ 18,917 7.33
Total................................................................ 514,772 6.62 5.83
States and political subdivisions
Within one year........................................................ 9,867 8.88
One to five years...................................................... 32,176 8.16
Five to ten years...................................................... 12,004 7.34
After ten years........................................................ -- --
Total................................................................ 54,047 8.11 3.00
Other securities
Within one year........................................................ -- --
One to five years...................................................... 10 6.13
Five to ten years...................................................... 598 7.56
After ten years........................................................ -- --
Total................................................................ 608 7.54 6.04
Total securities (2)(5).............................................. $1,952,806 6.24% 3.42
</TABLE>
(1) Included in U.S. Government agencies and corporations are mortgage-backed
securities, totaling $455,665,000. These securities are included in each of
the categories based upon final stated maturity dates. The original
contractual lives of these securities range from five to 30 years; however,
a more realistic average maturity would be substantially shorter.
(2) Includes investment securities of $1,184,401,000 and securities held for
sale of $794,473,000.
(3) Taxable equivalent basis.
(4) Weighted average in years.
(5) Excludes Federal Reserve Bank stock, Federal Home Loan Bank stock and other
equity securities totaling $26 million.
LOANS AND LEASES
Loans and leases, net of unearned income and loans held for sale, totaled
$3.5 billion at year end, an increase of $463.1 million, or 15%, over the
balance at the end of 1992. Commercial and industrial loans grew $220.8 million,
or 17%. Commercial real estate loans grew $62.0 million, or 24%. Consumer loans
were up $180.4 million, a 13% increase. The acquisition of East Coast in October
contributed $200 million of this growth, primarily in the form of single family
mortgage loans. Excluding loans acquired from East Coast, loan growth was
approximately 7% for the year.
Commercial loan growth was spurred by a relatively low interest rate
environment, which created opportunities to refinance higher rate loans at other
institutions and gain new customers. Also, 1993 was a good year for key
industries in the Carolinas, which created opportunities to finance plant and
equipment expansion. Commercial leasing, primarily tax-free leases with counties
and municipalities, was strong. Lease receivables grew $56.6 million, or 38%, in
1993, after growing $41.5 million, or 39%, in 1992. Growth in commercial real
estate loans is partially explained by the East Coast merger; however, a more
significant factor was an improved market. Real estate markets rebounded
throughout the Carolinas, creating expanded opportunities for new loans.
16
<PAGE>
Consumer loan growth was primarily in single-family mortgage loans, which
grew $143.1 million, or 17%, because of the East Coast merger. Excluding this
acquisition, mortgage loans would have declined slightly. The interest rate
environment prompted prepayment of older mortgage loans. In addition, refinanced
and new mortgage loans were sold in the secondary market rather than held for
investment. This strategy had the effect of reducing portfolio interest rate
risk and increasing fee income. Balances outstanding under revolving credit
lines were up $13.8 million, or 16%, the result of aggressive marketing efforts
to expand this portfolio category. Home equity lines grew $20.1 million, or 8%.
Loan and lease portfolio mix shifted slightly in 1993 toward a higher
concentration in commercial loans, reversing a trend in the opposite direction
that began in 1990. Commercial loans grew from 52.1% to 53.3% of the portfolio,
while consumer loans declined from 47.9% to 46.7%. This change was the
consequence of strong commercial loan demand, coupled with the accelerated pace
of mortgage loan sales mentioned earlier. As a result of mergers with The First,
Regency and Home, loan balances are expected to reach approximately $5 billion
in the first quarter of 1994. Since most of the loans being acquired are
single-family mortgage loans and other consumer loans, portfolio mix will shift
back to a higher concentration in consumer loans.
Loans held for sale at December 31, 1993 included $3.9 million in loans to be
sold as part of a bulk asset sale immediately after merger with The First.
Foreclosed properties amounting to $2.5 million were also part of the asset
sale. The sales price for the loans was 53 1/3% of the aggregate face amount.
Loans with specific reserves were charged down, and the remaining reduction to
net realizable value was recorded in the noninterest expense category as loss on
bulk sale of assets. Loans and real estate of The First with a realizable value,
before costs to sell, of approximately $53 million were included in this asset
sale.
TABLE 4
LOAN AND LEASE PORTFOLIO MIX*
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31,
1993 1992
<S> <C> <C>
COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL
Commercial and industrial secured
by real estate................... $ 740,187 $ 596,014
Other commercial and industrial.... 576,633 556,636
Leases............................. 204,653 148,051
Total commercial and
industrial..................... 1,521,473 1,300,701
COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE
Land acquisition, construction and
development...................... 96,382 59,405
Term............................... 229,271 204,261
Total commercial real estate..... 325,653 263,666
CONSUMER
Mortgages (1-4 family
residential)..................... 974,050 830,972
Other installment.................. 266,755 263,296
Home equity........................ 278,536 258,477
Revolving credit................... 98,754 84,989
Total consumer................... 1,618,095 1,437,734
Total loan and lease portfolio... $3,465,221 $3,002,101
</TABLE>
* Net of unearned income and loans held for sale.
ASSET QUALITY
Loan portfolio quality continued to improve in 1993, maintaining the trend
that began in the second quarter of 1991. As reflected in Table 5 -- Asset
Quality, nonperforming assets (NPA's) were $21.8 million at year end, down $7.9
million or 27% for the year. As a percent of total assets, NPA's declined from
.59% at the end of 1992 to .37% at the end of 1993. As a percent of loans plus
foreclosed properties, they decreased from .99% to .63%. Risk assets, which
include NPA's and loans over 90 days past due but still accruing interest, were
$22.4 million at year end, down from $31.5 million a year earlier, a 29%
decrease. As a percent of loans and foreclosed properties, risk assets fell from
1.04% to .65% year end to year end.
Net charge-offs fell 50% from $12.8 million in 1992 to $6.4 million in 1993,
or from .45% to .20% of average loans. This ratio was .63% in 1991. The
allowance for loan and lease losses totaled $39.8 million at year end, or 1.15%
of loans and leases, compared to $37.9 million, or 1.26%, at the end of 1992.
Reflecting the dramatic decline in net charge-offs, the year-end allowance was
6.22 times 1993 net charge-offs.
Southern National assigns risk ratings to all commercial loans in the
portfolio. This assignment of loans to one of seven categories is based upon the
relative strength of the repayment source. All significant loans in the four
lowest risk ratings are reviewed monthly by Southern National credit management
for appropriateness of risk rating, accrual status and loss reserves. Loans are
categorized as nonaccrual as soon as full collectibility of principal and
interest is deemed doubtful. This policy contributes to a constant inflow of
loans into the group of risk assets. As presented in the table entitled Changes
in Nonperforming Assets, appearing elsewhere herein, there is also an outflow of
loans being written off, upgraded or otherwise resolved. Southern National
management believes that potential problem loans will not have a material effect
on the total of risk assets.
The mergers, which occurred during the first quarter of 1994, will have a
minor, but adverse, effect on Southern National's asset quality ratios.
Nonperforming assets will be much higher in dollar amount but are expected to
remain below 1.00% of loan-related assets. The allowance for loan and lease
losses will be higher, in dollar amount and as a percent of loans, reflecting
management's plan to aggressively pursue resolution of acquired problem assets.
Accordingly, higher loan losses are anticipated in 1994; however, management
anticipates that reserves will be sufficient to minimize the impact on 1994
earnings.
17
<PAGE>
TABLE 5
ASSET QUALITY
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31,
1993 1992 1991
<S> <C> <C> <C>
RISK ASSETS
Nonaccrual loans and leases.................................................................... $19,571 $17,054 $31,001
Foreclosed property............................................................................ 2,219 12,643 11,715
Total nonperforming assets................................................................... 21,790 29,697 42,716
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing.............................................. 578 1,774 2,931
Total risk assets.......................................................................... $22,368 $31,471 $45,647
ASSET QUALITY RATIOS
Nonaccrual loans and leases as percent of loans and leases..................................... .56% .57% 1.19%
Nonperforming assets as percent of:
Total assets................................................................................. .37 .59 1.04
Loans and leases plus foreclosed property.................................................... .63 .99 1.64
Net charge-offs as percent of average loans and leases......................................... .20 .45 .63
Allowance for losses as percent of loans and leases............................................ 1.15 1.26 1.26
Ratio of allowance for losses to:
Net charge-offs.............................................................................. 6.22X 2.96x 2.05x
Nonaccrual loans and leases.................................................................. 2.03 2.22 1.06
</TABLE>
NOTE: All line items referring to loans and leases reflect loans and leases, net
of unearned income and loans held for sale.
DEPOSITS AND OTHER BORROWINGS
Average total deposits and other borrowings increased from $4.3 billion at
the end of 1992 to $4.8 billion at December 31, 1993. Average deposits grew by
11% in 1993, compared to 1992.
Average core deposits, Southern National's largest and most important funding
source, increased $466.1 million, or 14%, over the balance at December 31, 1992.
On average, core deposits were $3.8 billion in 1993 and $3.3 billion in 1992. At
December 31, 1993, the level of core deposits exceeded the level of
loans. Southern National will continue to emphasize core deposit growth,
especially during the current operating environment in which liquidity has
increased importance.
In addition to increasing the core deposit level, management also increased
the use of short-term borrowings, primarily repurchase agreements, to take
advantage of significantly lower funding costs as rates declined. Because these
instruments typically reprice rapidly, they were utilized to increase liability
rate sensitivity. In anticipation of a potential rate rise, management utilized
long-term debt, in the form of structured borrowings from the Federal Home Loan
Bank (FHLB), to take advantage of lower funding costs over a longer time frame.
See ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT for related discussion.
TABLE 6
COMPOSITION OF AVERAGE DEPOSITS AND OTHER BORROWINGS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1992 1991
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Savings deposits....................................... $ 828,207 17% $ 676,405 16% $ 500,993 14%
Money market deposits.................................. 793,817 17 714,175 17 634,242 18
Certificates of deposit................................ 2,134,308 44 2,046,941 48 1,781,043 50
Total interest-bearing deposits........................ 3,756,332 78 3,437,521 81 2,916,278 82
Demand deposits........................................ 514,357 11 414,686 10 357,824 10
Total deposits......................................... 4,270,689 89 3,852,207 91 3,274,102 92
Short-term borrowings.................................. 462,297 10 389,678 8 265,805 7
Long-term debt......................................... 62,381 1 26,408 1 27,940 1
Total deposits and other borrowings.................... $4,795,367 100% $4,268,293 100% $3,567,847 100%
<CAPTION>
% Change
<S> <C> <C>
Savings deposits....................................... 22% 35%
Money market deposits.................................. 11 13
Certificates of deposit................................ 4 15
Total interest-bearing deposits........................ 9 18
Demand deposits........................................ 24 16
Total deposits......................................... 11 18
Short-term borrowings.................................. 19 47
Long-term debt......................................... 136 (5)
Total deposits and other borrowings.................... 12% 20%
</TABLE>
18
<PAGE>
The addition of the deposit and borrowing base provided by The First will
enhance Southern National's ability to fund its ongoing loan activity and
growth. The deposit base provided by The First exhibits a good mix of various
consumer products which will be improved with the addition of Southern National
products. Rates previously paid by The First were in line with the markets they
operated in, and were comparable to Southern National's rate structure. It is
anticipated that core deposits will continue to provide SNBSC with the majority
of its funding needs. Any additional funding requirements will be provided by
structured borrowings from correspondents and the FHLB in consideration of
balance sheet composition and interest rate sensitivity.
Management faces an ongoing challenge in attracting new deposits as
competition from both financial and non-financial institutions continues to
increase. Southern National continually evaluates its product offerings against
those of competitors as a means of determining the need to enhance current
products or to develop new ones.
Southern National has developed a broader base of federal funds lines from
correspondents and has established alternative funding sources, including
commercial paper and FHLB advances. Management will also continue its strategy
of aggressively seeking deposits as a source for its primary funding.
The ultimate goal is to attain funding flexibility, which will allow Southern
National to react rapidly to opportunities brought about by growth and market
volatility.
EARNINGS ANALYSIS
Southern National's consolidated earnings are presented and analyzed in the
following narrative and tables. All financial data reflect Southern National's
merger with FedFirst that was accounted for on a pooling-of-interests basis. In
addition, results attributable to East Coast are included since the date of
acquisition in accordance with the purchase accounting method.
Net income in 1993 was $72.0 million, a 52% increase over 1992 earnings of
$47.2 million. On a per share basis, primary earnings were $2.16 in 1993,
compared to $1.43 in 1992, while fully-diluted earnings were $2.03 in 1993 and
$1.39 in 1992. Net income for 1991 was $33.8 million, or $1.21 per share.
Net interest income FTE for 1993 was $235.3 million, a 9% increase over the
prior year's level of $216.2 million. The net yield FTE on earning assets
decreased from 4.89% in 1992 to 4.71% in 1993. The net yield FTE was 4.57% in
1991.
The provision for loan and lease losses declined from $19.6 million in 1991,
to $14.8 million in 1992 and $5.6 million in 1993. This decline was primarily
attributable to a reduction in the level of nonperforming assets. See ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION -- Asset Quality elsewhere in this report.
Southern National continues to emphasize goals to increase fee-based areas of
income. Early in 1993, Southern National began operation of an investment
subsidiary, which provides various investment related services to customers.
Another program involves a mortgage lending division aimed at capturing and
maintaining a share of the residential mortgage market. Finally, an accounts
receivable-based lending group provides services to Southern National's business
customers. This group will not necessarily generate additional fee income, but
will increase loan activity.
As discussed in ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION -- Securities, Southern
National sold securities with a book value of $269 million during the first
quarter, resulting in a net gain of $13.5 million. The primary factors leading
to the sale of these securities, which were classified in the held for sale
portfolio at December 31, 1992, were the consideration of new accounting
regulations the banking industry is facing and anticipated balance sheet changes
arising from merger and acquisition activity. The sale of these longer-term
securities, substantially all of which were mortgage-backed securities, served
to reduce the level of interest rate risk. The effect of the gains was mitigated
by the implementation of the provisions of SFAS 106, which was recorded via a
cumulative catch-up adjustment amounting to $6.5 million before taxes.
NET INTEREST INCOME
Net interest income, the difference between total interest income and total
interest expense, is Southern National's principal source of revenue. The amount
of net interest income is determined by the volume of interest-earning assets,
the level of rates earned on those interest-earning assets and the cost of
supporting funds. The difference between rates earned on interest-earning assets
(with an adjustment made to tax-exempt income to provide comparability with
taxable income) and the cost of supporting funds is measured by the net yield on
earning assets. The accompanying table presents the dollar amount of changes in
interest income and interest expense. The table distinguishes between the
changes related to average outstanding balances of interest-earning assets and
interest-bearing liabilities and the changes related to average interest rates
on such assets and liabilities. Changes attributable to both volume and rate
have been allocated proportionately.
During 1993, the net interest income FTE improved while the net yield FTE on
earning assets declined, compared with 1992. The improvement in net interest
income FTE was attributable to volume, mitigated to some extent by a decline in
rates. The average yield FTE on earning assets decreased 92 basis points while
the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities was 80 basis points lower.
19
<PAGE>
TABLE 7
NET INTEREST INCOME AND RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS
FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1992 AND 1991
FULLY TAXABLE EQUIVALENT -- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Average Balance Yield/Rate Income/Expense
1993 1992 1991 1993 1992 1991 1993 1992 1991
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$1,695,730 $1,427,346 $ 920,012 6.50% 7.55% 8.29% $110,263 $107,714 $ 76,287
51,454 53,522 55,558 8.21 8.59 8.99 4,226 4,596 4,995
1,747,184 1,480,868 975,570 6.55 7.58 8.33 114,489 112,310 81,282
40,259 78,834 87,084 3.04 3.15 9.43 1,223 2,482 8,209
3,204,116 2,862,198 2,542,097 8.32 9.24 10.66 266,510 264,459 271,079
4,991,559 4,421,900 3,604,751 7.66 8.58 10.00 382,222 379,251 360,570
321,596 291,380 268,262
$5,313,155 $4,713,280 $3,873,013
$ 828,207 $ 676,405 $ 500,993 2.29% 2.85% 4.27% $ 18,944 $ 19,306 $ 21,405
793,817 714,175 634,242 2.51 3.28 5.19 19,958 23,394 32,939
2,134,308 2,046,941 1,781,043 4.22 5.08 6.93 90,111 103,996 123,432
3,756,332 3,437,521 2,916,278 3.43 4.27 6.10 129,013 146,696 177,776
462,297 389,678 265,805 2.95 3.58 5.88 13,616 13,932 15,618
62,381 26,408 27,940 6.96 9.11 8.78 4,343 2,405 2,453
4,281,010 3,853,607 3,210,023 3.43 4.23 6.10 146,972 163,033 195,847
514,357 414,686 357,824
58,061 41,114 36,778
459,727 403,873 268,388
$5,313,155 $4,713,280 $3,873,013
4.23% 4.35% 3.90%
4.71 4.89 4.57 $235,250 $216,218 $164,723
$ 10,595 $ 8,249 $ 6,840
</TABLE>
(1) Yields related to investment securities, loans and leases exempt from both
federal and state income taxes, federal income taxes only or state income
taxes only are stated on a taxable equivalent basis assuming tax rates in
effect for the periods presented.
(2) Includes federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements
or similar arrangements.
(3) Loan fees, which are not material for any of the periods shown, have been
included for rate calculation purposes.
(4) Nonaccrual loans have been included in the average balances. Only the
interest collected on such loans has been included as income.
(5) Includes assets which were held for sale.
As a result of good commercial loan demand, the loan portfolio mix shifted to
a higher concentration in commercial loans, reversing a trend from 1990. As
mentioned previously, most of the loans being acquired from the three 1994
mergers are consumer-related and will cause a shift in the mix back to a higher
concentration in consumer loans.
20
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 V. 1992 1992 v. 1991
INCREASE CHANGE DUE TO Increase Change due to
(DECREASE) RATE VOLUME (Decrease) Rate Volume
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Securities (1):
U.S. Treasury, Government and other (5)................. $ 2,549 $(16,185) $18,734 $ 31,427 $ (7,331) $38,758
States and political subdivisions....................... (370) (199) (171) (399) (218) (181)
Total securities (5).................................. 2,179 (16,384) 18,563 31,028 (7,549) 38,577
Other earning assets (2).................................. (1,259) (83) (1,176) (5,727) (5,016) (711)
Loans and leases, net of unearned income (1)(3)(4)(5)..... 2,051 (27,762) 29,813 (6,620) (38,434) 31,814
Total earning assets.................................... 2,971 (44,229) 47,200 18,681 (50,999) 69,680
Non-earning assets
Total assets
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Interest-bearing deposits:
Savings deposits........................................ $ (362) $ (4,185) $ 3,823 $ (2,099) $ (8,327) $ 6,228
Money market deposits................................... (3,436) (5,915) 2,479 (9,545) (13,251) 3,706
Time deposits........................................... (13,885) (18,204) 4,319 (19,436) (32,949) 13,513
Total interest-bearing deposits....................... (17,683) (28,304) 10,621 (31,080) (54,527) 23,447
Short-term borrowings..................................... (316) (2,677) 2,361 (1,686) (7,414) 5,728
Long-term debt............................................ 1,938 (682) 2,620 (48) 90 (138)
Total interest-bearing liabilities.................... (16,061) (31,663) 15,602 (32,814) (61,851) 29,037
Demand deposits...........................................
Other liabilities.........................................
Shareholders' equity......................................
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity............
Average interest rate spread..............................
Net yield on earning assets............................... $ 19,032 $(12,566) $31,598 $ 51,495 $ 10,852 $40,643
Taxable equivalent adjustment
</TABLE>
The net yield FTE on earning assets declined from 4.89% in 1992 to 4.71% in
1993. Several factors, including the impact of the overall interest rate
environment, contributed to this decline: (i) prepayments on higher yielding
mortgage loans increased as consumers refinanced at lower rates; (ii) the
acquisition of thrift assets and liabilities with historically narrower spreads
depressed the net yield; (iii) management utilized aggressive pricing to
stimulate loan growth and (iv) bonds purchased to replace those sold in the
first quarter of 1993 earned a lower rate. The acquisitions of FedFirst and East
Coast during 1993 and the 1994 mergers with Regency, Home and The First total
more than $3.1 billion in thrift assets which have a negative impact on Southern
National's net yield. Repricing of deposits, on-and-off balance sheet hedging
and other active asset/liability management techniques will continue to be
utilized in 1994, as they were in 1993, to effectively manage the net yield.
For a number of years, financial institutions have been hampered by
fluctuating interest rate spreads and margins as a result of deregulation and
increased competition. Southern National will continue to address this issue in
the future through careful and timely monitoring of these percentages and taking
a proactive stance in pricing both loan and deposit products to protect and
enhance these margins while remaining competitive. The acquisition of The First
will improve Southern National's ranking, based on deposits, in South Carolina
to third. Additionally, SNBSC will gain the strength and depth of being a
statewide bank with offices in all major markets while becoming a major mortgage
lender. These factors will enable Southern National to strengthen its branch
network in the Carolinas, attract new core deposits and enhance banking
relationships with customers. Hedging strategies have been used in the past and
will be utilized in the future to reduce sensitivity to interest rate movements.
Southern National continues to evaluate new avenues of interest-based and
fee-based income through its Strategic Planning Committee and other special task
force groups.
21
<PAGE>
NONINTEREST INCOME
The highly competitive environment in which financial institutions operate
continues to raise the importance of recognizing and pursuing opportunities to
expand noninterest income. The primary components of noninterest income are
service charges on deposit accounts and fees from bank and bank-related
services. Noninterest income was $66.3 million in 1993 a 52% increase over the
prior year's level. Noninterest income totaled $44.1 million in 1991.
Service charges on deposit accounts increased 5% in 1993 over 1992. An 18%
increase in average deposits upon which service charges are incurred contributed
to this increase. Another factor improving service charge income was the lower
market interest rates used to calculate the credit given depositors for
collected funds. On the other hand, several factors offset these increases to
service charges. First, Southern National has been very successful in promoting
the Select Banking program, primarily to new customers acquired through mergers
and RTC transactions. Many service fees are waived for Select Banking customers.
Second, because of competitive considerations, Southern National decreased the
percentage of deposit insurance expense passed through to customers during the
first quarter of 1993. Excluding securities gains and losses, net, service
charges on deposits made up 49% of noninterest income in 1993 and 56% in 1992.
Nondeposit fees and commissions increased $4.6 million, or 31%, in 1993. Key
areas combined to culminate in this net increase over 1992. Aggressive marketing
by the trust division, combined with continuing product enhancements, was
primarily responsible for the $312 thousand, or 12%, increase in trust fees over
the 1992 level of $2.7 million. Bankcard related fees increased $942 thousand,
or 17%, in 1993. Among other fees, Southern National's investment subsidiary,
generated $3.7 million. Management's continuous efforts to develop additional
fee-generating activities and methods of improving profitability influenced the
balance of 1993's net changes.
Table 8 -- Noninterest Income shows total other noninterest income increased
$3.1 million over 1992. Trading account income increased $307 thousand, or 64%
in 1993. Income from operating leases increased $1.2 million, or 142% in 1993. A
gain of $902 thousand was recognized on the sale of Atlantic States Bankcard
Association stock. Since this stock was held as a condition of membership,
rather than for investment purposes, the gain was included in other noninterest
income. With the exception of securities gains and losses and other noninterest
income, the change from 1991 to 1992 was the result of similar factors discussed
for 1993. In 1992, a net loss of $99 thousand was recorded, compared with a $4.4
million net gain in 1991. The discontinuance of option fee activity was somewhat
offset by an increase in net gains on the sale of mortgage loans held for sale
and contributed to a decline in other noninterest income from 1991 to 1992.
The employment of strategies discussed in ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT was the
principal factor resulting in the net gain on securities of $13.6 million,
compared with a net loss of $99 thousand in 1992.
TABLE 8
NONINTEREST INCOME
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
% Change
1993 V. 1992 v.
1993 1992 1991 1992 1991
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Service charges on deposit accounts......................................... $25,844 $24,595 $22,287 5 % 10%
Insurance fees and commissions.............................................. 2,992 2,930 2,686 2 9
Trust fees.................................................................. 3,000 2,688 2,542 12 6
Bankcard related fees....................................................... 6,468 5,526 5,228 17 6
Other fees and commissions.................................................. 7,022 3,757 2,500 87 50
Total nondeposit fees and commissions..................................... 19,482 14,901 12,956 31 15
Securities gains (losses), net.............................................. 13,631 (99) 4,368 NM NM
Other noninterest income.................................................... 7,327 4,183 4,525 75 (8)
Total noninterest income................................................ $66,284 $43,580 $44,136 52 % (1)%
NM-not meaningful
</TABLE>
NONINTEREST EXPENSE
Noninterest expense was $171.9 million in 1993, $156.8 million in 1992 and
$132.5 million in 1991. As a result, the overhead costs of conducting business
increased 10% over the prior year, while 1992 was 18% higher than 1991.
The largest category of noninterest expense, personnel expense, increased 8%
over 1992. Approximately 85%, or $5.2 million, of the increase occurred in the
area of salaries. The acquisition of East Coast, combined with internal growth,
resulted in a 15% increase in full-time equivalent employees during 1993 with
approximately 2,549 employees at December 31, 1993. New endeavors undertaken
during the year, namely, the internalization of investment services via the
formation of Southern National Investment Services, Inc. and the formation of
the residential mortgage division, as well as relocation bonuses attributable to
the
22
<PAGE>
relocation of personnel to Winston-Salem, contributed to the 1993 increase. The
$13.0 million, or 20%, increase in personnel expense from 1991 to 1992 resulted
primarily from (i) the purchase acquisition of Workmen's in March 1992, (ii)
$3.3 million in nonrecurring charges related to the FedFirst acquisition, (iii)
$1.1 million associated with a nonrecurring early retirement program and (iv)
strengthening of key management and technical areas. Employee benefits increased
$874 thousand in 1993, compared to 1992, while 1992 was $3.4 million higher than
1991. These increases are directly associated with the increase in salary
expense. The discount rate, the rate of increase in future compensation and the
long-term rate of return on assets used in determining the net periodic pension
cost for 1994 will be reviewed by management for appropriateness. Reduction of
the discount rate to 7% and the rate of increase in future compensation to 5% is
not expected to have a material impact on net income.
Occupancy and equipment expense was $3.2 million, or 15%, higher in 1993 than
in the prior year, while 1992 was $2.3 million higher than 1991. The primary
factor impacting the increase from 1992 to 1993 was a $1.4 million charge
related to the retirement and/or useful life reduction of certain assets,
primarily technology-related equipment, to facilitate future upgrading. General
increases associated with growth and expansion, as well as the acquisition of
Workmen's, accounted for the increase from 1991 to 1992.
Federal deposit insurance expense increased $783 thousand, or 9%, in 1993, as
compared to the prior year, and $1.9 million in 1992 over 1991. Internal growth
of deposits was a principal factor contributing to the increases for both years.
Additionally, the acquisition of Workmen's was a factor in the increase in 1992
, compared to 1991. Procedures are in place to pass portions of this expense to
customers through service charges and interest rates paid on deposits. The FDIC
has approved the implementation of a risk-related insurance system that will
place each financial institution in one of nine risk categories based on their
level of capital and supervisory rating. There is an eight basis point spread
between the highest and lowest premium rates where well-capitalized institutions
with the highest supervisory rating will pay 0.23% of deposits and
under-capitalized institutions with the lowest supervisory rating will pay
0.31%. Southern National's weighted average rate during 1993 and 1992 was 0.23%.
Management expects to maintain its well-capitalized position and high
supervisory rating in 1994 following the consummation of the mergers with
Regency, Home and The First.
Expenses relating to foreclosed property were $5.6 million in 1993, compared
to $7.7 million in 1992 and $6.3 million in 1991. The higher level of 1992
expense resulted from increased sales activity and aggressive efforts to
accelerate disposal of foreclosed properties. As a result of the continuing
improvement in asset quality, foreclosed property expense declined in 1993.
The other noninterest expense category increased 17% over 1992, rising from
$40.7 million in 1992 to $47.9 million in 1993. Contributing factors included:
(i) the stocking of former FedFirst branches, acquired through merger, (ii)
start-up costs associated with new divisions and (iii) costs related to
relocation of SNBNC's administrative offices to Winston-Salem, North Carolina.
TABLE 9
NONINTEREST EXPENSE
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
% Change
1993 V. 1992 v.
1993 1992 1991 1992 1991
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Salaries................................................................. $ 68,930 $ 63,735 $ 54,145 8% 18%
Employee benefits........................................................ 16,346 15,472 12,048 6 28
Total personnel expense................................................ 85,276 79,207 66,193 8 20
Net occupancy expense.................................................... 10,846 9,966 9,021 9 10
Furniture and equipment expense.......................................... 13,052 10,761 9,391 21 15
Total occupancy and equipment expense.................................. 23,898 20,727 18,412 15 13
Federal deposit insurance expense........................................ 9,222 8,439 6,536 9 29
Foreclosed property expense.............................................. 5,617 7,694 6,344 (27) 21
Stationery and printing.................................................. 3,424 3,065 2,327 12 32
Advertising.............................................................. 4,190 3,963 3,370 6 18
Data processing expense.................................................. 2,883 3,108 3,011 (7) 3
Credit card expense...................................................... 5,200 4,453 4,326 17 3
Communications........................................................... 3,545 2,672 2,340 33 14
Postage and freight...................................................... 2,336 2,359 2,070 (1) 14
Charitable contributions................................................. 987 769 695 28 11
Loss on bulk sale of assets.............................................. 1,274 -- -- NM --
Other expense............................................................ 24,011 20,356 16,860 18 21
Total other noninterest expense........................................ 47,850 40,745 34,999 17 16
Total noninterest expense............................................ $171,863 $156,812 $132,484 10% 18%
</TABLE>
23
<PAGE>
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
The provision for income taxes was $37.9 million in 1993, compared with $32.7
million in 1992 and $16.1 million in 1991. Southern National's effective tax
rates were 34.5%, 40.9% and 32.2% in 1993, 1992 and 1991 respectively. Total
effective tax rates for 1993 and 1991 were less than statutory federal income
tax rates primarily because of tax-exempt income derived from obligations of
states and political subdivisions. The expense associated with the recapture of
the tax bad debt reserves related to FedFirst was the principal factor resulting
in the 1992 effective tax rates exceeding the statutory rates. In 1993, Southern
National adopted SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, which supersedes
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 11 and SFAS 96.
SFAS 109 requires that the net deferred tax assets and liabilities on the
statement of condition be recorded at current tax rates. The net change for the
year in the deferred tax accounts on the statement of condition is recorded as
deferred taxes in the provision for income taxes on the statement of income. See
Note L -- Income Taxes for a detailed analysis of the components of income tax
expense for the past three years.
ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT
Asset/liability management activities are designed to assure liquidity and,
through the management of Southern National's interest sensitivity position, to
achieve relatively stable net interest margins. It is the responsibility of the
ALCO to set policy guidelines and to establish long-term strategies with respect
to interest rate exposure and liquidity. The ALCO, which is composed primarily
of executive management, meets regularly to review Southern National's interest
rate and liquidity risk exposures in relation to present and prospective market
and business conditions, and adopts balance sheet management strategies that are
intended to assure that any potential impact on earnings and liquidity is within
conservative standards.
Liquidity represents a bank's continuing ability to meet its funding needs,
primarily deposit withdrawals, timely repayment of borrowings and other
liabilities, and draw-downs on loan commitments. In addition to its level of
liquid assets, many other factors affect a bank's ability to meet liquidity
needs, including access to additional funding sources, total capital position
and general market conditions.
Traditional sources of liquidity include proceeds from maturity of investment
securities, repayment of loans and growth in core deposits. Federal funds
purchased, repurchase agreements and dollar rolls supplement the traditional
sources.
As can be seen from the CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS, operating
activities provided $24.4 million, $79.9 million and $55.2 million in cash in
1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively. Deposits were a key funding source in all
three years. In addition, short-term borrowings, principally federal funds
purchased, repurchase agreements and dollar rolls, were important in providing
funding in 1993 and 1992. The preferred stock issue in early 1992 raised $74.1
million in cash. Net increases in both the securities portfolio and the loan and
lease portfolio accounted for the majority of the uses of cash in all three
years. No trends in the sources or uses of cash by Southern National are
expected to have a material impact on Southern National's liquidity position.
A prime objective in interest rate risk management is the avoidance of wide
fluctuations in net interest income through balancing the impact of changes in
interest rates on interest sensitive assets and interest sensitive liabilities.
Management uses Interest Sensitivity Simulation (Simulation) Analysis to measure
the interest rate sensitivity of earnings. Discussion of this method is covered
in INFLATION AND CHANGING INTEREST RATES.
Balance sheet repositioning is the most efficient and cost effective means of
managing rate risk and is accomplished by strategic pricing of asset and
liability accounts. The expected result of strategic pricing is the development
of appropriate maturity and repricing streams in those accounts to produce
consistent net income during adverse interest rate environments. The ALCO
monitors loan, investment and liability portfolios to ensure comprehensive
management of rate risk on the balance sheet. These portfolios are analyzed for
proper fixed rate and variable rate mixes given a specific interest rate
outlook. In 1993, the total proportion of floating rate loans increased. At
year-end, loans maturing or repricing in 30 days or less comprised 36% of all
loans outstanding.
During 1993, management utilized strategies to emphasize short-term
liabilities to increase repricing speed on that side of the balance sheet.
Southern National used dealer repurchase agreements (repos), in which securities
comprising a portion of the securities portfolio are transferred to approved
correspondent banks and brokers for short-term funding strategies. Management
continued to utilize mortgage-backed securities dollar rolls. The use of dealer
repos and dollar rolls complemented overall asset/liability strategy since most
of these agreements had overnight to monthly repricing that helped to sensitize
the liability side of the balance sheet in the falling interest rate environment
prevailing during 1993.
Interest rate volatility often increases to the point that balance sheet
repositioning through the use of account repricing cannot occur rapidly enough
to avoid adverse net income effects. At those times, and when customer demand
and competition are such that account repricing is not sufficient, off-balance
sheet or synthetic hedges are utilized. During 1993, management used interest
rate swaps, caps and floors to supplement balance sheet repositioning. The
counterparties to these transactions were large commercial banks and investment
banks, all of which were approved by the ALCO. Semi-annually, the counterparties
are reviewed for creditworthiness by Southern National's credit policy group.
Interest rate swaps are contractual agreements between two parties to
exchange a series of cash flows representing interest payments. A swap allows
both parties to transform the repricing characteristics of an asset or liability
from a fixed to a floating rate, a floating rate to a fixed rate, or even one
floating rate to another floating rate. The underlying principal positions are
not affected. Swap terms generally range from one year to seven years
24
<PAGE>
depending on the need. At year-end 1993, interest rate swaps with a total
notional value of $213 million, with terms ranging up to seven years, were
outstanding.
Management feels that interest rates may be at their low end and that
earnings may be at risk if, in a rising rate environment, the prime rate does
not increase at the same rate that funding costs rise. To protect from this
possibility management entered into $300 million of two-year interest rate
corridors. The transaction is based on the spread between the prime rate and the
federal funds rate. A corridor is the simultaneous purchase of a cap on one
rate, the federal funds rate, and the sale of a cap on a different interest
rate, the prime rate. If the federal funds rate rises quicker than the prime
rate, the proceeds from the off-balance sheet financial instruments will offset
any reduction in income resulting from a higher relative funding cost. As a
result of Southern National's on-balance sheet repositioning and off-balance
sheet hedging, the negative impact of a 100 basis point decline over 12 months
in interest rates is projected to be only .2% of net income. Stated in terms of
earnings per share, a decline of 100 basis points in interest rates is projected
to reduce earnings by only one-half of one cent per share by the end of 1994.
Conversely, if interest rates were to rise 200 basis points, given Southern
National's balance sheet position at year-end, the impact on net income would be
a decrease of .1%, compared to a flat interest rate scenario.
Management expects that a firming economic environment and restrictive
monetary policy by the Federal Reserve Board (FRB) at the beginning of 1994 will
justify the current positioning of Southern National's interest rate
sensitivity. Events will be monitored during the course of the year to determine
appropriate adjustments to balance sheet and off-balance sheet hedges.
INFLATION AND CHANGING INTEREST RATES
The majority of assets and liabilities of financial institutions are monetary
in nature and, therefore, differ greatly from most commercial and industrial
companies that have significant investments in fixed assets or inventories.
Fluctuations in interest rates and the efforts of the FRB to regulate money and
credit conditions have a greater effect on a financial institution's
profitability than do the effects of higher costs for goods and services.
Through its balance sheet management function, Southern National is positioned
to respond to changing interest rates and inflationary trends.
Simulation Analysis takes into account the current contractual agreements
that Southern National has made with its customers on deposits, borrowings,
loans, investments and any commitments to enter into those transactions.
Management monitors Southern National's interest sensitivity by means of a
computer-based asset/liability model that incorporates current volumes and
rates, maturity streams, repricing opportunities and anticipated growth. The
model calculates an earnings estimate based on current portfolio balances and
rates, less any balances that are scheduled to reprice or mature. Balances and
rates that will replace the previous balances and any anticipated growth are
added. This level of detail is needed to correctly simulate the effect that
changes in interest rates and anticipated balances will have on earnings of
Southern National. This method is subject to the assumptions that underlie the
process, but it gives a better picture of the true earnings outlook as a whole.
In reviewing Table 10 -- Interest Sensitivity Simulation Analysis, it is
important to note that such analysis represents the sensitivity position as of a
point in time and can be changed significantly by management within a short time
period. Care should also be taken in noting that this tabular data does not
reflect the impact of a change in the credit quality of Southern National's
assets and liabilities. To attempt to quantify the potential change in net
income, given a change in interest rates, various interest
TABLE 10
INTEREST SENSITIVITY SIMULATION ANALYSIS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Interest
Rate Reference Rate Annualized
Scenario Money Percent
Instantaneous Market Change in
Parallel Prime Account Net Income
<S> <C> <C> <C>
+4.00% 10.00% 6.08% -21.8%
+3.00 9.00 5.08 -16.3
+2.00 8.00 4.08 -10.9
+1.00 7.00 3.08 -5.4
No change 6.00 2.08 0
-1.00 5.00 1.08 5.4
-2.00 4.00 0.08 10.4
-3.00 3.00 0.00 7.3
-4.00 2.00 0.00 -4.7
<CAPTION>
Gradual
Historical
<S> <C> <C> <C>
+2.00% 8.00 2.74 -0.1
-1.00 5.00 1.75 -0.2
<CAPTION>
</TABLE>
rate scenarios are applied to the projected balances, maturities and repricing
opportunities. The resulting change in net income reflects the level of
sensitivity that net income has in relation to changing interest rates. The
Instantaneous Parallel rate shocks assume that all interest-bearing assets and
liabilities move simultaneously and instantaneously in magnitude and direction.
The Gradual Historical rate shocks assume that individual interest-bearing
assets and liabilities move gradually over a twelve-month time period in
correlation to its historical relationship with the assumed change in the Prime
rate. For example, Southern National's Money Market Account rate has changed
only one-third as much as Prime rate.
25
<PAGE>
A comprehensive policy has been developed for setting parameters for the
management of interest rate risk as defined by the results of the model's
output. Management has set policy guidelines that interest sensitive assets
should remain between 150% and 50% of interest sensitive liabilities for all
periods. Management has also stated that earnings should not fluctuate more than
5% up or down given each 1% change in rates over a 12-month period. To control
that variance, and to manage the balance sheet consistent with any projected
interest rate environment, management uses a number of natural or on-balance
sheet strategies as well as off-balance sheet strategies as discussed in
ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT.
CAPITAL ADEQUACY AND RESOURCES
The maintenance of appropriate levels of capital is a management priority.
Overall capital adequacy is monitored on an on-going basis by management and
reviewed regularly by the Board of Directors. Southern National's principal
capital planning goals are to provide an adequate return to shareholders while
retaining a sufficient base from which to provide future growth and compliance
with all regulatory standards.
Shareholders' equity at December 31, 1993 was $503.1 million versus $431.9
million a year earlier, an increase of $71.3 million or 16%. As a percent of
year-end assets, total shareholders' equity was 8.5 % at December 31, 1993
versus 8.6 % a year earlier. Changes in shareholders' equity for 1993 and each
of the preceding two years are presented in Table 12. Growth in year-end equity
per common share for the most recent three years is also shown in this table.
Southern National's book value per common share at December 31, 1993 was $13.47,
an increase of 12.7% from $11.95 a year earlier.
TABLE 11
CAPITAL -- COMPONENTS AND RATIOS
DECEMBER 31
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1992
<S> <C> <C>
Tier 1 capital........................ $492,752 $419,528
Tier 2 capital........................ 39,678 39,504
Total capital......................... $532,430 $459,032
Risk-based capital ratios:
Tier 1 capital...................... 14.43% 14.77%
Total capital....................... 15.56 16.16
Tier 1 leverage ratio................. 8.6 8.5
</TABLE>
Southern National's internal capital formation rate (net income less
dividends as a percent of average equity) was 10.4% for 1993 compared to 7.3% in
1992, when merger expenses and special charges reduced net income. Average
shareholders' equity as a percent of average assets was 8.7%, 8.6% and 6.9% in
1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively.
Southern National's long-term debt to long-term debt plus equity at December
31, 1993 was 15.5%, compared with 7.4% and 8.1% at December 31, 1992 and 1991,
respectively. Average long-term debt increased 136% from $26.4 million in 1992
to $62.4 million in 1993. FHLB advances were utilized in 1993 to take advantage
of low interest rates, which are expected to rise in 1994.
Table 11 presents Southern National's Tier 1 and total risk-based capital and
Tier 1 leverage ratios at year-end 1993 and 1992. The capital ratios measure the
capital to risk-adjusted assets and off-balance sheet items as defined by FRB
guidelines. An 8% minimum of total capital to risk-adjusted assets is required.
One-half of the 8% minimum must consist of tangible common shareholders'
equity. At December 31, 1993, Southern National's Tier 1 capital ratio was
14.43% and its total capital ratio was 15.56%, both of which well exceeded
regulatory criteria. The leverage ratio, established by the FRB, measures Tier 1
capital to average total assets less goodwill and must be maintained in
conjunction with the risk-based capital standards. At December 31, 1993,
Southern National's leverage ratio was 8.6%, well above the 3% minimum required.
TABLE 12
SELECTED EQUITY DATA AND RATIOS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1992 1991
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Book value per common share at
year-end....................... $13.47 $11.95 $10.56
Book value per common share
percent increase over prior
year-end....................... 12.7 % 13.2 % 16.6 %
Common dividends per share as a
percent of net income available
per common share............... 29.63 34.97 38.02
Equity at year-end to year-end:
Total assets................... 8.5 8.6 7.1
Net loans and leases........... 14.7 14.6 11.4
Deposits....................... 11.1 10.5 8.3
Equity and long-term debt...... 84.5 93.0 91.9
</TABLE>
STOCK AND DIVIDENDS
A strong capital base is vital to any banking organization as capital
provides a solid foundation for anticipated future asset growth and promotes
investor and depositor confidence. Capital management is a continuous process at
Southern National and ensures that capital is provided for current needs and
anticipated growth.
At the end of 1993, Southern National had 31.8 million shares of common stock
issued and outstanding, compared to 29.9 million shares outstanding at the
previous year-end. The principal reason for the increase in common shares was
the issuance of 1.2 million shares in connection with the East Coast
conversion/merger in October 1993. Southern National's common shares
26
<PAGE>
were held by 19,938 owners of record at February 17, 1994. These common
shareholders are located throughout the United States and in several foreign
countries. At December 31, 1993, the total market capitalization of Southern
National's common stock was approximately $629.0 million.
Southern National's ability to pay dividends is primarily dependent on its
earnings from operations, the adequacy of its capital and the availability of
liquid assets for distribution. The Parent Company's ability to replenish its
liquid assets available for distribution is primarily dependent on the ability
of the banking subsidiaries (SNBNC, SNBSC and SSB) to pay dividends to the
Parent Company. Historically, Southern National's cash dividends have been
approximately one-third of earnings resulting from the need to retain sufficient
capital to support future growth and to meet regulatory requirements while
providing a competitive return on investment to its shareholders. Southern
National's common dividend payout ratio, computed by dividing dividends per
common share by earnings available per common share, was 29.6% in 1993, compared
to 35.0% in 1992 and 38.0% in 1991. Southern National's quarterly cash dividend
per common share was increased twice during 1993, rising from $.13 per common
share to $.17. This marked the 21st consecutive year that cash dividends have
been increased. A discussion of dividend restrictions is included in Note
O -- Regulatory Requirements and Other Restrictions.
Southern National's common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange
(NYSE) under the symbol SNB. The accompanying table, Quarterly Common Stock
Summary, sets forth the high, low and last sales prices for the common stock on
the NYSE as reported on the NYSE Composite Tape and the cash dividends paid per
share of common stock for each of the last eight quarters.
At December 31, 1993, Southern National had 770,000 shares of 6.75%
Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A issued and outstanding in the
form of 3,080,000 depositary shares, at a stated value of $25 per depositary
share. Each depositary share represents a one-quarter interest in a preferred
share. The depositary shares are convertible at the option of the holder into
1.4767 shares of common stock. Accordingly, 4,548,236 shares of common stock
have been reserved for conversion of the preferred stock. The preferred stock
will be redeemable at the option of Southern National, in whole or in part, or
from time to time, on or after March 1, 1996, at $26.0125 per depositary share
through February 28, 1997, with prices decreasing annually thereafter to $25 per
depositary share on and after March 1, 2002, plus in each case dividends accrued
and accumulated but unpaid to the redemption date. The depositary shares have a
liquidation value of $25 per share, or $77,000,000 in the aggregate, plus
accrued but unpaid dividends to, but excluding the date of final distribution.
TABLE 13
QUARTERLY COMMON STOCK SUMMARY
[CAPTION]
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1992
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Quarter SALES PRICES DIVIDENDS Sales Prices Dividends
Ended HIGH LOW LAST PAID High Low Last Paid
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
March 31...................................... $22.50 $19.63 $21.88 $ .15 $14.63 $13.00 $14.25 $ .12
June 30....................................... 23.38 19.25 21.88 .15 18.13 14.00 16.25 .12
September 30.................................. 23.38 19.75 20.50 .17 18.25 15.25 17.00 .13
December 31................................... 21.88 18.88 19.75 .17 19.75 16.13 19.63 .13
Year.................................... 23.38 18.88 19.75 .64 19.75 13.00 19.63 .50
</TABLE>
FOURTH QUARTER RESULTS
Net income for the fourth quarter of 1993 was $18.6 million, an increase of
162% over the earnings of $7.1 million for the same period in 1992. On a per
share basis, fully-diluted net income was $.51 for the three months ended
December 31, 1993, compared to $.20 a year earlier. On January 29, 1993,
Southern National acquired FedFirst in a transaction accounted for as a
pooling-of-interests. During the three month period ended December 31, 1992,
FedFirst recorded material, nonrecurring charges which totaled $7.8 million.
Excluding the nonrecurring items, earnings per share dilution in 1992 was
approximately $.12 per share. A 27% decline in the provision for income taxes to
$8.8 million in the fourth quarter of 1993, compared with $12.1 in 1992, also
contributed to the improvement in earnings in 1993 over 1992. The purchase
acquisition of East Coast in October of 1993 was a factor contributing to
increases in all fourth quarter 1993 categories compared to the same period in
1992.
In the fourth quarter, net interest income FTE was 8.5% higher than for the
same period in 1992. The 16% growth in average earning assets accounted for
higher levels of net interest income FTE. Net yield FTE actually declined from
4.96% to 4.64%.
Annualized return on average common equity was 16.62% for the fourth quarter
of 1993, compared with 6.49% in 1992. Return on average assets was 1.30% in 1993
versus .58% in 1992.
Noninterest income was $14.4 million and $11.2 million for the fourth
quarters of 1993 and 1992, respectively. The following factors contributed to
the net increase in 1993: (i) SNIS' income in 1993 was $1.1 million, compared to
$184 thousand in 1992, (ii) trust revenues increased from $702 thousand in 1992
to $950 thousand in 1993, (iii) service charges on deposits rose from $6.4
million in 1992 to $6.7 million in 1993, (iv) net gains on the sale of
securities were $71 thousand in 1993 versus a net loss of $167
27
<PAGE>
thousand in 1992 and (v) trading account income rose from $78 thousand in 1992
to $164 thousand in 1993.
Noninterest expense increased only $1.3 million, or 3%, compared to the same
period last year. Approximately $3.7 million in nonrecurring adjustments
recorded by FedFirst in connection with the merger elevated noninterest expense
in the fourth quarter of 1992.
The accompanying table, Quarterly Financial Summary -- Unaudited, presents
condensed information relating to eight quarters in the period ended December
31, 1993.
TABLE 14
QUARTERLY FINANCIAL SUMMARY -- UNAUDITED
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1992
FOURTH THIRD SECOND FIRST Fourth Third Second
QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER Quarter Quarter Quarter
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CONSOLIDATED SUMMARY OF
OPERATIONS
Net interest income FTE......... $ 62,465 $ 58,506 $ 57,964 $ 56,315 $ 57,572 $ 56,280 $ 54,431
FTE adjustment................ 2,767 2,797 2,546 2,485 2,392 2,059 2,045
Provision for loan and
lease losses.................. 1,299 865 1,826 1,584 3,125 3,741 3,716
Noninterest income.............. 14,408 13,422 13,371 25,083 11,170 11,177 10,628
Noninterest expense............. 45,341 41,425 40,554 44,543 44,004 38,010 38,860
Provision for income taxes...... 8,836 8,997 8,546 11,559 12,100 8,215 6,928
Income before cumulative
effect........................ 18,630 17,844 17,863 21,227 7,121 15,432 13,510
Less: Cumulative effect*........ -- -- -- 3,571 -- -- --
Net income.................... $ 18,630 $ 17,844 $ 17,863 $ 17,656 $ 7,121 $ 15,432 $ 13,510
Fully-diluted income per share
before cumulative effect...... $ .51 $ .51 $ .51 $ .60 $ .20 $ .44 $ .39
Less: Cumulative effect*........ -- -- -- .10 -- -- --
Net income per share.......... $ .51 $ .51 $ .51 $ .50 $ .20 $ .44 $ .39
SELECTED AVERAGE BALANCES
Assets.......................... $$5,754,123 $5,306,977 $5,135,867 $5,047,854 $4,949,342 $4,837,249 $4,748,401
Securities...................... 1,905,195 1,768,091 1,683,824 1,624,411 1,582,743 1,551,848 1,536,247
Loans and leases, net........... 3,410,422 3,182,819 3,102,059 3,020,820 2,997,763 2,937,838 2,857,561
Total earning assets............ 5,390,597 4,992,032 4,830,229 4,742,348 4,640,759 4,545,356 4,467,727
Deposits........................ 4,502,706 4,231,546 4,199,158 4,145,857 4,047,890 3,963,810 3,841,159
Short-term borrowings........... 601,738 504,841 373,792 365,750 397,363 386,742 426,454
Long-term debt.................. 88,554 58,285 59,417 42,812 28,901 23,845 26,657
Total interest-bearing
liabilities................... 4,600,377 4,270,617 4,144,744 4,102,948 4,017,226 3,954,493 3,892,605
Shareholders' equity............ $ 491,378 $ 461,323 $ 448,254 $ 437,246 $ 432,762 $ 421,417 $ 412,941
<CAPTION>
First
Quarter
<S> <C>
CONSOLIDATED SUMMARY OF
OPERATIONS
Net interest income FTE......... $ 47,935
FTE adjustment................ 1,753
Provision for loan and
lease losses.................. 4,193
Noninterest income.............. 10,605
Noninterest expense............. 35,938
Provision for income taxes...... 5,480
Income before cumulative
effect........................ 11,176
Less: Cumulative effect*........ --
Net income.................... $ 11,176
Fully-diluted income per share
before cumulative effect...... $ .36
Less: Cumulative effect*........ --
Net income per share.......... $ .36
SELECTED AVERAGE BALANCES
Assets.......................... $4,328,589
Securities...................... 1,263,832
Loans and leases, net........... 2,647,180
Total earning assets............ 4,044,405
Deposits........................ 3,557,439
Short-term borrowings........... 362,324
Long-term debt.................. 26,229
Total interest-bearing
liabilities................... 3,566,807
Shareholders' equity............ $ 342,766
</TABLE>
* Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principle, net of income taxes.
28
<PAGE>
SIX-YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY AND SELECTED RATIOS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Five-Year
Compound
1993 1992 1991 1990 1989 1988 Growth Rate
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS
Interest income...................... $ 371,627 $ 371,002 $ 353,730 $ 353,363 $ 329,011 $ 273,532 6.3%
Interest expense..................... 146,972 163,033 195,847 215,870 206,026 159,575 (1.6)
Net interest income.................. 224,655 207,969 157,883 137,493 122,985 113,957 14.5
Provision for loan and lease
losses............................. 5,574 14,775 19,639 21,749 10,165 8,201 (7.4)
Net interest income after provision
for loan and lease losses.......... 219,081 193,194 138,244 115,744 112,820 105,756 15.7
Noninterest income................... 66,284 43,580 44,136 38,658 36,262 31,383 16.1
Noninterest expense.................. 171,863 156,812 132,484 118,123 106,644 97,135 12.1
Income before taxes.................. 113,502 79,962 49,896 36,279 42,438 40,004 23.2
Provision for income taxes........... 37,938 32,723 16,077 10,474 13,332 11,749 26.4
Income before cumulative effect...... 75,564 47,239 33,819 25,805 29,106 28,255 21.7
Less: cumulative effect............ 3,571 -- -- -- -- -- NM
Net income........................... $ 71,993 $ 47,239 $ 33,819 $ 25,805 $ 29,106 $ 28,255 20.6
EARNINGS PER SHARE
Average shares outstanding (000's)
Primary............................ 30,958 29,888 27,952 27,831 27,759 27,706
Fully-diluted...................... 35,512 34,091 27,983 27,831 27,759 27,706
Primary earnings
Income before cumulative effect.... $ 2.28 $ 1.43 $ 1.21 $ .93 $ 1.05 $ 1.02 17.5
Less: cumulative effect............ .12 -- -- -- -- -- NM
Net income....................... $ 2.16 $ 1.43 $ 1.21 $ 0.93 $ 1.05 $ 1.02 16.2
Fully-diluted
Income before cumulative effect.... $ 2.13 $ 1.39 $ 1.21 $ .93 $ 1.05 $ 1.02 15.9
Less: cumulative effect............ .10 -- -- -- -- -- NM
Net income....................... $ 2.03 $ 1.39 $ 1.21 $ .93 $ 1.05 $ 1.02 14.8
Cash dividends....................... $ .64 $ .50 $ .46 $ .42 $ .39 $ .36 12.2
Shareholders' equity................. 13.47 11.95 10.56 9.06 8.48 7.76 11.7
AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS
Cash and due from depository
institutions....................... $ 190,320 $ 173,048 $ 182,140 $ 187,624 $ 186,532 $ 175,685 1.6
Securities........................... 1,747,184 1,480,868 975,570 922,311 808,847 607,709 23.5
Loans and leases*.................... 3,165,102 2,825,924 2,511,393 2,351,980 2,221,249 2,074,893 8.8
Other assets......................... 210,549 233,440 203,910 154,133 137,543 124,538 11.1
Total assets..................... $5,313,155 $4,713,280 $3,873,013 $3,616,048 $3,354,171 $2,982,825 12.2
Deposits............................. $4,270,689 $3,852,207 $3,274,102 $2,946,397 $2,777,781 $2,553,407 10.8
Other liabilities.................... 569,747 441,344 312,508 402,020 321,571 195,708 23.8
Capital debt......................... 12,992 15,856 18,015 21,033 29,500 30,150 (15.5)
Common shareholders' equity.......... 385,584 338,068 268,388 246,598 225,319 203,560 13.6
Preferred shareholders' equity....... 74,143 65,805 -- -- -- -- NM
Total liabilities and
shareholders' equity.......... $5,313,155 $4,713,280 $3,873,013 $3,616,048 $3,354,171 $2,982,825 12.2
SELECTED PERFORMANCE RATIOS
Rate of return (annualized) on:
Average total assets............... 1.35% 1.00% .87% .71% .87% .95%
Average common shareholders'
equity........................... 17.32 12.61 12.60 10.46 12.92 13.88
Dividend payout...................... 29.63 34.97 38.02 45.16 36.86 35.29
Average equity to average assets..... 8.65 8.57 6.93 6.82 6.72 6.82
</TABLE>
* Loans and leases are net of unearned and allowance for losses.
NM -- not meaningful
29
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL REPORTING
The management of Southern National Corporation and Subsidiaries (Southern
National) is responsible for the preparation of the financial statements,
related financial data and other information in this Annual Report. The
financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles and include amounts based on management's estimates and
judgment where appropriate. Financial information appearing throughout this
Annual Report is consistent with the financial statements.
Southern National's accounting system, which records, summarizes and reports
financial transactions, is supported by an internal control structure which
provides reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded and that transactions
are recorded in accordance with Southern National's policies and established
accounting procedures. As an integral part of the internal control structure,
Southern National maintains a professional staff of internal auditors who
monitor compliance with and assess the effectiveness of the internal control
structure.
The Audit Committee of Southern National's Board of Directors, composed
solely of outside directors, meets regularly with
Southern National's management, internal auditors and independent public
accountants to review matters relating to financial reporting, internal control
structure and the nature, extent and results of the audit effort. The
independent public accountants and the internal auditors have access to the
Audit Committee with or without management present.
The financial statements have been audited by Arthur Andersen & Co.,
independent public accountants, who render an independent professional opinion
on management's financial statements. Their appointment was recommended by the
Audit Committee and approved by the Board of Directors. Their examination
provides an objective assessment of the degree to which Southern National's
management meets its responsibility for financial reporting. Their opinion on
the financial statements is based on auditing procedures which include reviewing
the internal control structure to determine the timing and scope of audit
procedures which includes performing selected tests of transactions and records
as they deem appropriate. These auditing procedures are designed to provide a
reasonable level of assurance that the financial statements are fairly presented
in all material respects.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
(Signature of L. Glenn Orr, Jr.) (Signature of John R. Spruill) (Signature of Sherry A. Kellett)
L. Glenn Orr, Jr. John R. Spruill Sherry A. Kellett
Chairman, President Chief Financial Officer Controller
and Chief Executive Officer
</TABLE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
TO THE SHAREHOLDERS OF SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition of
SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION (a North Carolina corporation) and Subsidiaries as
of December 31, 1993 and 1992, and the related consolidated statements of
income, changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 1993. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of
Southern National Corporation and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1993 and 1992,
and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1993, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
As explained in Notes L and M to the consolidated financial statements,
effective January 1, 1993, the Company changed its method of accounting for
income taxes and postretirement benefits other than pensions.
(Signature of Arthur Andersen & Co.)
ARTHUR ANDERSEN & CO.
Charlotte, North Carolina,
January 14, 1994.
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF
SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION:
Our audit was made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic
financial statements taken as a whole. The schedules listed in the index
of financial statements are presented for purposes of complying with the
Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and are not part of the basic
financial statements. These schedules have been subjected to the auditing
procedures applied in the audit of the basic financial statements and, in
our opinion, fairly state in all material respects the financial data
required to be set forth therein in relation to the basic financial
statements taken as a whole.
(Signature of Arthur Andersen & Co.)
Charlotte, North Carolina,
January 14, 1994.
30
<PAGE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION
SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
December 31, 1993 and 1992
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1992
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Cash and due from depository institutions.......................................................... $ 232,360 $ 209,921
Interest-bearing bank balances..................................................................... 8,845 51,123
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements or similar arrangements........ 9,955 30,525
Securities held for sale (market value: $803,162 in 1993 and $282,578 in 1992)..................... 794,473 269,347
Investment securities (market value: $1,207,841 in 1993 and $1,344,736 in 1992).................... 1,184,401 1,308,357
Loans held for sale................................................................................ 49,692 1,973
Loans and leases, net of unearned income of $33,949 in 1993 and $22,924 in 1992.................... 3,465,221 3,002,101
Less -- allowance for losses..................................................................... (39,800) (37,877)
Net loans and leases........................................................................... 3,425,421 2,964,224
Premises and equipment, net........................................................................ 107,322 86,004
Other assets....................................................................................... 85,925 82,487
Total assets................................................................................... $5,898,394 $5,003,961
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Deposits:
Noninterest-bearing.............................................................................. $ 616,189 $ 492,186
Interest-bearing................................................................................. 3,920,809 3,639,939
Total deposits................................................................................. 4,536,998 4,132,125
Short-term borrowings.............................................................................. 703,614 364,093
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities........................................................... 62,532 41,355
Long-term debt..................................................................................... 92,101 34,499
Total liabilities.............................................................................. 5,395,245 4,572,072
Shareholders' equity:
Preferred stock, $5 par, 5,000,000 shares authorized, 770,000 issued and outstanding in
1993 and 1992.................................................................................. 3,850 3,850
Common stock, $5 par, 120,000,000 shares authorized, 31,845,582 issued and outstanding in 1993
and 29,926,268 in 1992.......................................................................... 159,228 149,631
Paid-in capital.................................................................................. 137,804 120,973
Retained earnings................................................................................ 206,628 158,755
Unearned compensation............................................................................ (4,361) (1,320)
Total shareholders' equity..................................................................... 503,149 431,889
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity..................................................... $5,898,394 $5,003,961
</TABLE>
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
31
<PAGE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
For the Years Ended December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1992 1991
<S> <C> <C> <C>
INTEREST INCOME
Interest and fees on loans and leases........................................... $263,466 $262,421 $269,425
Interest and dividends on securities............................................ 106,938 106,099 76,096
Interest on temporary investments............................................... 1,223 2,482 8,209
Total interest income....................................................... 371,627 371,002 353,730
INTEREST EXPENSE
Interest on deposits............................................................ 129,013 146,696 177,776
Interest on short-term borrowings............................................... 13,616 13,932 15,618
Interest on long-term debt...................................................... 4,343 2,405 2,453
Total interest expense...................................................... 146,972 163,033 195,847
NET INTEREST INCOME............................................................... 224,655 207,969 157,883
Provision for loan and lease losses............................................. 5,574 14,775 19,639
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES..................... 219,081 193,194 138,244
NONINTEREST INCOME
Service charges on deposit accounts............................................. 25,844 24,595 22,287
Nondeposit fees and commissions................................................. 19,482 14,901 12,956
Securities gains, (losses) net.................................................. 13,631 (99) 4,368
Other income.................................................................... 7,327 4,183 4,525
Total noninterest income.................................................... 66,284 43,580 44,136
NONINTEREST EXPENSE
Personnel expense............................................................... 85,276 79,207 66,193
Occupancy and equipment expense................................................. 23,898 20,727 18,412
Federal deposit insurance expense............................................... 9,222 8,439 6,536
Foreclosed property expense..................................................... 5,617 7,694 6,344
Other expense................................................................... 47,850 40,745 34,999
Total noninterest expense................................................... 171,863 156,812 132,484
EARNINGS
Income before income taxes...................................................... 113,502 79,962 49,896
Provision for income taxes...................................................... 37,938 32,723 16,077
Income before cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles............. 75,564 47,239 33,819
Less: cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles, net of
income taxes................................................................ 3,571 -- --
Net income...................................................................... 71,993 47,239 33,819
Preferred dividend requirements................................................. 5,196 4,605 --
Income applicable to common shares.............................................. $ 66,797 $ 42,634 $ 33,819
PER COMMON SHARE
Net income:
Primary
Income before cumulative effect............................................. $ 2.28 $ 1.43 $ 1.21
Less: cumulative effect..................................................... .12 -- --
Net income............................................................... $ 2.16 $ 1.43 $ 1.21
Fully-diluted
Income before cumulative effect............................................. $ 2.13 $ 1.39 $ 1.21
Less: cumulative effect..................................................... .10 -- --
Net income............................................................... $ 2.03 $ 1.39 $ 1.21
Cash dividends paid per common share............................................ $ .64 $ .50 $ .46
</TABLE>
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
32
<PAGE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES
IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
For the Years Ended December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Retained
Shares of Earnings
Common Preferred Common Paid-In and
Stock Stock Stock Capital Other* Total
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1990......................... 27,819,507 $ -- $139,097 $ 29,003 $ 83,900 $252,000
ADD (DEDUCT)
Net income....................................... -- -- -- -- 33,819 33,819
Common stock issued pursuant to stock options.... 7,031 -- 35 (7) -- 28
Change in valuation allowance for net unrealized
loss on securities............................. -- -- -- -- 140 140
Stock conversion of merged company............... -- -- -- -- 20,695 20,695
Unamortized ESOP compensation and unearned
compensation................................... -- -- -- -- (2,533) (2,533)
Cash dividends paid by Southern National......... -- -- -- -- (10,427) (10,427)
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1991......................... 27,826,538 -- 139,132 28,996 125,594 293,722
ADD (DEDUCT)
Net income....................................... -- -- -- -- 47,239 47,239
Common stock issued pursuant to stock options.... 104,137 -- 520 169 (9) 680
Preferred stock issued........................... -- 3,850 -- 70,292 -- 74,142
Change in valuation allowance for net unrealized
loss on securities............................. -- -- -- -- 37 37
Acquisition of Workmen's Bancorp, Inc. accounted
for under the purchase method.................. 2,466,798 -- 12,335 21,516 -- 33,851
Amortization of ESOP compensation and unearned
compensation................................... -- -- -- -- 1,000 1,000
Common stock acquired and retired................ (213,332) -- (1,067) -- (778) (1,845)
Reconciliation of fiscal year of merged company
to calendar year............................... (257,873) -- (1,289) -- 1,370 81
Tax benefit from vesting of certain benefit plans
accelerated as a result of the change in
control of FedFirst............................ -- -- -- -- 905 905
Cash dividends paid by merged company............ -- -- -- -- (1,012) (1,012)
Cash dividends paid/accrued by Southern National:
Common stock................................... -- -- -- -- (12,306) (12,306)
Preferred stock................................ -- -- -- -- (4,605) (4,605)
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1992......................... 29,926,268 3,850 149,631 120,973 157,435 431,889
ADD (DEDUCT)
Net income....................................... -- -- -- -- 71,993 71,993
Common stock issued pursuant to stock options.... 504,369 -- 2,523 (1,019) -- 1,504
Acquisition of East Coast Savings Bank, SSB
accounted for under the purchase method........ 1,172,475 -- 5,862 13,970 -- 19,832
Common stock issued pursuant to restricted
stock grants................................... 242,470 -- 1,212 3,880 (5,092) --
Amortization of unearned compensation............ -- -- -- -- 2,050 2,050
Cash dividends paid/accrued by Southern National:
Common stock................................... -- -- -- -- (18,923) (18,923)
Preferred stock................................ -- -- -- -- (5,196) (5,196)
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1993......................... 31,845,582 $ 3,850 $159,228 $137,804 $202,267 $503,149
* Other includes unrealized losses on equity securities, unamortized ESOP compensation and unearned compensation.
</TABLE>
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
33
<PAGE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
For the Years Ended December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1992 1991
<S> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income........................................................................... $ 71,993 $ 47,239 $ 33,819
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Provision for loan and lease losses................................................ 5,574 14,775 19,639
Depreciation of premises and equipment............................................. 9,484 7,495 6,437
Amortization of intangibles........................................................ 1,680 1,612 929
Amortization of unearned stock compensation........................................ 730 -- --
Discount accretion and premium amortization on securities.......................... 4,295 1,368 727
Gain on sales of securities, net................................................... (14,422) (311) (4,608)
Gain on sales of loans, net........................................................ (314) (1,738) (450)
Net loss on disposals of premises and equipment.................................... 70 44 77
Net loss on foreclosed property.................................................... 4,684 6,541 4,724
Net proceeds from sales of trading account securities.............................. 791 500 239
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale......................................... 201,840 200,264 46,970
Origination of loans held for sale, net of principal collected..................... (245,370) (192,189) (50,876)
(Increase) decrease in:
Accrued interest receivable...................................................... (3,746) (3,881) 2,919
Other assets..................................................................... (6,960) 3,784 (5,870)
(Decrease) increase in:
Accrued interest payable......................................................... (914) (5,725) (5,453)
Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities................................... (5,041) 126 5,963
Net cash provided by operating activities..................................... 24,374 79,904 55,186
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from sales of held for sale securities...................................... 280,460 10,456 468,755
Proceeds from sales of held to maturity securities................................... 870 25,187 12,618
Maturities of held to maturity securities............................................ 400,197 397,444 111,808
Purchase of held to maturity securities.............................................. (1,046,265) (811,007) (779,983)
Leases made to customers............................................................. (43,034) (41,589) (28,089)
Principal collected on leases........................................................ 34,750 33,849 28,614
Loan originations, net of principal collected........................................ (249,446) (183,336) (162,910)
Purchase of loans.................................................................... -- -- (51,479)
Net cash acquired in transactions accounted for under the purchase method of
accounting......................................................................... 32,221 36,169 220,464
Purchases of premises and equipment.................................................. (31,878) (16,031) (9,610)
Proceeds from disposals of premises and equipment.................................... 1,257 3,300 743
Proceeds from sales of foreclosed property........................................... 9,269 9,689 13,824
Net cash used in investing activities......................................... (611,599) (535,869) (175,245)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net increase in deposits............................................................. 198,172 301,653 232,161
Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings..................................... 339,521 149,875 (78,888)
Proceeds from long-term debt......................................................... 62,300 13,302 --
Repayment of long-term debt.......................................................... (30,562) (4,319) (5,176)
Net proceeds from common stock issued................................................ 1,504 680 19,843
Proceeds from sale of preferred stock................................................ -- 74,142 --
Common stock purchased and retired................................................... -- (1,845) --
Cash dividends paid on common and preferred stock.................................... (24,119) (17,273) (10,427)
Net cash provided by financing activities..................................... 546,816 516,215 157,513
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS................................... (40,409) 60,250 37,454
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR......................................... 291,569 231,319 212,862
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR............................................... $ 251,160 $ 291,569 $ 250,316
</TABLE>
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
34
<PAGE>
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
For the Years Ended December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991
Southern National Corporation (Parent Company) is a multi-bank holding
company organized under the laws of North Carolina and registered with the
Federal Reserve Board under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended.
Southern National Bank of North Carolina (SNBNC), Southern National Bank of
South Carolina (SNBSC) (the Banks) and SNB Savings Bank, Inc., SSB (SSB)
comprise the Parent Company's principal subsidiaries.
The accounting and reporting policies of Southern National Corporation and
Subsidiaries (Southern National or SNC) are in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles and conform to general practices within the
banking industry. The following is a summary of the more significant policies.
NOTE A. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
The consolidated financial statements of Southern National include the
accounts of the Parent Company and its subsidiaries, all of which are
wholly-owned. In consolidation, all significant intercompany accounts and
transactions have been eliminated. Prior period financial statements have been
restated to include the accounts of companies acquired in transactions accounted
for as poolings-of-interests. Results of operations of companies acquired in
transactions accounted for as purchases are included from the dates of
acquisition.
Certain amounts for prior years have been reclassified to conform with
statement presentations for 1993. The reclassifications have no effect on
shareholders' equity or net income as previously reported.
SECURITIES
Securities classified as held for investment are those securities that
management intends to hold to maturity, subject to continued creditworthiness of
the issuer, and that Southern National has the ability to hold on a long-term
basis. Accordingly, these securities are stated at cost, adjusted for
amortization of premium and accretion of discount, computed using the
level-yield method.
Securities classified as held for sale are intended to be held for indefinite
periods of time and include those securities that management may employ as part
of its asset/liability strategy or that may be sold in response to changes in
interest rates, prepayments, regulatory capital requirements or similar factors.
These securities are carried at the lower of amortized cost or market value.
Trading account securities, of which none were held on December 31, 1993 and
1992, are selected according to fundamental and technical analyses that identify
potential market movements. Trading account securities are positioned to take
advantage of such movements and are stated at market value. Market adjustments,
fees, gains or losses and income earned on trading account securities are
included in noninterest income.
Gains or losses from the sale of securities are determined from specific
cost-basis identification and are included in noninterest income.
On January 1, 1994 Southern National adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt
and Equity Securities. SFAS 115 addresses the accounting and reporting for
investments in equity securities that have readily determinable fair values and
for all investments in debt securities. These investments are to be classified
in three categories: held to maturity, trading and available for sale. At
January 1, 1994, $794.5 million of securities, with a market value of
approximately $803.2 million, were classified as available for sale.
Accordingly, shareholders' equity increased approximately $5.7 million after
tax. In preparation for the adoption of SFAS 115, these same securities were
classified as held for sale at December 31, 1993. This classification at
year-end had no effect on income or shareholders' equity.
LOANS AND LEASE RECEIVABLES
Commercial loans and substantially all installment loans accrue interest on
the unpaid balance of the loans. The net amount of nonrefundable loan
origination fees and costs associated with the lending process, including
commitment fees are deferred and amortized to interest income over the
contractual lives of the loans using the level-yield method. If the commitment
expires unexercised, the income is recognized upon expiration of the commitment.
Lease receivables consist primarily of direct financing leases on rolling
stock and equipment. Lease receivables are stated as the total amount of lease
payments receivable plus guaranteed residual values, less unearned income.
Recognition of income over the lives of the lease contracts approximates the
level-yield method.
LOANS HELD FOR SALE
Gains or losses on sale of loans are recognized at the time of sale and are
determined by the difference between the net sales proceeds and the carrying
value of the loans sold, adjusted for any yield differential, servicing fees and
servicing costs applicable to future years. Any resulting deferred premium or
discount is amortized, as an adjustment of yield, over the remaining life of the
loans using the level-yield method. Loans held for sale are reported at the
lower of cost or market value on an aggregate loan basis.
ALLOWANCE FOR LOSSES
The provision for loan and lease losses charged to noninterest expense is the
estimated amount required to maintain the allowance for loan and lease losses at
a level adequate to cover future
35
<PAGE>
NOTE A. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
losses related to loans and leases currently outstanding. The primary factors
considered in determining the allowance are the distribution of loans by risk
class, the amount of the allowance specifically allocated to nonperforming loans
and other problem loans, prior years' loan loss experience, economic conditions
in Southern National's market areas and the growth of the credit portfolio.
Ultimate losses may vary from original estimates and adjustments, as necessary,
are made in the period in which these factors and other relevant considerations
indicate that future loss levels may vary from those previously estimated.
NONPERFORMING ASSETS
Nonperforming assets include loans and leases accounted for on a nonaccrual
basis and other real estate acquired through foreclosure.
Loans and leases are placed on nonaccrual status when concern exists that
principal or interest is not fully collectible, or when any portion of principal
or interest becomes 90 days past due, whichever occurs first. When loans are
placed on nonaccrual status, interest receivable is reversed against interest
income in the current period. Interest payments received thereafter are applied
as a reduction to the remaining principal balance when concern exists as to the
ultimate collection of the principal; otherwise such payments are recognized as
interest income. Loans and leases are removed from nonaccrual status when they
become current as to both principal and interest and when concern no longer
exists as to the collectibility of principal or interest.
Assets acquired as a result of foreclosure are valued at the lower of cost or
fair value. Cost is the sum of unpaid principal, accrued but unpaid interest and
acquisition costs associated with the loan. Any excess of unpaid principal over
fair value at time of foreclosure is charged to the allowance for losses.
PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.
Depreciation is computed using principally the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of the related assets. Leasehold improvements are
amortized on a straight-line basis over the lease terms. Capitalized leases are
amortized by the same methods as premises and equipment over the estimated
useful lives or the lease term, whichever is shorter. The related obligations
under capital leases are amortized using the interest method to allocate
payments between principal reduction and interest expense. Amortization of
capital lease assets and rent expense of operating leases are included in
occupancy and equipment expense, depending on the nature of the asset.
Additions, major replacements or improvements are added to premises and
equipment accounts at cost. Expenditures for maintenance, repairs and minor
replacements are charged to expense as incurred. Gains or losses on the disposal
of premises and equipment are included in results of current operations.
INCOME TAXES
The operating results of the Parent Company and its eligible subsidiaries are
included in a consolidated federal income tax return. Each subsidiary pays its
calculated portion of federal income taxes to the Parent Company, or receives
payment from the Parent Company to the extent that tax benefits are realized.
Deferred income taxes have been provided where different accounting methods have
been used for reporting income for income tax and for financial reporting
purposes. As explained in Note L, Southern National changed its method of
accounting for income taxes as of January 1, 1993.
OFF-BALANCE SHEET INSTRUMENTS
Southern National utilizes financial forward and futures contracts, options
written, interest rate caps and floors written and interest rate swaps to hedge
interest rate risk associated with the asset/liability management, investment
and trading account functions. These represent future commitments to purchase or
sell financial instruments and are not reflected on the consolidated statements
of condition.
Income or expense on swaps and caps and floors qualifying as hedge
instruments is recognized over the lives of the agreements as an adjustment of
the yield of the particular underlying asset being hedged.
PER SHARE DATA
Primary net income per common share has been computed by dividing net income
applicable to common shares by the weighted average number of shares of common
stock and common stock equivalents outstanding during the years, adjusted for
the transaction accounted for as a pooling-of-interests in 1993. Common stock
equivalents include the number of shares issuable on exercise of outstanding
options less the number of shares that could be purchased with the proceeds from
the exercise of the options based on the average price of common stock during
the years.
Fully-diluted net income per common share has been computed by dividing net
income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock, common stock
equivalents and other potentially dilutive securities outstanding during the
years. Other potentially dilutive securities include the number of shares
issuable upon conversion of the preferred stock. The number of shares issuable
on exercise of options was calculated in the same manner as for primary net
income per common share, except that purchases of common stock with the proceeds
from the exercise of options have been assumed to have been made at the higher
of the average price for the year or year-end price. Restricted stock grants are
considered as issued for purposes of calculating net income per share.
Weighted average number of shares were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DEC. 31, Dec. 31, Dec. 31,
1993 1992 1991
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Primary................... 30,957,509 29,887,627 27,952,163
Fully-diluted............. 35,512,096 34,091,384 27,983,437
</TABLE>
Cash dividends per share relate to Southern National only and do not include
cash dividends paid by merged companies.
PURCHASE ACCOUNTING
The cost in excess of the fair value of net assets acquired in transactions
accounted for as purchases, premiums paid on acquisitions of deposits and other
identifiable intangible assets are included in other assets in the CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF CONDITION. These assets, which totaled $10.4 million and $11.9
million at December 31, 1993 and 1992, are being amortized on straight-line or
accelerated bases over periods ranging from 5 to 15 years. The excess of the
fair value of the net
36
<PAGE>
NOTE A. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
assets related to the East Coast Savings Bank, SSB (East Coast) transaction,
reflected as negative goodwill in other liabilities on the CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF CONDITION, amounted to approximately $16.5 million at December 31,
1993 and is being amortized over 15 years.
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
As referenced in the CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS, Southern National
acquired assets and assumed liabilities in transactions accounted for under the
purchase method of accounting. The fair value of the assets acquired and
liabilities assumed, at acquisition, are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) 1993 1992 1991
<S> <C> <C> <C>
FAIR VALUE OF NET ASSETS
ACQUIRED:
Fair value of assets
acquired..................... $282,076 $314,531 $232,624
Fair value of liabilities
assumed...................... 244,277 279,370 230,506
Fair value of net assets
acquired................... 37,799 35,161 2,118
PURCHASE PRICE:
Fair value of common shares and
options issued............... 20,839 33,947 --
Cash premium paid.............. -- 3,751 1,784
Capitalized acquisition
costs........................ 220 217 334
Total purchase price......... 21,059 37,915 2,118
Excess of net assets acquired
over purchase price (purchase
price over net assets
acquired)...................... $ 16,740 $ (2,754) $ --
CASH PAID DURING THE YEAR FOR:
Interest....................... $147,399 $169,985 $200,378
Income taxes................... 42,450 26,850 13,437
</TABLE>
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from depository institutions,
interest-bearing bank balances, federal funds sold and securities purchased
under resale agreements or similar arrangements. Generally, both cash and cash
equivalents are considered to have maturities of three months or less.
INCOME AND EXPENSE RECOGNITION
Items of income and expense are recognized using the accrual basis of
accounting, except for some immaterial amounts.
TRUST ASSETS AND FEES
Assets held in fiduciary or agency capacities are not included in the
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION since such items are not assets of Southern
National. Income from trust activities is reported on an accrual basis or, in
certain immaterial instances, a modified cash basis.
FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
SFAS No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments, requires
Southern National to disclose the estimated fair value of its on-and off-balance
sheet financial instruments. A financial instrument is defined by SFAS 107 as
cash, evidence of an ownership interest in an entity or a contract that creates
a contractual obligation or right to deliver to or receive cash or another
financial instrument from a second entity on potentially favorable or
unfavorable terms.
Fair value estimates are made at a point in time, based on relevant market
data and information about the financial instrument. SFAS 107 specifies that
fair values should be calculated based on the value of one trading unit without
regard to any premium or discount that may result from concentrations of
ownership of a financial instrument, possible tax ramifications, estimated
transaction costs that may result from bulk sales or the relationship between
various financial instruments. Because no readily available market exists for a
significant portion of Southern National's financial instruments, fair value
estimates for these instruments are based on judgments regarding current
economic conditions, currency and interest rate risk characteristics, loss
experience and other factors. Many of these estimates involve uncertainties and
matters of significant judgment and cannot be determined with precision.
Therefore, the calculated fair value estimates cannot always be substantiated by
comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, may not be realizable in a
current sale of the instrument. Changes in assumptions could significantly
affect the estimates.
The following methods and assumptions were used by Southern National in
estimating the fair value of its financial instruments at December 31, 1993 and
1992.
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS: The carrying amounts reported in the CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF CONDITION approximate the fair value for those assets.
SECURITIES: Fair values for securities are based on quoted market prices,
where available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are
based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments.
LOANS RECEIVABLE: The fair values for certain mortgage loans and credit card
loans are based on quoted prices of similar loans, adjusted for differences in
loan characteristics. The fair values for other loans are estimated using
discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for
loans with similar terms and credit quality. The carrying amount of accrued
interest approximates its fair values.
OFF-BALANCE SHEET INSTRUMENTS: Fair values for Southern National's
off-balance sheet instruments (futures, swaps, forwards, options, guarantees and
lending commitments) are based on quoted prices, current settlement values or
pricing models or other formulas.
DEPOSIT LIABILITIES: The fair values disclosed for demand deposits,
interest-checking accounts, savings accounts and certain money market accounts
are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date,
i.e. their carrying amounts. Fair values for certificates of deposit are
estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies current interest
rates to aggregate expected maturities.
SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS: The carrying amounts of federal funds purchased,
borrowings under repurchase agreements, master notes and other short-term
borrowings approximate their fair values.
LONG-TERM DEBT: The fair values of Southern National's long-term debt are
based on quoted market prices for similar instruments or are estimated using
discounted cash flow analyses, based on Southern National's current incremental
borrowing rates for similar types of instruments.
37
<PAGE>
NOTE A. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
In June 1993, the FASB issued SFAS 114, Accounting by Creditors for
Impairment of a Loan. SFAS 114 requires that impaired loans be measured based on
the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's
effective interest rate, or as a practical expedient, at the loan's observable
market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral
dependent. Southern National has not yet adopted SFAS 114; however, the
implementation of SFAS 114 is not expected to have a material impact on Southern
National's financial position. SFAS 114 is effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 1994.
NOTE B. ACQUISITIONS
COMPLETED
On January 29, 1993, Southern National completed its acquisition of FedFirst
Bancshares, Inc. (FedFirst), located in Winston-Salem, North Carolina, in a
transaction accounted for as a pooling-of-interests. Southern National issued
5,202,051 shares in exchange for all the outstanding shares and options to
purchase shares of common stock of FedFirst. FedFirst operated ten branches in
Winston-Salem, Clemmons, Mocksville and Yadkinville through its wholly-owned
subsidiary, First Federal Savings Bank (FFSB). FFSB was merged into SNBNC.
Southern National's financial statements have been restated to include the
results of FedFirst.
On October 7, 1993, Southern National acquired East Coast, headquartered in
Goldsboro, North Carolina. Southern National issued 1,172,475 shares of its
common stock in the conversion/merger of this North Carolina-chartered mutual
savings bank and an additional 242,470 shares pursuant to restricted stock
grants. The transaction was accounted for as a purchase, and therefore, the
financial information contained herein includes data relevant to the acquiree
since the date of acquisition. The following unaudited presentation reflects key
line items on a proforma basis as if East Coast had been acquired as of the
beginning of the years presented.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1992
<S> <C> <C>
(DOLLARS IN
THOUSANDS, EXCEPT
PER SHARE DATA)
Net interest income................... $232,940 $218,037
Net income............................ $ 69,149 $51,090
Earnings per share
Primary............................. $ 2.00 $ 1.49
Fully-diluted....................... $ 1.89 $ 1.44
</TABLE>
PENDING
Southern National has three acquisitions scheduled for completion during the
first quarter of 1994 -- The First Savings Bank, FSB (The First) of Greenville,
South Carolina, Regency Bancshares Inc. (Regency) of Hickory, North Carolina and
Home Federal Savings Bank (Home) of Statesville, North Carolina. All of the
transactions will be accounted for as poolings-of-interests.
The following unaudited presentation reflects key line items on an historical
basis for Regency, Home and The First as of, and for the twelve months ended,
December 31, 1993.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) Regency Home The First
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Assets...................... $ 262,910 $ 98,123 $2,012,899
Deposits.................... 210,500 89,704 1,494,935
Shareholders' equity........ 19,014 6,813 35,888
Net interest income......... 9,525 4,098 71,756
Net loss*................... (4,766) (1,262) (84,989)
Estimated shares to be
issued.................... 2,437,000 825,000 8,053,000
</TABLE>
* After cumulative effect
The following unaudited presentation reflects key line items on an historical
basis for Southern National only and on a proforma combined basis assuming the
acquisitions of Regency, Home and The First were effective as of, and for the
periods presented.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1992 1991
<S> <C> <C> <C>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER
SHARE DATA)
As reported:
Net interest income....... $ 224,655 $ 207,969 $ 157,883
Income before cumulative
effect.................. 75,564 47,239 33,819
Net income................ 71,993 47,239 33,819
Earnings per share
Primary
Income before
cumulative effect... 2.28 1.43 1.21
Net income............ 2.16 1.43 1.21
Fully-diluted
Income before
cumulative effect... 2.13 1.39 1.21
Net income............ 2.03 1.39 1.21
Assets.................... 5,898,394 5,003,961 4,120,994
Shareholders' equity...... 503,149 431,889 293,722
As restated:
Net interest income....... 310,034 278,305 221,438
Income before cumulative
effect.................. 8,193 59,163 44,609
Net income (loss)......... (19,024) 59,163 44,609
Earnings per share
Primary
Income before
cumulative effect... .07 1.33 1.17
Net income............ (.57) 1.33 1.17
Fully-diluted
Income before
cumulative effect... NM 1.31 1.17
Net income............ NM 1.31 1.17
Assets.................... 8,272,326 7,374,032 6,567,309
Shareholders' equity...... 564,864 575,457 425,315
</TABLE>
NM -- not meaningful
38
<PAGE>
NOTE C. SECURITIES
The amortized costs and approximate market value of securities were as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, 1993 December 31, 1992
GROSS ESTIMATED Gross
AMORTIZED UNREALIZED MARKET Amortized Unrealized
COST GAINS LOSSES VALUE Cost Gains Losses
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
U.S. Treasury........................................ $ 695,034 $16,413 $ 557 $ 710,890 $ 878,236 $29,784 $1,084
U.S. Government agencies and corporations............ 36,364 270 6 36,628 67,226 1,046 79
States and political subdivisions.................... 54,047 1,517 131 55,433 57,680 1,300 33
Mortgage-backed securities
GNMA................................................ 596 16 -- 612 1,205 15 --
FHLMC............................................... 195,343 2,688 96 197,935 112,798 2,146 151
FNMA................................................ 176,341 3,426 108 179,659 168,117 3,507 131
Other debt securities................................ 608 10 2 616 765 4 10
Total debt securities............................... 1,158,333 24,340 900 1,181,773 1,286,027 37,802 1,488
Equity securities.................................... 26,068 -- -- 26,068 22,330 65 --
Total investment securities......................... 1,184,401 24,340 900 1,207,841 1,308,357 37,867 1,488
Securities held for sale:
Mortgage-backed securities.......................... 83,385 988 530 83,843 261,094 13,338 83
U.S. Treasury....................................... 688,345 10,313 2,458 696,200 3,273 24 24
U.S. Government agencies and corporations........... 22,743 376 -- 23,119 4,980 23 47
Total securities held for sale...................... 794,473 11,677 2,988 803,162 269,347 13,385 154
Total securities.................................... $1,978,874 $36,017 $3,888 $2,011,003 $1,577,704 $51,252 $1,642
<CAPTION>
Estimated
Market
Value
<S> <C>
U.S. Treasury........................................ $ 906,936
U.S. Government agencies and corporations............ 68,193
States and political subdivisions.................... 58,947
Mortgage-backed securities
GNMA................................................ 1,220
FHLMC............................................... 114,793
FNMA................................................ 171,493
Other debt securities................................ 759
Total debt securities............................... 1,322,341
Equity securities.................................... 22,395
Total investment securities......................... 1,344,736
Securities held for sale:
Mortgage-backed securities.......................... 274,349
U.S. Treasury....................................... 3,273
U.S. Government agencies and corporations........... 4,956
Total securities held for sale...................... 282,578
Total securities.................................... $1,627,314
</TABLE>
Securities with a book value of approximately $839,692,000 and $873,739,000
at December 31, 1993 and 1992, respectively, were pledged to secure municipal
deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Federal Reserve
discount window borrowings and for other purposes as required by law.
At December 31, 1993 and 1992, there was no concentration of investments in
obligations of states and political subdivisions that were secured by or payable
from the same taxing authority or revenue source and that exceeded ten percent
of shareholders' equity.
Proceeds from sales of debt securities during 1993, 1992 and 1991 were
$281,330,000, $35,643,000 and $481,373,000, respectively. Gross gains of
$14,059,000, $110,000 and $4,927,000 and gross losses of $497,000, $209,000 and
$559,000 were realized on those sales in 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively.
The amortized cost and estimated market value of debt securities at December
31, 1993 and 1992, by contractual maturity, are shown in the accompanying table.
Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers
may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or
prepayment penalties.
39
<PAGE>
NOTE C. SECURITIES (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31,
1993 1992
<S> <C> <C> <C>
ESTIMATED
AMORTIZED MARKET Amortized
COST VALUE Cost
<CAPTION>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
DEBT SECURITIES
Due in one year or less............................................................ $ 304,855 $ 310,735 $ 217,383
Due after one year through five years.............................................. 467,556 478,930 773,428
Due after five years through ten years............................................. 13,642 13,902 13,086
Due after ten years................................................................ -- -- 10
786,053 803,567 1,003,907
Mortgage-backed securities......................................................... 372,280 378,206 282,120
Total investment debt securities................................................... 1,158,333 1,181,773 1,286,027
Securities held for sale........................................................... 794,473 803,162 269,347
Total debt securities............................................................. $1,952,806 $1,984,935 $1,555,374
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Estimated
Market
Value
<S> <C>
DEBT SECURITIES
Due in one year or less............................................................ $ 224,080
Due after one year through five years.............................................. 797,255
Due after five years through ten years............................................. 13,490
Due after ten years................................................................ 10
1,034,835
Mortgage-backed securities......................................................... 287,506
Total investment debt securities................................................... 1,322,341
Securities held for sale........................................................... 282,578
Total debt securities............................................................. $1,604,919
</TABLE>
NOTE D. LOANS AND LEASES
Loans and leases at December 31 were composed of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1992
<S> <C> <C>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Loans --
Commercial, financial and
agricultural.................. $ 553,118 $ 562,440
Real estate -- construction and
land development.............. 151,009 124,349
Real estate -- mortgage......... 2,198,871 1,805,852
Consumer........................ 370,860 362,026
Loans held for investment..... 3,273,858 2,854,667
Loans held for sale........... 49,692 1,973
Total loans................. 3,323,550 2,856,640
Leases............................ 225,312 170,358
Total loans and leases...... $3,548,862 $3,026,998
</TABLE>
The net investment in direct financing leases was $192,442,000 and
$148,051,000 at December 31, 1993 and 1992.
Southern National's only significant concentration of credit at December 31,
1993 occurred in real estate loans, which totaled $2.4 billion. However, this
amount was not concentrated in any specific market or geographic area within
Southern National's market area. The distribution of real estate loans in North
and South Carolina is comparable to the distribution of total loans in the
two-state area. While real estate loans accounted for 68% of loans and leases at
December 31, 1993, only 4% of loans and leases were for construction, land
acquisition and development. Another $1.3 billion consisted of mortgage loans
for 1-4 family dwellings, including $278.6 million in home equity loans.
The fair value for the loan portfolio, excluding leases, at December 31,
1993 and 1992 were estimated to be $3,312,175,000 and $2,846,481,000,
respectively.
NOTE E. ALLOWANCE FOR LOSSES
An analysis of the allowance for losses is presented in the following table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
1993 1992 1991
<S> <C> <C> <C>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Balance, January 1........... $37,877 $ 33,052 $ 28,320
Provision for losses charged
to expense................. 5,574 14,775 19,639
Charge-offs.................. (9,545) (15,005) (18,103)
Recoveries................... 3,144 2,205 2,095
Allowance of acquired
loans...................... 2,750 2,850 850
Balance, December 31......... $39,800 $ 37,877 $ 32,801
</TABLE>
At December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991, the amount of loans not currently
accruing interest was $19,571,000, $17,054,000 and $31,001,000, respectively.
The gross interest income that would have been earned during 1993 if the
outstanding nonaccrual loans and leases had been current in accordance with the
original terms and had been outstanding throughout the period (or since
origination, if held for part of the period) was approximately $1.8 million.
Interest earned and included in interest income during 1993 on such loans and
leases amounted to approximately $300,000. Transfer of loans to other real
estate owned, a non-cash investing activity, amounted to $6,156,000,
$11,280,000, and $26,647,000 in 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively. Foreclosed
property was $2,219,000 , $12,643,000 and $11,715,000 at December 31, 1993, 1992
and 1991, respectively. Amounts previously considered in-substance foreclosures,
and included in foreclosed property, have been reclassified as nonaccrual loans
for all periods.
40
<PAGE>
NOTE F. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Following is a summary of premises and equipment:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31,
1993 1992
<S> <C> <C>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Land and land improvements............ $ 19,123 $ 12,135
Buildings and building improvements... 69,404 56,179
Furniture and equipment............... 73,137 69,370
Capitalized leases on premises
and equipment....................... 5,054 4,963
166,718 142,647
Less -- accumulated depreciation and
amortization........................ 59,396 56,643
Net premises and equipment.......... $107,322 $ 86,004
</TABLE>
Depreciation expense, which is included in occupancy and equipment expense,
was $9,484,000 ,$7,495,000 and $6,437,000 in 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively.
Southern National has noncancellable leases covering certain premises and
equipment. Total rent expense applicable to operating leases was $6,004,000,
$5,280,000 and $4,876,000 for 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively. Future minimum
lease payments for operating and capitalized leases for years subsequent to 1993
are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Leases
Operating Capitalized
<S> <C> <C>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Year ended December 31:
1994............................... $ 4,133 $ 492
1995............................... 4,059 487
1996............................... 3,601 487
1997............................... 3,023 487
1998............................... 2,799 487
1999 and later years............... 38,133 11,293
Total minimum lease payments......... $55,748 13,733
Less -- amount representing
interest........................... 9,160
Present value of net minimum
payments on capitalized leases
(Note I)........................... $ 4,573
</TABLE>
NOTE G. DEPOSITS
The composition of deposits at December 31 is presented in the following
table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1992
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
ESTIMATED Estimated
CARRYING FAIR Carrying Fair
VALUE VALUE Value Value
<CAPTION>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Demand deposits... $ 616,189 $ 616,189 $ 492,186 $ 492,186
Savings
deposits......... 942,244 942,244 799,498 799,498
Money market
deposits......... 815,742 815,742 744,164 744,164
Certificates
of deposit
$100,000
and over......... 549,003 550,607 527,257 527,589
Other certificates
of deposit....... 1,613,820 1,628,207 1,569,020 1,578,168
Total
deposits........ $4,536,998 $4,552,989 $4,132,125 $4,141,605
</TABLE>
NOTE H. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
The composition of short-term borrowings at December 31 is presented in the
following table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1992
<S> <C> <C>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Securities sold under agreements to
repurchase.......................... $512,562 $354,528
Master notes.......................... 25,539 --
Federal Reserve discount window
borrowings.......................... 65,000 --
Federal funds purchased............... 58,890 8,810
U.S. Treasury tax and loan deposit
notes payable....................... 41,623 755
Total short-term borrowings........... $703,614 $364,093
</TABLE>
Federal funds purchased represent unsecured borrowings from other banks and
generally mature daily. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are
borrowings collateralized by securities of the U.S. Government or its agencies
and have maturities ranging from one to ninety days. U.S. Treasury tax and loan
deposit notes payable are payable upon demand to the U.S. Treasury. Master notes
are unsecured, non-negotiable obligations of Southern National (variable rate
commercial paper).
41
<PAGE>
NOTE I. LONG-TERM DEBT
These liabilities consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31,
1993 1992
<S> <C> <C>
(DOLLARS IN
THOUSANDS)
PARENT COMPANY:
9.28%, $20 million senior capital notes,
dated 1986, due in annual installments
of amounts ranging from $3,000,000 to
$4,000,000 through 1996................ $10,000 $13,000
$5 million Industrial Revenue Bond, dated
1984, secured by premises with a net
book value of $6,330,000 at December
31, 1993, due in quarterly installments
of $ 83,340 through second quarter,
1999, and one final installment of
$82,940 in 1999. Interest rate is
variable -- 4.619% at December 31,
1993................................... 1,916 2,250
SNBNC:
Capitalized leases, varying maturities to
2028 with rates from 8.11% to 15.42%.
This represents the unamortized
balances due on leases of various
facilities............................. 4,573 4,615
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank,
varying maturities to 1997 with rates
from 4.41% to 6.3%..................... 75,300 13,300
Obligations of ESOP...................... -- 1,320
Other mortgage indebtedness.............. 312 14
$92,101 $34,499
</TABLE>
Excluding the capitalized leases set forth in Note F, future debt maturities
total $87,528,000 and are $3,335,000, $12,335,000, $57,335,000, $13,635,000 and
$635,000 for the next five years. The maturities for 1999 and later years are
$253,000. The estimated fair value of long-term debt, excluding capitalized
leases, at December 31, 1993 was $89,264,000.
NOTE J. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
The authorized capital stock of Southern National consists of 120,000,000
shares of common stock, $5 par value, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock,
$5 par value. At December 31, 1993, 31,845,582 shares of common stock and
770,000 shares of preferred were issued and outstanding. The preferred stock is
convertible at any time into 5.9068 shares of common stock. Although not subject
to any mandatory redemption or sinking fund requirement, the preferred stock is
redeemable at the option of Southern National after March 1, 1996.
STOCK OPTION PLANS
The Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option Plan (Directors' Plan) is intended
to provide incentives to non-employee directors to remain on the Board of
Directors and share in the profitability of Southern National and creates a
deferred compensation system for participating non-employee directors. Each
non-employee director may elect to defer 0%, 50% or 100% of the annual retainer
fee and meeting fees for each calendar year and apply that percentage toward the
grant of options to purchase Southern National's common stock. Such elections
are required to be in writing and are irrevocable for each calendar year. The
exercise price at which shares of Southern National's common stock may be
purchased shall be equal to 75% of the market value of the common stock as of
the date of grant. Options are vested in six months and may be exercised anytime
thereafter until the expiration date, which is 10 years from the date of grant.
The Directors' Plan provides for the reservation of up to 400,000 shares of
Southern National's common stock. At December 31, 1993, options to purchase
101,427 shares of common stock at prices ranging from $12.7155 to $15.528 were
outstanding pursuant to the Directors' Plan.
The incentive stock option plan (ISOP) and the non-qualified stock option
plan (NQSOP) were established to retain key officers and key management
employees and to offer them the incentive to use their best efforts on behalf of
Southern National. The plans, which expire on December 19, 2000, further provide
for 1,101,000 shares of common stock to be reserved over a five year period for
the granting of options, which have a four year vesting schedule and must be
exercised within ten years from the date granted. Incentive stock options
granted must have an exercise price equal to at least 100% of the fair market
value of common stock on the date granted, and the non-qualified stock options
must have an exercise price equal to at least 85% of the fair market value on
the date granted. At December 31, 1993, options to purchase 527,789 shares of
common stock at prices ranging from $9.50 to $16.75 were outstanding pursuant to
the NQSOP. At December 31, 1993, options to purchase 256,570 shares of common
stock at $19.77 were outstanding pursuant to the ISOP.
At the time of acquisition by Southern National, FedFirst had an incentive
stock option plan which provided for the granting of options to purchase shares
of FedFirst common stock to officers and employees. In addition, FedFirst had a
stock option plan for outside directors. The option period was limited to ten
years. At merger date, each option was converted into an option to purchase
2.3443 shares of common stock of Southern National.
In connection with the conversion/acquisition of East Coast, the directors of
East Coast entered into consulting agreements with SNBNC and certain East Coast
executive officers entered into employment agreements with SNBNC. As part of
these agreements, options to purchase 157,382 shares of Southern National common
stock, with an exercise price of $21.06 per share, were granted to these
individuals.
42
<PAGE>
NOTE J. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1992 1991
AGGREGATE Aggregate Aggregate
OPTION ACTIVITY SHARES PRICE Shares Price Shares Price
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Outstanding, January 1................................ 1,259,555 $11,705 916,907 $ 6,703 298,201 $ 2,658
Granted ($4.27 to $21.06)............................. 464,073 9,152 450,301 5,697 629,235 4,100
Exercised ($3.91 to $13.02)........................... 568,721 2,766 104,137 680 7,031 28
Expired or forfeited.................................. -- -- 3,516 15 3,498 27
Outstanding December 31 ($4.27 to $21.06)............. 1,154,907 $18,091 1,259,555 $11,705 916,907 $ 6,703
Options exercisable at December 31, 1993
($6.29 to $21.06 per share)......................... 428,196 $ 5,052
</TABLE>
NOTE K. SUPPLEMENTAL INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
1993 1992 1991
<S> <C> <C> <C>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
INTEREST ON DEPOSITS
Savings deposits....... $ 18,944 $ 19,306 $ 21,405
Money market
deposits............. 19,958 23,394 32,939
Certificates of deposit
$100,000 and over.... 16,498 20,685 30,523
Other certificates of
deposit.............. 73,613 83,311 92,909
$129,013 $146,696 $177,776
NONINTEREST INCOME
Nondeposit fees and
commissions:
Insurance fees and
commissions........ $ 2,992 $ 2,930 $ 2,686
Trust fees........... 3,000 2,688 2,542
Bankcard related
fees............... 6,468 5,526 5,228
Other................ 7,022 3,757 2,500
$ 19,482 $ 14,901 $ 12,956
NONINTEREST EXPENSE
Personnel expense:
Salaries............. $ 68,930 $ 63,735 $ 54,145
Employee benefits.... 16,346 15,472 12,048
$ 85,276 $ 79,207 $ 66,193
Other expense:
Credit card expense
(processing,
etc.).............. $ 5,200 $ 4,453 $ 4,326
Advertising.......... 4,190 3,963 3,370
Other................ 38,460 32,329 27,303
$ 47,850 $ 40,745 $ 34,999
</TABLE>
NOTE L. INCOME TAXES
The total provision for income taxes was allocated as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1992 1991
<S> <C> <C> <C>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Income from operations........ $37,938 $32,723 $16,077
Cumulative effect of changes
in accounting principles.... (2,200) -- --
Total provision for income
taxes....................... $35,738 $32,723 $16,077
</TABLE>
The provision for income taxes attributable to operations was composed of
the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1992 1991
<S> <C> <C> <C>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Currently payable:
Federal..................... $41,341 $27,709 $16,486
State....................... 1,573 1,258 467
42,914 28,967 16,953
Deferred (benefit) expense.... (4,976) 3,756 (876)
Provision for income taxes.... $37,938 $32,723 $16,077
</TABLE>
Deferred (benefit) expense results from timing differences in the accounting
for certain income and expense items for financial reporting purposes and for
income tax purposes. The book and tax accounting differences, and the deferred
(benefit) expense arising from each, are summarized in the following table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1992 1991
<S> <C> <C> <C>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Provision for loan losses less
(greater) than amount deductible
for tax purposes................ $ 329 $ (640) $(918)
Postretirement benefits other
than pensions................... (2,698) -- --
Changes in tax accounting
method for bad debts of savings
institutions converting to a
commercial bank................. (1,945) 3,823 --
Lease financing................... 1,207 (535) 813
Other, net........................ (1,869) 1,108 (771)
Deferred (benefit) expense........ $(4,976) $3,756 $(876)
</TABLE>
43
<PAGE>
NOTE L. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
The reasons for the difference between the provision for income taxes
attributable to operations and the amount computed by applying the statutory
federal income tax rate to the income before income taxes were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1992 1991
<S> <C> <C> <C>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Federal income taxes at
statutory rates of 35% for
1993 and 34% for 1992 and
1991........................ $39,726 $27,187 $16,965
Tax-exempt income from
securities, loans and leases
less related non-deductible
interest expense............ (2,399) (1,963) (1,843)
Changes in tax accounting
method for bad debts of
savings institutions
converting to a commercial
bank........................ -- 5,190 --
Other, net.................... 611 2,309 955
Provision for income taxes.... $37,938 $32,723 $16,077
Effective income tax rate..... 34.5% 40.9% 32.2%
</TABLE>
Income taxes related to securities gains (losses) for 1993, 1992 and 1991
were $5,083,000, $(39,000) and $1,486,000, respectively.
As of January 1, 1993, Southern National adopted SFAS No. 109, Accounting
for Income Taxes, which changes the method of accounting for income taxes under
generally accepted accounting principles. As a result of adopting SFAS 109,
Southern National recognized a cumulative benefit of the change in accounting
principle of $700,000, or $.02 per fully-diluted share. The benefit is included
under the caption Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles, net of
income taxes in the CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME. The effect of this
change, excluding the cumulative benefit, for the year ended December 31, 1993
was to increase net income $71,000, or less than $.01 per fully-diluted share.
The tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to significant
portions of the net deferred tax assets (liabilities) in the CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF CONDITION at December 31, 1993, as adjusted for the adoption of
SFAS 109 were:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
1993
<S> <C>
(DOLLARS IN
THOUSANDS)
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for losses...................... $ 14,856
Postretirement benefits other than
pensions................................ 2,998
Other..................................... 8,332
Total tax deferred assets................... 26,186
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation.............................. (3,919)
Tax accounting method changes............. (7,851)
Lease financing........................... (9,833)
Other..................................... (6,592)
Total tax deferred liabilities.............. (28,195)
Net deferred tax liability.................. $ (2,009)
</TABLE>
The deferred tax assets met the criteria of SFAS 109, and accordingly a
valuation allowance was not required. At December 31, 1993, there were no
operating losses, income tax credits or alternative minimum tax credit
carryforwards.
Retained earnings at December 31, 1993 included $7,411,000 of tax bad debt
reserves accumulated prior to October 1, 1988 which were applicable to SSB for
which no provision for income taxes has been made. If in the future this portion
of retained earnings is used for any purpose other than to absorb tax bad debt
losses of SSB, income taxes will be imposed at the then applicable rates. Since
SSB does not intend to use the reserves for purposes other than to absorb its
tax bad debt losses, deferred income taxes have not been provided on such
reserves. As required by SFAS 109, deferred income taxes have been provided on
SSB's tax bad debt reserves accumulated after September 30, 1988.
NOTE M. BENEFIT PLANS
RETIREMENT PLANS
Southern National has a non-contributory defined benefit pension plan (Basic
Plan) covering substantially all employees. The benefits are based on years of
service and the employee's compensation during the five consecutive years of
employment that will produce the highest average pay. Southern National's
contributions to the plan are in amounts between the minimum required for
funding standard account purposes and the maximum deductible for Internal
Revenue Service purposes. Contributions to the plan of $3,089,000 and $4,299,000
were made in 1993 and 1992, respectively.
Supplemental retirement benefits are provided to certain key officers under
Southern National's Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP), effective
January 1, 1989. This plan is
44
<PAGE>
NOTE M. BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
not qualified under the Internal Revenue Code. Although technically an unfunded
plan, insurance policies on the lives of the covered employees are intended to
be adequate to fund future benefits.
Net periodic pension cost, which is included in personnel expense, consisted
of the following components in 1993, 1992 and 1991.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Basic Plan SERP
1993 1992 1991 1993 1992 1991
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Service cost........ $ 2,708 $ 2,183 $ 2,042 $275 $112 $ 69
Interest cost....... 3,577 3,173 2,797 129 64 49
Actual return on
assets............ (3,512) (2,634) (4,584) -- -- --
Net amortization and
deferral.......... (525) (895) 1,653 62 27 27
Early retirement.... -- 557 -- -- -- --
Net periodic
pension cost.... $ 2,248 $ 2,384 $ 1,908 $466 $203 $145
</TABLE>
The following table sets forth the plans' funded status and amounts
recognized in Southern National's CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION at
December 31, 1993 and 1992.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Basic Plan SERP
1993 1992 1993 1992
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Actuarial present value
of benefit obligations:
Accumulated benefit
obligation, including
vested benefits of
$37,119 in 1993 and
$34,030 in 1992...... $(37,838) $(34,694) $ -- $--
Projected benefit
obligation at
December 31.......... $(49,472) $(45,127) $(2,009) $(981)
Plan assets at fair
value, primarily
obligations of the U.S.
Treasury and Federal
agencies and
corporations........... 50,438 46,582 -- --
Plan assets in excess of
(less than) projected
benefit obligation..... 966 1,455 (2,009) (981)
Unrecognized transition
amount................. (154) (307) 271 299
Unrecognized prior
service cost........... 1,217 1,537 -- --
Unrecognized net loss.... 2,866 1,399 691 94
Prepaid (accrued) pension
cost................... $ 4,895 $ 4,084 $(1,047) $(588)
</TABLE>
The rate of increase in future compensation used in determining the actuarial
present value of the projected benefit obligation was 6.0% for 1993 and 1992.
The weighted average assumed discount rate was 8.0% in 1993 and 1992. The
weighted average expected long-term rate of return on assets used was 9.0% in
1993 and 1992.
POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS
Effective December 31, 1992, Southern National adopted a revised retiree
medical program (Plan) in preparation for implementation of SFAS No. 106,
Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions. The Plan covers
employees retiring after January 1, 1993 who are eligible for participation in
the Southern National Retirement Plan and have at least ten years of service.
The Plan requires retiree contributions, with a subsidy by Southern National
based upon years of service of the employee at the time of retirement. The
subsidy is adjusted each year for movement of the Consumer Price Index. There is
no employer subsidy for dependent benefits. Employees who retired prior to
January 1, 1993 are grandfathered and may choose from three comprehensive
medical options with varying deductibles.
Southern National adopted SFAS 106 as of January 1, 1993. As a result of
adopting SFAS 106, Southern National recognized a cumulative charge for this
change in accounting principle of $4,271,000 (net of $2,200,000 of deferred
income tax benefits), or $.12 per fully-diluted share.
The charge is included under the caption Cumulative effect of changes in
accounting principles, net of income taxes in the CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF
INCOME. The effect of this change, net of income taxes and excluding the
cumulative charge, for the year ended December 31, 1993 was to decrease net
income by $318,000 or less than $.01 per fully-diluted share.
The accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was $7,469,000 at December
31, 1993. Net postretirement health care cost for 1993 includes the following
components:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993
<S> <C>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Service cost -- benefits attributed to
service during the period............ $300
Interest cost on accumulated
postretirement benefit obligation.... 539
Net periodic postretirement benefit
costs.............................. $839
</TABLE>
For measurement purposes, a 15.7% annual rate of increase in the per capita
cost of covered health care claims was assumed for 1993; the rate was assumed to
remain stable for four years, then decrease to 6.5% for 1997 and years
thereafter. Medical costs are assumed to increase from 13% of the gross national
product in 1991 to 17.5% in 1997 and remain constant thereafter. A 1% increase
in the assumed long-term health care trend rate would increase the net periodic
benefit cost by 4.6% and the expected postretirement benefit obligation by 4.2%.
Other actuarial assumptions are an 8.5% discount rate and a 5.5% assumed annual
increase in all other items. Although technically an unfunded plan,
corporate-owned life insurance policies are intended to partially fund future
benefits.
45
<PAGE>
NOTE M. BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
Southern National's Employee Stock Ownership Plan allows all employees to
acquire common stock in Southern National by contributing up to 15% of their
salaries to the plan. Southern National matches 100% of each employee's
contributions, up to a maximum of 6% of the employee's salary. The charges to
noninterest expense for the contributions were approximately $2,800,000,
$2,372,000 and $1,913,000 in 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively.
OTHER
There are various deferred compensation arrangements, employment contracts
and covenants not to compete with selected members of management and certain
retirees.
NOTE N. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Southern National is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet
risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its
customers and to reduce its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. These
financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, options written,
standby letters of credit and financial guarantees, interest rate caps and
floors written, interest rate swaps and forward and futures contracts. Those
instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate
risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet. The contract, or
notional amounts, of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement
Southern National has in particular classes of financial instruments.
Southern National's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by
the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and
standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written is represented by the
contractual notional amount of those instruments. Southern National uses the
same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it
does for on-balance sheet instruments. For interest rate caps, floors, swap
transactions, forward and futures contracts and options written, the contract or
notional amounts do not represent exposure to credit loss. Southern National
controls the credit risk of its interest rate swap agreements and forward and
futures contracts through credit approvals, limits and monitoring procedures.
Unless noted otherwise, Southern National does not require collateral or
other security to support financial instruments with credit risk.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Contract or Estimated
Notional Amount at Fair Value at
December 31, December 31,
1993 1992 1993 1992
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Financial instruments
whose contract amounts
represent credit risk:
Commitments to extend
credit.............. $745,716 $ 726,328 $(1,750) $(1,367)
Standby letters of
credit and financial
guarantees
written............. 24,835 24,776 (97) (119)
Financial instruments
whose notional or
contract amounts
exceed the amount of
credit risk:
Interest rate swap
agreements.......... 213,094 13,917 (1,010) 239
Interest rate caps and
floors.............. 400,000 1,050,000 90 2,250
</TABLE>
Commitments to extend credit are arrangements to lend to a customer as long
as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.
Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses
and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to
expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily
represent future cash requirements. Southern National evaluates each customer's
creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained if
deemed necessary by Southern National upon extension of credit is based on
management's credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but
may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment and
income-producing commercial properties.
Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written are conditional
commitments issued by Southern National to guarantee the performance of a
customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support
public and private borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper, bond
financing and similar transactions. The credit risk involved in issuing letters
of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities
to customers. Southern National holds first deeds of trust, certificates of
deposit and/or marketable securities as collateral supporting those commitments
for which collateral is deemed necessary. The extent of collateral held for
those commitments at December 31, 1993 is approximately $11.5 million.
Forward and futures contracts are contracts for delayed delivery of
securities or money market instruments in which the seller agrees to make
delivery at a specified future date of a specified instrument, at a specified
price or yield. Risks arise from the possible inability of counterparties to
meet the terms of their contracts and from movements in securities' values and
interest rates.
Southern National enters into a variety of interest rate
contracts -- including interest rate caps and floors written, options written
and interest rate swap agreements -- in its trading activities and in managing
its interest rate exposure. Interest rate caps and floors written by Southern
National enable customers to transfer, modify or reduce their interest rate
risk. Options are
46
<PAGE>
NOTE N. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
contracts that allow the holder of the option to purchase or sell a financial
instrument at a specified price and within a specified period of time from the
seller or writer of the option. As a writer of options, Southern National
receives a premium at the outset and then bears the risk of an unfavorable
change in the price of the financial instrument underlying the option.
Interest rate swap transactions generally involve the exchange of fixed and
floating rate interest payment obligations without the exchange of the
underlying principal amounts. These transactions are used as part of the
asset/liability management function. Southern National minimizes its exposure to
the interest rate risk inherent in swaps by entering into offsetting swap
positions that essentially counterbalance each other. Entering into interest
rate swap agreements involves not only the risk of dealing with counterparties
and their ability to meet the terms of the contracts but also the interest rate
risk associated with unmatched positions. Notional principal amounts often are
used to express the volume of these transactions, but the amounts potentially
subject to credit risk are much smaller.
LITIGATION
In June 1991, the trustee in bankruptcy for Kenyon Home Furnishings (Kenyon)
filed an adversary proceeding against SNBNC in the United States Bankruptcy
Court for the Middle District of North Carolina. The trustee alleges that
American Bank and Trust Company (American), which was acquired by SNBNC in
October 1989, aided and abetted Kenyon's officers in defrauding Kenyon's
creditors and others. The trustee seeks to recover more than $40 million in
damages. The trustee also filed separate proceedings against a number of other
persons, corporations and financial institutions seeking identical damages. In
these actions, the trustee is seeking to recover attorney's fees and treble
damages. The claim addresses events and circumstances occurring on or before
October 31, 1989, the date SNBNC acquired American. The case is in the discovery
stage, and SNBNC is vigorously defending this action. Based on information
presently available to Southern National, management believes that the ultimate
outcome of this matter will not have a material impact on the consolidated
financial condition or consolidated results of operations of Southern National.
In July 1993, the trustee in bankruptcy for Florida Hotel Properties Limited
Partnership (Florida) filed an adversary proceeding against SNBNC in the United
States Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of North Carolina. The trustee
alleges that SNBNC aided and abetted Florida's officers in defrauding Florida
through SNBNC's handling of deposit accounts from which Florida allegedly made
fraudulent transfers to third parties by check and/or wire transfer. The trustee
seeks to recover compensatory damages in excess of $10,000, equitable
subordination of any claim filed by SNBNC in the Florida bankruptcy, treble
damages plus interest and attorney's fees. The trustee also filed separate
proceedings against a number of other persons, corporations and financial
institutions seeking damages. The case is in an early procedural stage, and
SNBNC is vigorously defending this action. Based on information presently
available to Southern National, management believes that the ultimate outcome of
this matter will not have a material impact on the consolidated financial
condition or consolidated results of operations of Southern National.
In August 1993, the trustee for Southeast Hotel Properties Limited
Partnership Claims Liquidating Trust (Southeast) filed an action against SNBNC
in the United States District Court for the Western District of North Carolina.
The trustee alleges that SNBNC aided and abetted Southeast's officers in
defrauding Southeast through SNBNC's handling of deposit accounts from which
Southeast allegedly made fraudulent transfers to third parties by check and/or
wire transfer. The trustee seeks to recover compensatory damages as established
at trial, punitive damages, exemplary damages, treble damages and attorney's
fees. The total amount of damages sought by the trustee from SNBNC, including
amounts sought by the trustee from immediate transferees of Southeast, exceeds
$7,501,000. The damages stated by the trustee do not reflect any offsets which
appear available or amounts which should be recovered by the trustee from third
parties. The trustee also filed separate proceedings against a number of other
persons, corporations and financial institutions seeking damages. The case is in
an early procedural stage, and SNBNC is vigorously defending this action. This
case will likely be consolidated with the Florida adversary proceeding for trial
as the allegations refer to related entities. Based on information presently
available to Southern National, management believes that the ultimate outcome of
this matter will not have a material impact on the consolidated financial
condition or results of operations of Southern National.
The nature of the business of Southern National's banking subsidiaries
ordinarily results in a certain amount of litigation. The subsidiaries of
Southern National are involved in various other claims and lawsuits, all of
which are considered incidental to the conduct of its business.
NOTE O. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS AND OTHER RESTRICTIONS
Southern National, the Banks and SSB are required by the Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve System (FRB), the Office of the Comptroller of the
Currency (OCC) and the North Carolina Savings Institution Division to maintain
certain capital-to-assets ratios. At December 31, 1993, these ratios were above
the minimums prescribed for bank holding companies, national banks and state
savings banks.
The Banks and SSB are required by the FRB to maintain reserve balances based
on certain percentages of deposit types. At December 31, 1993, these reserves
amounted to $101,835,000 and were satisfied by vault cash and noninterest
bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve Bank.
Under the regulations of the OCC, at December 31, 1993, SNBNC and SNBSC
could have paid additional dividends to Southern National of $43.3 million and
$12.9 million, respectively, without obtaining prior approval of the OCC. SSB,
in accordance with Title IV of North Carolina general statutes, Chapter
16A.0105, can make capital distributions, including cash dividends, to Southern
National with prior approval of the Administrator, in an amount less than the
greater of one-half of net income for the most recent fiscal year or the average
of net income for the most recent three years.
47
<PAGE>
NOTE O. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS AND OTHER RESTRICTIONS (CONTINUED)
At the time a mutual thrift is converted to a capital stock form of
organization, a liquidation account is established to be maintained for the
benefit of eligible deposit account holders who continue to maintain their
deposit accounts with the institution, or a successor institution, after
conversion. Except for payment of dividends to Parent Company, the existence of
these liquidation accounts will not restrict the use or application of
shareholder's equity of SSB or SNBNC.
The terms of the capital note agreement (Note I) provide for various
restrictions on Southern National, including restrictions on the payment of
dividends and incurrence of additional debt. Under these covenants, as of
December 31, 1993, approximately $198.0 million was available for payment of
cash dividends by Southern National out of its retained earnings of $202.3
million.
The following table provides an analysis of loans made to directors,
executive officers and their interests, which in the aggregate exceeded $60,000
at any time during 1993. All amounts shown represent loans made by the Banks, in
the ordinary course of business at the Banks' normal credit terms, including
interest rate and collateralization prevailing at the time for comparable
transactions with other persons:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C>
Balance, December 31, 1992............ $ 27,220
Additions............................. 33,420
Repayments............................ 25,140
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1993............ $ 35,500
</TABLE>
48
<PAGE>
NOTE P. PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
STATEMENTS OF CONDITION
December 31, 1993 and 1992
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1992
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Cash.................................... $ 1,442 $ 2,819
Securities.............................. 108,041 48,013
Receivables from subsidiaries........... 8,232 848
Investment in bank subsidiaries, at
equity................................ 411,537 387,114
Investment in other subsidiaries, at
equity................................ 4,193 4,004
Premises................................ 6,330 6,501
Other assets............................ 1,849 785
Total assets........................ $541,624 $450,084
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Short-term borrowings................... $ 25,540 $ --
Accounts payable and accrued
liabilities........................... 1,019 2,945
Capital notes and mortgages............. 11,916 15,250
Total liabilities................... 38,475 18,195
Shareholders' equity:
Preferred stock....................... 3,850 3,850
Common stock.......................... 159,228 149,631
Paid-in capital....................... 137,804 120,973
Retained earnings..................... 202,267 157,435
Total shareholders' equity.......... 503,149 431,889
Total liabilities and shareholders'
equity............................ $541,624 $450,084
</TABLE>
STATEMENTS OF INCOME
For the Years Ended December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1992 1991
<S> <C> <C> <C>
INCOME
Dividend income from bank
subsidiaries................... $65,849 $16,849 $12,204
Interest income from
subsidiaries................... 619 2,326 57
Interest on investment
securities..................... 2,295 1,123 176
Rental income.................... 1,292 1,292 1,294
Other income..................... 254 102 66
Total income................... 70,309 21,692 13,797
EXPENSES
Interest expense................. 1,630 1,512 1,670
Occupancy expense................ 173 182 172
Other expenses................... 409 865 386
Total expenses................. 2,212 2,559 2,228
Income before income tax provision
(credit) and equity in
undistributed earnings of
subsidiaries..................... 68,097 19,133 11,569
Income tax provision (credit)..... 787 958 (201)
Income before equity in
undistributed earnings of
subsidiaries..................... 67,310 18,175 11,770
Equity in undistributed earnings
of subsidiaries.................. 4,683 29,064 22,049
NET INCOME........................ $71,993 $47,239 $33,819
</TABLE>
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the Years Ended December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1992 1991
<S> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income.......................... $ 71,993 $ 47,239 $ 33,819
Adjustments to reconcile net income
to net cash provided by operating
activities:
Equity in undistributed earnings
of subsidiaries................. (4,683) (29,064) (22,049)
Depreciation of premises and
equipment....................... 171 172 172
Discount accretion and premium
amortization on securities...... 126 -- --
Decrease (increase) in receivables
from subsidiaries............... (6,654) 2,225 (300)
Decrease (increase) in other
assets.......................... (1,064) (988) (432)
Increase (decrease) in accounts
payable and accrued
liabilities..................... (603) 170 (246)
Net cash provided by operating
activities.................... 59,286 19,754 10,964
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Cash acquired in merger accounted
for as purchase................... -- 311 --
Proceeds from maturities of
investment securities............. 5,000 35,000 --
Proceeds from sales of investment
securities........................ -- -- 336
Purchase of investment securities... (65,154) (77,739) (9,641)
Additional investment in
subsidiaries...................... (100) (32,500) (10,317)
Return of investment in
subsidiaries...................... -- -- 229
Net cash used in investing
activities...................... (60,254) (74,928) (19,393)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Repayment of long-term debt......... (3,334) (2,333) (1,334)
Proceeds from common stock issued
pursuant to stock options......... 1,504 630 28
Net proceeds from issuance of
common stock...................... -- -- 20,695
Net proceeds from sale of preferred
stock............................. -- 74,142 --
Net increase in short-term
borrowings........................ 25,540 -- --
Cash dividends paid on stock........ (24,119) (17,273) (10,427)
Net cash (used in) provided by
financing activities............ (409) 55,166 8,962
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH...... (1,377) (8) 533
CASH AT BEGINNING OF YEAR............ 2,819 2,827 51
CASH AT END OF YEAR.................. $ 1,442 $ 2,819 $ 584
</TABLE>
During the years ended December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991, Parent Company paid
$1,306,000, $1,512,000 and $1,670,000, respectively, for interest on long-term
debt.
49
<PAGE>
FORM 10-K
Securities and Exchange Commission
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993
Commission file number 0-4641
Southern National Corporation
500 North Chestnut Street
Lumberton, North Carolina 28358
(919) 671-2000
Incorporated in the State of North Carolina
IRS Employer Identification Number 56-0939887
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
TITLE OF EACH CLASS
Common Stock, $5 par value
Depositary Shares, stated value $25
NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE ON WHICH REGISTERED
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
NONE
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes [X] No [ ]
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [X]
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the
registrant as of February 17, 1994 was $780.9 million.
At February 17, 1994 the registrant had 42,353,374 shares of $5 par value common
stock outstanding.
Portions of the Registrant's Proxy Statement for the 1994 Annual Meeting of
Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.
FORM 10-K CROSS REFERENCE INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PART I. PAGE
<S> <C> <C>
Item 1 Business 51-57
Item 2. Properties 41, 51, 53
Item 3. Legal Proceedings 47
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of
Security Holders -- None
PART II.
Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common 26, 27, 29, 33,
Equity and Related Stockholder 51, 52, 60
Matters
Item 6. Selected Financial Data 29
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis 14-28
of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations
Item 8. Financial Statements and 28, 31-49
Supplementary Data
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with
Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure -- None
PART III.
Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of 53
the Registrant*
Item 11. Executive Compensation*
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain
Beneficial Owners and Management*
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions*
PART IV.
Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement 50
Schedules and Reports on
Form 8-K(Dagger)
Signatures 53
</TABLE>
* Incorporated by reference from Registrant's definitive Proxy Statement for the
Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held April 19, 1994 for which a Proxy
Statement will be filed not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year
covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(Dagger)A list of exhibits was filed separately. Copies of exhibits not
contained herein may be obtained by writing to Sherry A. Kellett, Controller,
200 West Second Street, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27101.
Only those portions of this Annual Report referred to in the foregoing
cross-reference index are deemed to be filed as a part of the Form 10-K. The SEC
has not approved or disapproved of this report or passed upon its accuracy or
adequacy.
50
<PAGE>
BUSINESS
Southern National is a multi-bank holding company headquartered in Lumberton,
North Carolina. Southern National conducts its operations in North Carolina and
South Carolina primarily through its commercial bank subsidiaries and, to a
lesser extent, through its savings banks and other subsidiaries. At December 31,
1993, Southern National had total assets of $5.9 billion, deposits of $4.5
billion and shareholders' equity of $503 million. Based on total assets at
December 31, 1993, Southern National was the sixth largest commercial banking
entity based in the Carolinas. At December 31, 1993, 88% of Southern National's
deposits were in North Carolina and 12% in South Carolina.
SNBNC, Southern National's largest subsidiary, was founded in 1897 and
currently operates through 144 banking offices in 69 cities and towns throughout
North Carolina. Southern National Leasing Corp., a wholly-owned subsidiary of
SNBNC, offers lease financing. Southern National Investment Services, Inc.,
provides investment services. Southern National entered the South Carolina
banking market in 1986 with the formation of its second banking subsidiary,
SNBSC. SNBSC serves South Carolina through 26 banking offices in 19 cities and
towns. SNBNC and SNBSC focus on providing a wide range of banking services in
their local markets for retail and commercial customers, including small and
mid-size businesses, public agencies and local governments, trust customers and
individuals. Southern National operates a savings bank subsidiary in North
Carolina. SSB, a savings bank chartered by the state of North Carolina, engages
primarily in the origination of mortgage loans on residential real estate and,
to a lesser degree, other consumer and commercial loans. Substantially all of
Southern National's loans are to businesses and individuals in the Carolinas.
Southern National has no foreign loans and no loans that are characterized as
highly leveraged transactions by bank regulators.
In addition to its banking subsidiaries, Southern National has another active
subsidiary, Unified Investors Life Insurance Company (Unified). Unified
underwrites, as a reinsurer, certain credit life and accident and health
insurance policies written by an unaffiliated insurance company in connection
with certain loans made by the banks and thrifts.
Southern National was incorporated in North Carolina as a bank holding
company in 1968. Its executive offices are located at 500 North Chestnut Street,
Lumberton, North Carolina 28358, and its telephone number is (910) 671-2000.
COMPETITION
The banking business is highly competitive. The banking subsidiaries of
Southern National compete actively with national and state banks, savings and
loan associations, securi-
ties dealers, mortgage bankers, finance companies and insurance companies.
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
The following generally describes the regulation to which Southern National
and its subsidiary banks (the Subsidiaries) are subject. Bank holding companies
and banks are extensively regulated under both federal and state law. To the
extent that the following information describes statutory or regulatory
provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular
statutory provisions. Any change in applicable law or regulation may have a
material effect on the business and prospects of Southern National and the
Subsidiaries.
Southern National is a legal entity separate and distinct from its
subsidiary banks. Most of Southern National's revenues result from dividends
paid to Southern National by the Subsidiaries. The right of Southern National,
and consequently the right of creditors and shareholders of Southern National,
to participate in any distribution of the assets or earnings of any Subsidiary
through the payment of such dividends or otherwise is necessarily subject to the
prior claims of creditors of the Subsidiary, except to the extent that claims of
Southern National in its capacity as a creditor may be recognized. Under federal
law, the Subsidiaries may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, make loans
or extensions of credit to, or investments in the securities of, Southern
National or take securities of Southern National as collateral for loans to any
borrower. The Subsidiaries are also subject to collateral security requirements
for any loans or extensions of credit permitted by such exceptions.
The Subsidiaries are subject to various statutory restrictions on their
ability to pay dividends to Southern National. Under current supervisory
practices of the Subsidiaries' regulatory agencies, prior approval from these
agencies is required if cash dividends declared in any given year exceed net
income for that year plus retained earnings of the two preceding years. Under
these supervisory practices, at December 31, 1993, SNBNC and SNBSC could have
paid additonal dividends to Southern National of $43.3 million and $12.9
million, respectively, without obtaining prior regulatory approval. SSB, in
accordance with Title IV of North Carolina general statutes, Chapter 16A.0105,
can make capital distributions, including cash dividends, to Southern National
with prior approval of the Administrator, in an amount less than the greater of
one-half of net income for the most recent fiscal year or the average of net
income for the most recent three years. The payment of dividends by Southern
National and the Subsidiaries may also be limited by other factors, such as
requirements to maintain adequate capital above regulatory guidelines. The
Comptroller, in the case of national bank subsidiaries, and the Administrator,
in the case of the savings bank subsidiaries, have authority to prohibit any
bank subsidiaries from engaging in an unsafe or unsound practice in conducting
its business. The payment of dividends, depending upon the financial condition
of the Subsidiary in question, could be deemed to constitute such an unsafe or
unsound practice. The Comptroller and the Administrator have indicated their
view that it generally would be an unsafe and unsound practice to pay dividends
except out of current operating earnings. The ability of the Subsidiaries to pay
dividends in the future is, and is expected to continue to be, influenced by
regulatory policies and by capital guidelines.
As a bank holding company, Southern National is subject to regulation by the
FRB under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the BHCA). The FRB, the
Comptroller and the Federal
51
<PAGE>
Deposit Insurance Corporation (the FDIC) have issued substantially similar
risk-based and leverage capital requirements applicable to United States banking
organizations. In addition, those regulatory agencies may require that a bank
organization maintain capital above the minimum levels, whether because of its
financial condition or actual or anticipated growth.
The FRB's risk-based guidelines define a two-tier capital framework. Tier 1
capital consists of common and qualifying preferred shareholders' equity, less
certain intangibles and other adjustments. Tier 2 capital consiusts of
subordinated and other qualifying debt, and the allowance for credit losses up
to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets. The sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital
represents qualifying total capital, at least 50% of which must consist of Tier
1 capital. Risk-based capital ratios are calculated by dividing Tier 1 and total
capital by risk-weighted assets. Risk-weighted assets are determined by
assigning assets and off-balance exposures to one of four categories of
risk-weights, based primarily on relative credit risk. The minimum Tier 1
capital ratio is 4% and the minimum total capital ratio is 8%. Southern
National's Tier 1 and total capital to risk-weighted asset ratios as of December
31, 1993 were 14.43% and 15.56% respectively, exceeding the required minimums.
In addition, the FRB has established minimum leverage ratio (Tier 1 capital
to quarterly average tangible assets) guidelines for bank holding companies.
These guidelines provide for a minimum ratio of 3% for bank holding companies
that meet certain specified criteria, including that they have the highest
regulatory rating. All other bank holding companies will be required to maintain
a leverage ratio of 3% plus an additional cushion of at least 100 to 200 basis
points. Southern National's leverage ratio as of December 31, 1993 was 8.6%. The
guidelines also provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth
or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain capital positions
substantially above the minimum supervisory levels.
As a result of the enactment of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery,
and Enforcement Act of 1989 (FIRREA), a depository institution insured by the
FDIC can be held liable for any loss incurred by, or reasonably expected to be
incurred by, the FDIC after August 9, 1989 in connection with (i) the default of
a commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository institution or (ii) any assistance
provided by the FDIC to a commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository
institution in danger of default. Default is defined generally as the existence
of certain conditions indicating that default is likely to occur in the absence
of regulatory assistance. Liability of any Subsidiary under this cross-guarantee
provision could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of any
assessed Subsidiary and Southern National.
The BHCA requires the prior approval of the FRB in any case where a bank
holding company proposes to acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of
more than 5% of the voting shares of any bank that is not already majority owned
by it or to merge or consolidate with any other bank holding company. The BHCA
prohibits the FRB from approving an application from a bank holding company to
acquire shares of a bank located outside the state in which the operations of
the holding company's banking subsidiaries are principally conducted, unless
such an acquisition is specifically authorized by statute of the state in which
the bank whose shares are to be acquired is located. North Carolina has adopted
legislation permitting such acquisitions by bank holding companies located in
certain states that have reciprocal agreements with North Carolina.
The BHCA also prohibits a bank holding company, with certain exceptions,
from acquiring more than 5% of the voting shares of any company that is not a
bank and from engaging in any business other than banking or managing or
controlling banks. Under the BHCA, the FRB is authorized to approve the
ownership of shares by a bank holding company in any company the activities of
which the FRB has determined to be so closely related to banking or to managing
or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. The FRB has by
regulation determined that certain activities are closely related to banking
within the meaning of the BHCA. These activities include: operating a mortgage
company, finance company, credit card company or factoring company; performing
certain data processing operations; providing investment and financial advice;
and acting as an insurance agent for certain types of credit-related insurance.
The Subsidiaries are supervised and regularly examined by various federal
and state regulatory agencies. The laws and regulations administered by the
regulatory agencies affect corporate practices, such as payment of dividends,
incurring debt and acquisition of financial institutions and other companies,
and affect business practices, such as payment of interest on deposits, the
charging of interest on loans, types of business conducted and location of
offices.
The Subsidiaries are subject to FDIC deposit insurance assessments. As
mandated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991
(FDICIA), the FDIC adopted regulations effective January 1, 1993 for the
transition from a flat-rate insurance assessment system to a risk-based system
by January 1, 1994. Pursuant to these regulations, each of the Subsidiaries
deposit insurance assessment will be individually set within a range of $.23 to
$.31 per $100 of deposits and will depend on the institution's risk
classification. Because of the increased number of bank and thrift failures in
recent years and the related decreases in the reserves of the Bank Insurance
Fund and the Savings Association Insurance Fund, it is possible that insurance
assessments will increase. Additional assessments could have an adverse impact
on Southern National's results of operations.
Among other things, FDICIA identifies five capital categories for insured
depository institutions: well capitalized, adequately capitalized,
undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically
undercapitalized. FDICIA requires the federal banking regulators to take prompt
corrective action with respect to insured depository institutions that do not
meet minimum capital requirements.
The FRB has adopted regulations establishing relevant capital requirements
for banks. Under the regulations, a well capitalized institution must have a
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6%, a total risk-based capital ratio
of at least 10% and a leverage ratio of at least 5% and not be subject to a
capital directive order. An adequately capitalized institution must have a Tier
1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 4%, a total risk-based capital ratio of
at least 8% and a leverage ratio of at least 4% or, in some cases, 3%. Under
these guidelines, at December 31, 1993, Southern National and each of the
Subsidiaries were considered well capitalized.
52
<PAGE>
In addition, undercapitalized depository institutions are required to submit
capital restoration plans. In order to obtain acceptance of a capital
restoration plan, a depository institution's holding company must guarantee the
capital plan up to an amount equal to the lesser of 5% of the depository
institution's assets at the time it becomes undercapitalized or the amount of
the capital deficiency at the time the institution fails to comply with the
plan. The federal banking agencies may not accept a capital restoration plan
without determining, among other things, that the plan is based on realistic
assumptions and is likely to succeed. If an institution fails to submit an
acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is significantly undercapitalized. In
the event of bankruptcy of the parent holding company, such guarantee would have
priority over the parent's general unsecured creditors.
FDICIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital
distribution (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to
its holding company if, after making the distribution or paying the fee, the
depository institution would be undercapitalized. Significantly undercapitalized
depository institutions may be subject to a number of restrictions, including
prohibition of capital distributions to its holding company without prior
approval of the FRB, orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately
capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets and cessation of receipt of
deposits from correspondent banks. Critically undercapitalized depository
institutions are subject to the appointment of a conservator or receiver.
The operations of Southern National and its subsidiaries are affected not
only by general economic conditions, but also by the policies of various
regulatory authorities. In particular, the FRB regulates money and credit and
interest rates in order to influence general economic conditions. These policies
have significant influence on overall growth and distribution of loans,
investments and deposits and affect interest rates charged on loans or paid on
time and savings deposits. FRB monetary policies have had a significant effect
on the operating results of commercial banks and thrifts in the past and are
expected to continue to do so in the future.
Various legislation, including proposals to overhaul the banking regulatory
system and to limit the investments that a depository institution may make with
insured funds are from time to time introduced in Congress. Southern National
cannot determine the ultimate effect that FDICIA and the implementing
regulations thereunder, or any potential legislation, if enacted, would have
upon its financial condition or operations.
EMPLOYEES
At December 31, 1993, Southern National had approximately 2,549 full-time
equivalent employees and considers its relationship with its employees to be
good.
PROPERTIES
Southern National and its significant subsidiaries occupy their headquarters
offices under long-term leases, and also own freestanding operations centers in
Charlotte and Lumberton. Branch office locations are variously owned or leased.
The premises occupied by Southern National and its subsidiaries are considered
to be well-located and suitably equipped to serve as financial service
facilities.
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The following table sets forth information with respect to the Executive
Officers of Southern National. Indications are noted relevant to those
individuals who have been affiliated with Southern National for less than five
years.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AGE POSITION
<S> <C> <C>
L. Glenn Orr, Jr. 53 Chairman, President and Chief
Executive Officer
James F. Byrne 62 Executive Vice President and Chief
Administrative Officer
Gary E. Carlton 53 Executive Vice President and Chief
Operating Officer
Robert E. Greene 44 Executive Vice President
Morris D. Marley 43 Executive Vice President, Chief
Investment Officer and Treasurer
Michael W. Sperry 48 Executive Vice President and Chief
Credit Officer
PREVIOUSLY SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT,
NCNB NATIONAL BANK OF NORTH CAROLINA.
John R. Spruill 51 Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer
PREVIOUSLY A PRINCIPAL IN THE JOHN
LITTLE GROUP.
David L. Craven 41 Senior Vice President and Secretary
PREVIOUSLY SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT AND
GENERAL COUNSEL, CENTURA BANKS, INC.
Sherry A. Kellett 49 Vice President and Controller
</TABLE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION
Registrant
L. GLENN ORR, JR.
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed on March 24, 1994 by the following persons in the capacities
indicated.
L. GLENN ORR, JR.
Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive
Officer)
JOHN R. SPRUILL
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial
Officer)
SHERRY A. KELLETT
Vice President and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)
A MAJORITY OF THE DIRECTORS OF THE REGISTRANT
whose names appear on page 59.
53
<PAGE>
SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
TABLE S-1
COMPOSITION OF LOAN AND LEASE PORTFOLIO*
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31,
1993 1992 1991 1990 1989
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Loans --
Commercial, financial and agricultural....................... $ 553,118 $ 562,440 $ 519,681 $ 496,271 $ 430,836
Real estate -- construction.................................. 151,009 124,349 145,087 249,352 261,451
Real estate -- mortgage...................................... 2,198,871 1,805,852 1,443,784 1,215,124 1,152,458
Consumer..................................................... 370,860 362,026 384,515 362,664 348,309
Loans held for investment.................................. 3,273,858 2,854,667 2,493,067 2,323,411 2,193,054
Loans held for sale........................................ 49,692 1,973 8,912 -- --
Total loans.............................................. 3,323,550 2,856,640 2,501,979 2,323,411 2,193,054
Leases......................................................... 225,312 170,358 122,394 115,473 107,376
Total loans and leases................................... $3,548,862 $3,026,998 $2,624,373 $2,438,884 $2,300,430
</TABLE>
* Balances are gross of unearned income.
TABLE S-2
SELECTED LOAN MATURITIES AND INTEREST SENSITIVITY
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Commercial,December 31, 1993
Financial
and Real Estate:
Agricultural Construction Total
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Fixed rate:
1 year or less (2)................................................................... $ 55,093 $ 15,041 $ 70,134
1-5 years............................................................................ 103,618 28,289 131,907
After 5 years........................................................................ 23,653 6,458 30,111
Total.............................................................................. 182,364 49,788 232,152
Variable rate:
1 year or less (2)................................................................... 112,008 30,580 142,588
1-5 years............................................................................ 210,660 57,513 268,173
After 5 years........................................................................ 48,086 13,128 61,214
Total.............................................................................. 370,754 101,221 471,975
Total loans (1).................................................................... $ 553,118 $151,009 $704,127
</TABLE>
(1) The table excludes:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
(i) consumer loans to individuals for household, family and other personal
expenditures.......................................................................... $ 370,860,000
(ii) real estate mortgage loans....................................................... 2,198,871,000
(iii) loans held for sale............................................................. 49,692,000
(iv) leases........................................................................... 225,312,000
$2,844,735,000
</TABLE>
(2) Includes demand loans.
Scheduled repayments are reported in the maturity category in which the
payment is due. Determinations of maturities are based upon contract terms.
Southern National's credit policy does not permit automatic renewals, or
rollovers, of loans. At the scheduled maturity date (including balloon payment
date), the customer must request a new loan to replace the matured loan and
execute a new note with rate, terms and conditions renegotiated at that time.
54
<PAGE>
TABLE S-3
LOANS AND LEASES 90 DAYS PAST DUE AND STILL ACCRUING
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31,
1993 1992 1991 1990 1989
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Commercial, financial and agricultural...................... $ 130 $ 220 $ 311 $ 563 $ 3,144
Real estate -- all categories............................... -- 1,060 2,095 5,525 8,463
Consumer.................................................... 448 494 525 546 1,132
Leases...................................................... -- -- -- 545 103
Total..................................................... $ 578 $ 1,774 $ 2,931 $ 7,179 $ 12,842
Ratio of loans and leases 90 days or more past due
and still accruing to outstanding loans and leases........ .02% .06% .11% .29% .56%
Nonaccrual loans and leases................................. $ 19,571 $ 17,054 $ 31,001 $ 31,288 $ 13,184
Total outstanding loans and leases*......................... $3,548,862 $3,026,998 $2,624,373 $2,438,884 $2,300,430
</TABLE>
* Balances are gross of unearned income and include loans held for sale.
TABLE S-4
ALLOCATION OF RESERVE BY CATEGORY
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
[CAPTION]
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31,
1993 1992 1991 1990
% LOANS % Loans % Loans % Loans
IN EACH in each in each in each
AMOUNT CATEGORY Amount category Amount category Amount category
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at end of period
applicable to:
Commercial, financial and
agricultural..................... $8,020 16% $8,403 19% $7,465 20% $4,827 20%
Real estate:
Construction and land
development.................... 2,492 4 2,070 4 2,088 6 399 10
Mortgage......................... 13,193 62 12,782 60 8,512 55 10,399 50
Real estate -- total............. 15,685 66 14,852 64 10,600 61 10,798 60
Consumer.......................... 2,781 12 3,158 12 6,315 15 8,777 15
Leases............................ 1,218 6 1,313 5 1,610 4 1,021 5
Unallocated....................... 12,096 -- 10,151 -- 6,811 -- 2,897 --
Totals........................... $39,800 100% $37,877 100% $32,801 100% $28,320 100%
<CAPTION>
1989
% Loans
in each
Amount category
<S> <C> <C>
Balance at end of period
applicable to:
Commercial, financial and
agricultural..................... $2,957 19%
Real estate:
Construction and land
development.................... N/A N/A
Mortgage......................... N/A N/A
Real estate -- total............. 7,926 15
Consumer.......................... 1,901 15
Leases............................ 1,074 5
Unallocated....................... 6,733 --
Totals........................... $20,591 54%
</TABLE>
N/A -- Not available
55
<PAGE>
TABLE S-5
COMPOSITION OF ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31,
1993 1992 1991 1990 1989
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance, beginning of period.............................. $ 37,877 $ 33,052 $ 28,320 $ 20,591 $ 18,601
Charge-offs:
Commercial, financial and agricultural................ (2,279) (3,653) (7,087) (3,846) (4,576)
Real estate -- construction and land development...... (435) (705) (1,197) (283) N/A
Real estate -- mortgage............................... (3,276) (5,497) (4,562) (5,965) N/A
Real estate -- total................................ (3,711) (6,202) (5,759) (6,248) (1,856)
Consumer.............................................. (2,784) (3,722) (3,949) (5,060) (2,727)
Lease receivables..................................... (771) (1,428) (1,308) (419) (379)
Total charge-offs................................... (9,545) (15,005) (18,103) (15,573) (9,538)
Recoveries:
Commercial, financial and agricultural................ 1,093 438 593 361 442
Real estate -- construction and land development...... 184 275 248 -- N/A
Real estate -- mortgage............................... 973 595 503 225 N/A
Real estate -- total................................ 1,157 870 751 225 199
Consumer.............................................. 745 709 635 841 679
Lease receivables..................................... 149 188 116 126 43
Total recoveries.................................... 3,144 2,205 2,095 1,553 1,363
Net charge-offs........................................... (6,401) (12,800) (16,008) (14,020) (8,175)
Provision charged to expense............................ 5,574 14,775 19,639 21,749 10,165
Allowance of acquired loans............................. 2,750 2,850 850 -- --
Balance, end of period.................................... $ 39,800 $ 37,877 $ 32,801 $ 28,320 $ 20,591
Average loans and leases*................................. $3,204,116 $2,862,198 $2,542,097 $2,375,117 $2,240,064
Net charge-offs as percent of average loans and leases.... .20% .45% .63% .59% .36%
</TABLE>
* -- Loans and leases are net of unearned income and loans held for sale.
N/A -- Not available
TABLE S-6
CHANGES IN NONPERFORMING ASSETS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1992
<S> <C> <C>
Balance at January 1,.................................................................................... $ 29,697 $ 42,670
Additions.............................................................................................. 28,097 33,675
Acquired by purchase................................................................................... 3,064 --
Payments/sales......................................................................................... (20,820) (28,672)
Return to performing................................................................................... (3,698) (4,627)
Charge-offs/writedowns................................................................................. (10,782) (13,349)
Transfer to held for sale.............................................................................. (3,768) --
Balance at December 31,.................................................................................. $ 21,790 $ 29,697
</TABLE>
56
<PAGE>
TABLE S-7
COMPOSITION OF SECURITIES PORTFOLIO
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1992 1991
<S> <C> <C> <C>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
U.S. Treasury........................................................................... $ 695,034 $ 878,236 $ 518,868
U.S. Government agencies and corporations............................................... 408,644 349,346 554,816
States and political subdivisions....................................................... 54,047 57,680 50,864
Other securities........................................................................ 26,676 23,095 10,721
Total investment securities........................................................... 1,184,401 1,308,357 1,135,269
Securities held for sale:
U.S. Treasury......................................................................... 688,345 3,273 --
U.S. Government agencies and corporations............................................. 106,128 266,074 --
Total securities held for sale........................................................ 794,473 269,347 --
Total securities...................................................................... $1,978,874 $1,577,704 $1,135,269
</TABLE>
TABLE S-8
TIME DEPOSITS $100,000 AND OVER
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Maturity
Less than three months......................... $350,931
Four through six months........................ 105,604
Seven through twelve months.................... 54,724
Over twelve months............................. 37,744
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1993..................... $549,003
</TABLE>
TABLE S-9
SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
The following information summarizes certain pertinent information for the
past three years on securities sold under agreements to repurchase, master
notes, federal funds purchased, Federal Reserve discount window borrowings and
U.S. Treasury tax and loan deposit notes payable.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1992 1991
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Maximum outstanding at any month-
end during the year.............. $703,614 $436,970 $384,954
Average outstanding during the
year............................. 462,297 389,678 265,805
Average interest rate during the
year............................. 2.95% 3.58% 5.88%
Average interest rate at end of
year............................. 2.91 3.84 3.94
</TABLE>
TABLE S-10
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA OF SUBSIDIARIES
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SNBNC SNBSC SSB
1993 1992 1991 1993 1992 1991 1993
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total assets............. $4,911,732 $4,164,913 $3,380,639 $ 689,302 $ 596,243 $ 527,397 $ 235,954
Securities............... 1,665,173 1,382,615 1,003,023 169,091 122,487 110,106 31,344
Loans and leases, net of
unearned income.......... 2,841,550 2,392,660 2,058,249 483,625 420,011 364,750 189,739
Deposits................. 3,808,031 3,475,599 2,922,613 528,739 462,056 425,153 196,559
Shareholder's equity..... 328,171 309,440 234,735 56,440 49,886 36,176 26,925
Net interest income...... 183,031 168,403 128,688 29,213 26,992 21,542 10,746
Provision for loan and
lease losses............. 3,765 11,430 15,793 1,504 3,211 3,716 305
Noninterest income....... 58,926 37,762 39,005 7,165 5,892 5,413 1,227
Noninterest expense...... 146,143 133,988 111,802 22,232 19,816 18,539 5,407
Net income............... 58,610 35,112 27,662 8,286 6,176 2,914 3,443
<CAPTION>
1992 1991
<S> <C> <C>
Total assets............. $ 238,349 $ 240,259
Securities............... 24,209 16,741
Loans and leases, net of
unearned income.......... 180,625 184,598
Deposits................. 199,169 205,397
Shareholder's equity..... 33,686 29,582
Net interest income...... 10,707 8,843
Provision for loan and
lease losses............. 134 131
Noninterest income....... 984 854
Noninterest expense...... 5,163 4,265
Net income............... 4,105 3,376
</TABLE>
TABLE S-11
CAPITAL ADEQUACY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Regulatory Southern
Minimums National SNBNC SNBSC SSB
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Risk-based capital ratios:
Tier 1 capital (2)....................................................... 4.00% 14.43% 11.72% 11.08% 18.62%
Total risk-based capital (3)............................................. 8.00 15.56 12.33 12.35 19.07
Tier 1 leverage ratio (4).................................................. 3.00 8.6 6.7 7.7 11.5
</TABLE>
(1) Regulatory minimums are based upon fully phased-in requirements effective at
December 31, 1992.
(2) Shareholders' equity less certain intangible assets; computed as a ratio to
risk-adjusted assets, as defined in the 1992 risk-based capital.
(3) Tier 1 capital plus qualifying loan loss allowance and subordinated debt;
computed as a ratio to risk-adjusted assets as defined in the risk-based
capital guidelines.
(4) Tier 1 capital; computed as a ratio to fourth quarter average assets less
goodwill.
57
<PAGE>
NOTES
58
<PAGE>
B O A R D O F D I R E C T O R S
L. Glenn Orr, Jr. (1)
CHAIRMAN, PRESIDENT AND
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Southern National Corporation
Lumberton, North Carolina
CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF
EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Southern National Bank of
North Carolina
(SNB North Carolina)
CHAIRMAN
Southern National Bank of
South Carolina
(SNB South Carolina)
*Hector MacLean (1)
CHAIRMAN EMERITUS
Southern National
Corporation
Lumberton, North Carolina
CHAIRMAN EMERITUS
SNB South Carolina
William F. Black (1, 5)
RETIRED-FORMER EXECUTIVE
VICE PRESIDENT
SNB North Carolina
Greensboro, North Carolina
*Micou F. Browne (2)
RETIRED-FORMER EXECUTIVE
VICE PRESIDENT
Durham Life Insurance Co.
Durham, North Carolina
Gary E. Carlton (1)
EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT AND
CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER
Southern National
Corporation
Winston-Salem, North Carolina
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF
OPERATING OFFICER
SNB North Carolina
VICE CHAIRMAN
SNB South Carolina
*A.M. Covington, M.D. (1)
SURGEON
Rockingham, North Carolina
Ronald E. Deal (1, 3)
CHAIRMAN
Wesley Hall
Hickory, North Carolina
William H. Geiger, Jr. (4)
CHAIRMAN
Development Properties, Inc.
Columbia, South Carolina
*M. Carr Gibson (3)
CHAIRMAN
Canal Industries
Canal Wood Corp.
Lumberton, North Carolina
*Voit Gilmore
PRESIDENT
Storey Corporation
Pinehurst, North Carolina
L. Vincent Hackley, Ph.D. (2, 5)
CHANCELLOR AND
TENURED PROFESSOR OF
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Fayetteville State University
Fayetteville, North Carolina
*James A. Hancock (1)
RETIRED-CHAIRMAN
Frank L. Blum
Construction Co.
Winston-Salem,
North Carolina
James A. Hardison, Jr. (1)
EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT
SNB North Carolina
Wadesboro, North Carolina
*M.W. Harriss, Jr. (2)
RETIRED-FORMER SECRETARY
Southern National
Corporation
Sanford, North Carolina
Donald C. Hiscott (2)
PRESIDENT AND
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
SGH Healthcare Corp.
Lumberton, North Carolina
Charles A. Hostetler (2)
RETIRED-ATTORNEY
Hostetler & McNeill
Raeford, North Carolina
Richard Janeway, M.D. (1, 3)
EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT
FOR HEALTH AFFAIRS AND
EXECUTIVE DEAN;
PROFESSOR OF NEUROLOGY AND RESEARCH
ASSOCIATE IN RADIOLOGY
Bowman Gray School of
Medicine of
Wake Forest University
Winston-Salem,
North Carolina
Joseph A. McAleer, Jr. (4)
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
AND DIRECTOR
Krispy Kreme Doughnut Corp.
Winston-Salem, North Carolina
Albert O. McCauley (2)
PRESIDENT
McCauley Moving & Storage
of Fayetteville, Inc.
Fayetteville, North Carolina
Dickson McLean, Jr. (1, 3)
ATTORNEY, PRESIDENT
McLean, Stacy, Henry, McLean, Ramsaur & Slaughter, P.A.
Lumberton, North Carolina
Jonnie H. McLeod, M.D. (2, 5)
PROFESSOR EMERITUS
Department of Human Services
University of North
Carolina at Charlotte
Charlotte, North Carolina
Charles E. Nichols (1)
OF COUNSEL
Nichols, Caffrey, Hill,
Evans and Murrelle
Greensboro, North Carolina
C. Edward Pleasants, Jr. (2)
PRESIDENT, CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND DIRECTOR
Pleasants Hardware Company
Winston-Salem, North Carolina
Nido R. Qubein (1, 3)
CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF
EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Creative Services, Inc.
High Point, North Carolina
Ted Reynolds (4)
ATTORNEY, SENIOR PARTNER
Reynolds & Pendergrass, P.A.
Raleigh, North Carolina
*W. Scott Shepherd (4)
RETIRED-BUSINESS CONSULTANT
Lumberton, North Carolina
*V.F. Talley, Jr. (2)
PRESIDENT
V-Point Super Markets, Inc.
Fayetteville, North Carolina
A. Bruce Williams (1)
RETIRED-FORMER PRESIDENT AND CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER
SNB North Carolina
Fairmont, North Carolina
A. Tab Williams, Jr. (1)
CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF
EXECUTIVE OFFICER
A.T. Williams Oil Co.
Winston-Salem, North Carolina
E.M. Williams (1, 3)
PRESIDENT
Sanford Notions, Inc.
and W.S.W. Company
Sanford, North Carolina
T.H. Yancey (4)
SECRETARY AND TREASURER
Yancey Motors, Inc.
Oxford, North Carolina
*Director Emeritus
Retired January 1, 1994
COMMITTEES
1 -- Loan
2 -- Audit
3 -- Compensation and
Nominating
4 -- Trust
5 -- Community Reinvestment Act
59
<PAGE>
C O R P O R A T E I N F O R M A T I O N
Notice of Annual Meeting
THE ANNUAL MEETING OF THE SHAREHOLDERS OF SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION WILL BE
HELD TUESDAY, APRIL 19, 1994, AT 11 A.M. AT THE PINE CREST COUNTRY CLUB,
LUMBERTON, NORTH CAROLINA.
CORPORATE OFFICERS
L. GLENN ORR, JR.
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
HECTOR MACLEAN
Chairman Emeritus
JAMES F. BYRNE
Executive Vice President and
Chief Administrative Officer
GARY E. CARLTON
Executive Vice President and
Chief Operating Officer
ROBERT E. GREENE
Executive Vice President
MORRIS D. MARLEY
Executive Vice President,
Chief Investment Officer and
Treasurer
MICHAEL W. SPERRY
Executive Vice President and
Chief Credit Officer
JOHN R. SPRUILL
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
DAVID L. CRAVEN
Senior Vice President and Secretary
SHERRY A. KELLETT
Vice President and Controller
COMMON STOCK AND
PREFERRED STOCK
Southern National's common stock and preferred stock are traded on the New York
Stock Exchange under the trading symbols SNB and SNBPFA.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:
Analysts, investors and others seeking financial information -- contact Sherry
A. Kellett, Vice President and Controller, (910) 773-7503.
News media representatives and others seeking general information -- contact
Robert A. Denham, Director of Public Relations, (910) 773-7363.
Shareholders and others seeking information on Southern National's stock and on
dividend reinvestment services -- contact Faye M. Hollowell, Director of
Investor Relations, (910) 671-2273.
C O R P O R A T E N E T W O R K
SOUTHERN NATIONAL
CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Affiliated Companies:
SOUTHERN NATIONAL BANK
OF NORTH CAROLINA
Aberdeen (2)*
Apex
Boone
Burlington
Butner
Cary
Chadbourn
Charlotte (11)
Cherryville (2)
Clayton
Clemmons
Clinton (3)
Creedmoor
Denton
Eden (2)
Fairmont
Fayetteville (9)
Fremont
Fuquay-Varina
Garner
Gastonia (4)
Goldsboro (4)
Greensboro (6)
Hamlet
Henderson (2)
Hickory (6)
High Point
Hope Mills
Kernersville
King
Kinston
Laurinburg (2)
Lenoir
Lexington (2)
Lillington
Lumberton (4)
Madison
Matthews
Mocksville
Morven
Mt. Airy (2)
Mt. Gilead
Newton
Newton Grove
North Wilkesboro
Oxford (2)
Pilot Mountain
Pinehurst
Princeton
Raeford
Raleigh (6)
Red Springs (2)
Rockingham (2)
Roseboro
Rowland
Sanford (3)
Shallotte
Southern Pines
Sparta
Spring Lake
Stanleyville
Statesville (2)
Tabor City
Taylorsville
Troutman
Wadesboro (2)
Welcome
Whiteville (3)
Wilkesboro
Wilmington (3)
Wilson (2)
Winston-Salem (11)
Yadkinville
SOUTHERN NATIONAL BANK
OF SOUTH CAROLINA
Anderson (2)
Belton (2)
Camden
Charleston (6)
Chester
Clemson (2)
Columbia (11)
Easley
Florence (2)
Goose Creek
Greenville (10)
Greer
Honea Path
Irmo (2)
James Island
Johns Island
Lancaster (2)
Lexington (2)
Little River
Loris
Lyman
Mauldin
Mt. Pleasant (2)
Myrtle Beach
Newberry (2)
North Charleston
North Myrtle Beach
Orangeburg (2)
Piedmont
Rock Hill (2)
Seneca
Socastee
Spartanburg (3)
St. Matthews
Summerville
Sumter (3)
Taylors
Walterboro
West Columbia
Williamston
SOUTHERN NATIONAL LEASING CORP.
Charlotte
Greensboro
Raleigh
Wilmington
SNB SAVINGS BANK, INC., SSB
Dobson
Elkin (2)
Hildebran
Morganton
Valdese
Yadkinville
UNIFIED INVESTORS LIFE INSURANCE
COMPANY
Lumberton
SOUTHERN NATIONAL INVESTMENT
SERVICES, INC.
Charlotte
* Numbers in parentheses indicate number of branches when more than one.
NOTE: Network listing includes three mergers completed
by Southern National in early 1994: The First Savings Bank of
Greenville, S.C.; Regency Bancshares Inc. of Hickory, N.C.;
and Home Federal Savings Bank of Statesville, N.C.
60
<PAGE>
****************************************************************************
APPENDIX
On Page 1 of Exhibit 13 two bar graphs appear where noted. The plot
points for each are as listed below:
Net Income
(In millions)
1989 1990 1991 1992 1993
$29.1 $25.8 $33.8 $47.2 $72.0
Average Total Assets
(In millions)
1989 1990 1991 1992 1993
$3.35 $3.62 $3.87 $4.71 $5.31
On Page 3 of Exhibit 13 a photo of the Executive Management Team
appears at the top of the page. The caption is as listed in text on
that page.
On Page 5 of Exhibit 13 three bar graphs appear where indicated.
The plot points are as listed below:
Return On Assets
1989 1990 1991 1992 1993
.87% .71% .87% 1.00% 1.35%
Return On Equity
1989 1990 1991 1992 1993
12.92% 10.46% 12.60% 12.61% 17.32%
Nonperforming Assets
as % of Loan-Related Assets
1990 1991 1992 1993
1.98% 1.62% .99% .63%
On Pages 8 and 9 of Exhibit 13 there is a map spread across both pages
depicting Southern National Cities and Offices as of February 28, 1994.
On Page 30 of Exhibit 13 five signatures appear where indicated. One each
for the following names: L. Glenn Orr, Jr., John R. Spruill, Sherry A.
Kellett and two for Arthur Andersen & Co.
EXHIBIT 21.1
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
Exhibit 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
Southern National Corporation, a North Carolina
corporation, is the parent company. The table below sets
forth all of Southern National's subsidiaries as to State or
Jurisdiction of Organization and Percentage of Voting
Securities Owned as well as their relation to Southern
National. All of the subsidiaries listed below are included
in the consolidated financial statements, and no separate
financial statements are submitted for any subsidiary.
Percentage
State or of Voting
Jurisdiction Securities
Of Organization Owned
Southern National Bank of North Carolina United States 100%
Southern National Leasing Corporation North Carolina 100% (1)
Southern Natonal Mortgage Company North Carolina 100% (1)
Soutehrn National Investment Services, Inc. North Carolina 100% (1)
Fay-Charl Corporation North Carolina 100% (1)
Workmen's Service Corporation North Carolina 100% (1)
First Savings Service Corporation North Carolina 100% (1)
Citizens Service Corporation North Carolina 100% (1)
Grey Eagle, Inc. Delaware 100% (1)
Southern National Bank of South Carolina United States 100%
Southern National Realty Corporation North Carolina 100% (2)
SNB Savings Bank, Inc., SSB North Carolina 100%
People's Service Corporation North Carolina 100% (3)
ECF, Inc. North Carolina 100% (3)
Unified Investors Life Insurance Company Arizona 100%
Southern International Corporation North Carolina 100%
(1) Owned by Southern National Bank of North Carolina.
(2) Owned by Southern National Bank of South Carolina.
(3) Owned by SNB Savings Bank, Inc., SSB
EXHIBIT 23.1
Consent of Arthur Andersen & Co.
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the
incorporation of our reports included in this Form 10-K,
into Southern National Corporation's previously filed
Registration Statement File No.33-52367.
ARTHUR ANDERSEN & CO.
Charlotte, North Carolina,
March 28, 1994
EXHIBIT 99.1
Proxy Statement of the 1994
Annual Meeting of Shareholders,
dated March 16, 1994
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
SCHEDULE 14A INFORMATION
Proxy Statement Pursuant to Section 14(a) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934
(Amendment No. )
(xx) Filed by the Registrant
( ) Filed by a Party other than the Registrant
Check the appropriate box:
( ) Preliminary Proxy Statement
(xx) Definitive Proxy Statement
( ) Definitive Additional Materials
( ) Soliciting Material Pursuant to (section mark)240.14a-11(c) or
(section mark)240.14a-12
Southern National Corporation
(Name of Registrant as Specified In Its Charter)
(Name of Person(s) Filing Proxy Statement)
PAYMENT OF FILING FEE (Check the appropriate box):
(xx) $125 per Exchange Act Rules 0-11(c)(1)(ii), 14a-6(i)(1), or 14a-6(i)(2).
( ) $500 per each party to the controversy pursuant to Exchange Act
Rule 14a-6(i)(3).
( ) Fee computed on table below per Exchange Act Rules 14a-6(i)(4) and 0-11.
1) Title of each class of securities to which transaction applies:
2) Aggregate number of securities to which transaction applies:
3) Per unit price or other underlying value of transaction
computed pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 0-11: *
* Set forth the amount on which the filing fee is calculated and state how
it was determined.
( ) Check box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Exchange
Act Rule 0-11(a)(2) and identify the filing for which the offsetting fee
was paid previously. Identify the previous filing by registration
statement number, or the Form or Schedule and the date of its filing.
1) Amount Previously Paid: $0
2) Form, Schedule or Registration Statement No.: Def 14-A
3) Filing Party: Washburn Graphics, Inc.
4) Date Filed: 3-17-94
( ) Filing Fee of $ was previously paid on , 199 ,
the date the Preliminary Proxy Statement was filed.
<PAGE>
SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION
Post Office Box 1489
Lumberton, North Carolina 28359
NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
April 19, 1994
TO THE SHAREHOLDERS OF
SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION:
Notice is hereby given that the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Southern
National Corporation (the Corporation) will be held on Tuesday, April 19, 1994
(at 11:00 A.M. local time), at PINE CREST COUNTRY CLUB, MAXTON HIGHWAY,
LUMBERTON, NORTH CAROLINA, for the following purposes:
(1) To elect eight Directors with terms expiring in 1997 and two
Directors with terms expiring in 1996.
(2) To approve the Corporation's Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan.
(3) To approve the Corporation's Long-Term Incentive Plan.
(4) To approve the Corporation's Short-Term Incentive Plan.
(5) To approve an amendment to the Corporation's Incentive Stock
Option Plan and Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan.
(6) To transact such other business as may properly come before the
meeting.
Pursuant to the provisions of the North Carolina Business Corporation Act,
February 17, 1994 has been fixed as the record date for the determination of
holders of Common Stock entitled to notice of and to vote at the Annual Meeting
of Shareholders or any adjournment thereof. Accordingly, only shareholders of
record at the close of business on the record date will be entitled to notice of
and to vote at said meeting or any adjournment thereof. It is important that
your shares of the Corporation's Common Stock be represented at this meeting in
order that the presence of a quorum may be assured.
A copy of the Annual Report, containing the financial statements of the
Corporation for the year ended December 31, 1993, is enclosed herewith.
By Order of the Board of Directors
(Sicnature of David L. Craven)
DAVID L. CRAVEN, SECRETARY
March 16, 1994
Even if you plan to attend the meeting in person, please date and execute
the enclosed proxy and mail it promptly. If you attend the meeting, you may
revoke your proxy and vote your shares in person. A postage-paid,
return-addressed envelope is enclosed.
<PAGE>
SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION
500 North Chestnut Street
Lumberton, North Carolina 28359
PROXY STATEMENT
The enclosed proxy, for use only at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to
be held April 19, 1994, at 11:00 A.M. local time, and any adjournment thereof,
is solicited on behalf of the Board of Directors of Southern National
Corporation (the Corporation). The approximate date this proxy material is first
being sent to shareholders is March 16, 1994. Such solicitation is being made by
mail and may be made in person or by fax or telephone by officers or employees
of the Corporation. All expenses incurred in such solicitation will be paid by
the Corporation or its subsidiaries. Banks, brokerage houses and other
institutions, nominees and fiduciaries will be requested to forward the
soliciting material to beneficial owners and to obtain authorization for the
execution of proxies. The Corporation will, upon request, reimburse such parties
for their reasonable expenses in forwarding proxy material to beneficial owners.
The accompanying proxy is for use at the meeting if a shareholder either
will be unable to attend in person or will attend but wishes to vote by proxy.
The proxy may be revoked by the shareholder at any time before it is exercised
by filing with the Secretary of the Corporation an instrument revoking it,
filing a duly executed proxy bearing a later date or by attending the meeting
and electing to vote in person. All shares of the Corporation's Common Stock
represented by valid proxies received pursuant to this solicitation, and not
revoked before they are exercised, will be voted in the manner specified
therein. If no specification is made, the proxies will be voted in favor of: (1)
electing 10 nominees named in this Proxy Statement to the Board of Directors;
(2) approving the Corporation's Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan; (3) approving the
Corporation's Long-Term Incentive Plan; (4) approving the Corporation's
Short-Term Incentive Plan and (5) approving an amendment to the Corporation's
Incentive Stock Option Plan and Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan.
VOTING SECURITIES OUTSTANDING
Pursuant to the provisions of the North Carolina Business Corporation Act,
February 17, 1994 has been fixed as the record date for the determination of
holders of Common Stock entitled to notice of and to vote at the Annual Meeting
of Shareholders. Each share of the Corporation's Common Stock issued and
outstanding on February 17, 1994 is entitled to one vote on all proposals at the
meeting, except that shares held by Southern National Bank of North Carolina
(SNB North Carolina) or Southern National Bank of South Carolina (SNB South
Carolina), in a fiduciary capacity, may only be voted in accordance with the
instruments creating the fiduciary capacity. Holders of shares of Common Stock
vote together as a voting group on all such proposals. As of the close of
business on February 17, 1994, there were 42,353,374 shares of Common Stock of
the Corporation outstanding and entitled to vote.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP
The following is the only shareholder known to the Corporation to be the
beneficial owner as of February 17, 1994, of more than 5% of the Corporation's
Common Stock:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AND ADDRESS OF AMOUNT AND NATURE OF PERCENT OF
BENEFICIAL OWNER BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP (1) CLASS
<S> <C> <C>
Southern National Bank of 2,667,044 6.30%
North Carolina
P.O. Box 1489
500 North Chestnut Street
Lumberton, North Carolina 28359
</TABLE>
1
<PAGE>
(1) The amount shown represents shares held in a fiduciary capacity for various
accounts, including: (i) 2,537,212 shares (or 5.99% of the shares
outstanding) held for the account of the Southern National Employee Stock
Ownership Plan (the ESOP), as to which SNB North Carolina has sole
investment power, votes shares which have been allocated to individual
accounts in accordance with the instructions of the participants and does
not vote shares as to which no instructions are received; (ii) 90,698 shares
held for the account of the Southern National ESOP Excess Plan, as to which
SNB North Carolina has sole voting power, but not investment power; and
(iii) 39,134 shares held for customers of SNB North Carolina and SNB South
Carolina as to which it has sole voting and sole investment power. Of that
total, 36,801 shares are held by SNB North Carolina and 2,333 shares are
held by SNB South Carolina. In connection with SNB North Carolina's
beneficial ownership as disclosed above, all voting rights, investment
discretion and other fiduciary duties of the bank are set forth in the plan
documents in connection with the various accounts listed herein.
The table below sets forth the beneficial ownership of Common Stock and
Depositary Shares (each Depositary Share representing a one-quarter interest in
a share of the Corporation's 6 3/4% Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock,
Series A (6 3/4% Preferred Stock )) by all Directors and nominees, the Chief
Executive Officer and the four next most highly compensated executive officers
and all Directors and executive officers of the Corporation as a group as of
February 22, 1994. Unless otherwise indicated, all persons listed below have
sole voting and investment power over all shares beneficially owned. No person
or group owns more than 1% of the 6 3/4% Preferred Stock.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SHARES OF DEPOSITARY
COMMON STOCK SHARES
BENEFICIALLY PERCENT OF BENEFICIALLY
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER OR NUMBER OF PERSONS IN GROUP OWNED (1)(2) COMMON STOCK OWNED (3)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
L. Glenn Orr, Jr................................................. 132,665 * --
Gary E. Carlton.................................................. 32,503 * --
William F. Black................................................. 64,091 * --
Luther C. Boliek................................................. 121,028 * --
H. Ray Davis..................................................... 111,674 * --
Ronald E. Deal................................................... 22,104 * --
William N. Geiger................................................ 17,910 * --
Paul S. Goldsmith................................................ 46,305 * --
Lloyd Vincent Hackley............................................ 3,446 * --
James A. Hardison................................................ 2,553 * --
Donald C. Hiscott................................................ 11,999 * --
Richard Janeway, M.D............................................. 25,616 * 400
Joseph A. McAleer................................................ 200 * --
Albert O. McCauley............................................... 2,071 * --
Dickson McLean, Jr............................................... 20,157 * 400
Charles E. Nichols............................................... 69,641 * --
C. Edward Pleasants.............................................. 60,514 * --
Nido R. Qubein................................................... 51,017 * --
Ted R. Reynolds.................................................. 11,245 * --
T. H. Yancey..................................................... 110,000 * 600
Robert H. Yeargin................................................ 35,791 * --
A. Bruce Williams................................................ 26,725 * --
A. Tab Williams.................................................. 329,282 * 11,000
Edward M. Williams............................................... 18,326 * --
John R. Spruill.................................................. 26,689 * --
Michael W. Sperry................................................ 21,130 * --
James F. Byrne................................................... 30,840 * 1,062
Directors and executive officers as a
group (33 persons)............................................. 1,464,955 3.46% 14,462
</TABLE>
2
<PAGE>
* Less than 1%.
(1) As reported to the Corporation by the Directors and nominees (including
shares held by spouses, minor children, family companies, partnerships and
trusts). The table includes options which become exercisable within 60 days
after February 22, 1994 and shares allocated to individual accounts by the
ESOP, voting of which is directed by those named persons and group members
who participate in the ESOP and as to which such persons have no investment
power.
(2) Unless otherwise indicated, the persons named in the table have sole voting
and investment power over the shares included in the table. Does not include
shares of Common Stock that could be acquired by conversion of the 6 3/4%
Preferred Stock.
(3) Each Depositary Share is convertible into 1.4767 shares of Common Stock.
PROPOSAL 1: ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
The Board of Directors currently consists of 22 persons. The Board of
Directors has authorized increasing the size of the Board following the Annual
Meeting of Shareholders to 24 persons. The Board is divided into three classes,
each class to be as nearly equal in number as possible. There are 10 nominees
for election as Directors, two of whom will serve for a term expiring in 1996
and eight of whom will serve for a term expiring in 1997. Edward M. Williams is
retiring from the Board as of January 1, 1995, but will continue to serve as a
Consultant thereafter.
It is intended that the persons named in the accompanying form of proxy
will vote to elect the 10 nominees listed below as Directors, unless authority
so to vote is withheld. Each nominee is currently a member of the Board of
Directors, except for Luther C. Boliek, H. Ray Davis, Paul S. Goldsmith and
Robert H. Yeargin, who are former directors of The First Savings Bank, FSB which
merged with and into Southern National Bank of South Carolina in January 1994.
Although management expects that each of the nominees will be available for
election, in the event a vacancy in the slate of nominees is occasioned by
unexpected occurrence, it is intended that shares of the Corporation's Common
Stock represented by proxies will be voted for the election of a substitute
nominee selected by the persons named in the accompanying form of proxy. The
election of each nominee requires the affirmative vote of a plurality of the
shares of Common Stock cast in the election of Directors. Votes that are
withheld and shares held in street name that are not voted in the election of
Directors will not be included in determining the number of votes cast.
The names of the nominees for election and the other continuing members of
the Board of Directors, their principal occupations and certain other
information with respect to such persons are as follows.
3
<PAGE>
NOMINEES FOR ELECTION AS DIRECTORS
FOR THREE-YEAR TERMS EXPIRING IN 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DIRECTOR
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION OF CORPORATION
DURING THE PAST OR PREDECESSOR
NAME AGE FIVE YEARS; OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS BANK SINCE (1)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
William N. Geiger, Jr. 59 Chairman of Development Properties, Incorporated; Chairman 1987
of GMK Associates (Real estate development) until 1988
James A. Hardison, Jr. 64 Executive Vice President of Southern National Bank of North 1984
Carolina; former President of Pee Dee Oil Co.; former
President and Chairman of First National Bank of Anson
County
Charles E. Nichols (2) 66 Of Counsel, Nichols, Caffrey, Hill, Evans & Murrelle, 1984
Attorneys-at-Law
Ted R. Reynolds (2) 61 Senior Partner of Reynolds & Pendergrass, P.A., 1989
Attorneys-at-Law
Joseph A. McAleer 44 Chief Executive Officer and Director, Krispy Kreme Doughnut 1993
Corporation since 1992; prior thereto President and Chief
Operating Officer and Director, Krispy Kreme Doughnut
Corporation
Luther C. Boliek 56 Vice Chairman, Southern National Corporation since January 1981
1994; prior thereto President and Chief Executive Officer
and Director, The First Savings Bank, FSB since 1992; prior
thereto President, Chief Operating Officer and Director,
The First Savings Bank, FSB
H. Ray Davis 66 Retired; former Chairman of the Board, The First Savings 1968
Bank, FSB
Paul S. Goldsmith 60 President, William Goldsmith Company, Inc. (Insurance) 1970
</TABLE>
NOMINEES FOR ELECTION AS DIRECTORS
FOR TWO-YEAR TERMS EXPIRING IN 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DIRECTOR
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION OF CORPORATION
DURING THE PAST OR PREDECESSOR
NAME AGE FIVE YEARS; OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS BANK SINCE (1)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
T. H. Yancey 68 Secretary and Treasurer, Yancey Motors, Inc. 1991
Robert H. Yeargin 67 Chairman and CEO, Yeargin Properties, Inc. (Construction) 1968
</TABLE>
4
<PAGE>
CONTINUING DIRECTORS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DIRECTOR
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION OF CORPORATION
DURING THE PAST OR PREDECESSOR
NAME AGE FIVE YEARS; OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS BANK SINCE (1)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
TERMS EXPIRING IN 1996
William F. Black 63 Retired; former Executive Vice President of Southern 1984
National Bank of North Carolina; former President and
Treasurer of Community Bank of Carolina
Dickson McLean, Jr. (2)(4) 66 President of McLean, Stacy, Henry, McLean, Slaughter & 1956
Ramsaur, P.A., Attorneys-at-Law
C. Edward Pleasants (3) 53 President, Chief Executive Officer and Director, Pleasants 1993
Hardware Company
Nido R. Qubein (4) 45 Chief Executive Officer of Creative Services, Inc. 1990
(International management consulting)
A. Bruce Williams 66 Retired; former President, Chief Administrative and 1977
Operating Officer of Southern National Bank of North
Carolina; former Executive Vice President of the
Corporation; former Vice President of Southern National
Bank of South Carolina
A. Tab Williams, Jr. 66 Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of A. T. Williams Oil 1982
Company
Edward M. Williams (4) 70 President of W.S.W. Company and Sanford Notions, Inc. 1965
(Textiles)
TERMS EXPIRING IN 1995
L. Glenn Orr, Jr. 53 Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and President of the 1982
Corporation; Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
Southern National Bank of North Carolina; Chairman of
Southern National Bank of South Carolina
Gary E. Carlton 53 President and Chief Operating Officer of Southern National 1986
Bank of North Carolina; Executive Vice President of the
Corporation; Vice Chairman of Southern National Bank of
South Carolina
Ronald E. Deal (4) 50 Chairman of Wesley Hall; Investor; President of Highland 1986
House Furniture Company until 1988
Lloyd Vincent Hackley (3) 53 Chancellor; Professor of Political Science, Fayetteville 1992
State University; Vice President for Student and Special
Programs, University of North Carolina
Donald C. Hiscott (3) 61 President and Chief Executive Officer of SGH Healthcare 1987
Corporation
Richard Janeway, M.D. (4) 61 Executive Vice President for Health Affairs and Executive 1989
Dean; Professor of Neurology and Research Associate in
Radiology, Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Wake Forest
University
Albert O. McCauley (3) 53 Secretary and Treasurer, Quick Stop Food Marts, Inc. 1993
</TABLE>
(1) On January 1, 1969, the Board of Directors of SNB North Carolina became the
Board of Directors of the Corporation pursuant to a Plan of Reorganization
in which the Corporation acquired SNB North Carolina.
(2) Member of a law firm which performed legal work for the Corporation or its
subsidiaries during 1993. Fees in the amount of $56,093.00 were paid to the
firm of Mclean, Stacy, Henry, McLean, Slaughter & Ramsaur, P.A., fees in the
amount of $182,009.94 were paid to the firm of Reynolds & Pendergrass, P.A.
and fees in the amount of $49,212.38 were paid to the firm of Nichols,
Caffrey, Hill, Evans & Murrelle for legal services during 1993. Fees for
legal services were also paid by the Corporation or its subsidiaries to the
law firm of Young, Clement, Rivers & Tisdale in the sum of $22,764.07 during
1993. J. Rutledge Young, Jr., a senior partner in that firm, is a Director
of SNB South Carolina.
(3) Member of the Audit Committee.
(4) Member of the Compensation Committee and the Nominating Committee.
5
<PAGE>
The Board of Directors has an Audit Committee, a Nominating Committee and a
Compensation Committee. The members of the Compensation Committee also serve as
members of the Nominating Committee.
The Audit Committee recommends engaging and discharging the independent
auditors; directs and supervises special investigations; reviews with the
independent auditors the plan and result of the auditing engagement; reviews the
scope and result of the Corporation's procedures for internal auditing and loan
review; approves each professional service above certain limits provided by the
independent auditors; considers the range of audit and non-audit fees; and
reviews the adequacy of the Corporation's system of internal accounting
controls.
The Nominating Committee recommends to the Board of Directors nominees for
election as Directors and considers the performance of incumbent Directors in
determining whether or not to nominate them for re-election. The Nominating
Committee will consider written nominations of candidates for election to the
Board of Directors submitted by shareholders to the Secretary of the Corporation
that are accompanied by biographical material, qualifications and consent of
nominees. Nominations of such candidates must be received not later than 60 days
prior to one year after the date of the immediately preceding Annual Meeting of
Shareholders, along with such information as is disclosed in the proxy materials
concerning all nominees for Director and the shareholder's name, address and
number of shares owned, in order to be considered for the slate of nominees for
election as Directors at the next annual meeting.
The Compensation Committee recommends to the Board of Directors
remuneration arrangements for senior management and Directors and adoption and
administration of compensation plans in which Officers and Directors are
eligible to participate.
All members attended at least 75% of the Board of Directors meetings and
assigned committee meetings during 1993. The Board of Directors held ten
meetings during the year (seven regular meetings and three special meetings);
its Nominating Committee held one meeting; its Audit Committee held six
meetings; and its Compensation Committee held seven meetings. Directors receive
an annual retainer fee of $7,500, Board meeting fees of $600 per regular meeting
attended and $1,000 per special meeting attended and a committee meeting fee of
$600 per meeting attended. Employee Directors do not receive Director fees. The
Chairman of the Audit Committee, in lieu of the above Audit Committee fee,
received $6,000 for 1993 as compensation for his continuous responsibility and
consultation. All non-employee Directors elected prior to June 30, 1991 (Black,
Deal, Geiger, Hiscott, Janeway, McLean, Nichols, Reynolds, A. T. Williams, Jr.,
E. M. Williams and T. H. Yancey), have executed Consulting Agreements with the
Corporation to provide consulting services for a period of ten years following
their retirement. Directors beginning such service during 1994, 1995, 1996, or
1997, shall receive $13,200 per year. Directors beginning such service after
1997 shall receive a sum equal to the annual retainer paid to the Corporation's
directors in effect at the time they begin such service. The Consultants have
agreed not to serve as directors of, or advisers to businesses which compete
with the Corporation during the time they serve as consultants to the
Corporation.
6
<PAGE>
COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
The following table presents information relating to total compensation
during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993 of the Chief Executive Officer
and the four next most highly compensated executive officers (the Named
Executives):
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LONG TERM COMPENSATION
AWARDS PAYOUTS
ANNUAL COMPENSATION SECURITIES LTIP
NAME AND OTHER ANNUAL OPTIONS/SARS PAYOUTS ALL OTHER
PRINCIPAL POSITION YEAR SALARY BONUS (1) COMPENSATION (2) (NO. OF SHARES) (3) ($)(4)(5) COMPENSATION (6)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
L. Glenn Orr, Jr. 1993 $444,184 $217,700 -- 22,459 $ 216,500 $ 74,822
Chairman & Chief 1992 427,100 224,200 -- 25,498 -- 67,953
Executive Officer (7) 1991 408,400 98,500 -- 29,134 --
Gary E. Carlton 1993 211,900 74,200 -- 8,571 73,000 38,199
Executive Vice 1992 203,700 76,400 -- 9,728 -- 69,942
President (7) 1991 186,800 45,600 -- 11,116 --
John R. Spruill 1993 186,576 65,300 -- 18,867 65,000 47,460
Executive Vice 1992 179,400 67,300 -- 8,568 -- 19,813
President & Chief 1991 167,500 41,900 -- 9,790 --
Financial Officer
Michael W. Sperry 1993 181,100 63,400 -- 18,314 62,100 14,100
Executive Vice 1992 174,100 65,300 -- 8,315 -- 56,838
President 1991 160,000 38,200 -- 9,501 --
James F. Byrne 1993 173,700 60,800 -- 9,026 60,300 22,142
Executive Vice 1992 167,000 62,600 -- 7,976 -- 21,948
President 1991 153,375 38,300 -- 9,042 --
</TABLE>
(1) Includes payment under the Short-Term Incentive Plan made in 1994 for
service in 1993. Twenty-eight officers, including the five executives listed
above, received payouts in 1994 under the Short-Term Incentive Plan
totalling $1,249,875 for service in 1993. No non-executive Director
participates in or receives payouts under the Short-Term Incentive Plan in
1994. The Executive Group, consisting of eleven executives, including the
five executives listed above, received payouts in 1994 under the Short-Term
Incentive Plan totalling $710,400 for service in 1993. Benefits or amounts
for service in 1994 cannot be determined at this time. Under the
Corporation's Capital Appreciation Plan, Byrne deferred 100% of his bonus
which was payable in 1994 for performance in 1993.
(2) None of the named individuals received perquisites or other personal
benefits in excess of the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of the total of his
salary and bonus for 1993. Amounts of Other Annual Compensation are not
required for 1991 and will be phased in over the next fiscal year.
(3) Options referred to in this table were granted on December 19, 1991,
December 17, 1992 and December 16, 1993. The option agreement for each of
these options contains an exercise schedule under which 25% of the option
granted becomes exercisable each year such that at the end of the 4th year
following date of grant, the option becomes fully exercisable. Options
granted in 1991 and 1992 are non-qualified stock options. Options granted in
1993 are incentive stock options granted in a single grant to each named
executive officer. No restricted stock awards were made to the Named
Executives in 1993, 1992, or 1991.
(4) Under the Corporation's Capital Appreciation Plan, Byrne deferred 100% of
his LTIP award payable in 1994 under the Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan for
the performance period 1991-1993.
(5) Seven members of the Executive Group consisting of eleven executives,
including the five executives listed above, received payouts in 1993 under
the 1991-1993 Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan totalling $572,900. No
non-executive Director or non-executive officer employee received payouts
under the 1991-1993 Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan.
(6) Components of 1993 All Other Compensation consist of the following:
Corporate contributions made in 1993 under the Corporation's 401(k) ESOP and
amounts accrued but not contributed under the Corporation's ESOP Excess Plan
which allows payment of benefits otherwise entitled under the 401(k) ESOP
except for limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code, in the amount
of $8,994 Orr; $8,994 Carlton; $8,994 Spruill; $8,994 Sperry; and $8,994
Byrne. Amounts accrued under and interest earned on
7
<PAGE>
deferred compensation in 1993 in excess of 120% of the long-term applicable
federal rate in the amounts of $37,334 Orr; $0 Carlton; $0 Spruill; $2,327
Sperry; and $9,856 Byrne. Includes actuarial equivalent of benefit to
employee from payment of annual premiums by the Corporation in 1993 under a
split dollar life insurance program in the amounts of $27,030 Orr; $13,265
Carlton; $3,961 Spruill; $2,779 Sperry; and $3,292 Byrne. Includes term life
insurance premiums paid by the Corporation in 1993 in the amount of $1,464
Orr. Includes relocation expenses paid by the Corporation in 1993 in the
amounts of $7,636 to Carlton and $34,505 to Spruill. Amounts of All Other
Compensation are not required for 1991 and will be phased in over the next
fiscal year.
(7) Effective June 30, 1991, separate payment to employee Directors for service
as a Director was terminated and base salaries for Orr and Carlton were
increased in 1991 to offset this loss of income.
The following table shows all grants of options to each of the Named
Executives in 1993.
OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
VALUE AT ASSUMED
ANNUAL RATES OF
STOCK PRICE
APPRECIATION FOR
INDIVIDUAL GRANTS OPTION TERM
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
<CAPTION>
% OF TOTAL
OPTIONS
GRANTED TO
OPTION EMPLOYEES
GRANTS IN FISCAL EXERCISE EXPIRATION
NAME (SHARES) (1) YEAR 1993 PRICE DATE 5% 10%
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
L. Glenn Orr, Jr...................... 22,459 9.93% $19.77 12-15-2003 $279,729 $705,983
Gary E. Carlton....................... 8,571 3.30 19.77 12-15-2003 106,753 269,423
John R. Spruill....................... 18,867 7.35 19.77 12-15-2003 234,990 593,071
Michael W. Sperry..................... 18,314 7.13 19.77 12-15-2003 228,103 575,688
James F. Byrne........................ 7,026 2.73 19.77 12-15-2003 87,510 220,857
</TABLE>
(1) Each option is an incentive stock option. Each option agreement vests or
becomes exercisable with respect to 25% of the shares subject to the option
one year from date of grant (12/16/93) and an additional 25% becomes
exercisable each additional year thereafter. No options have been granted
which include stock appreciation rights (SARs).
The following table provides information concerning stock options exercised
by each of the Named Executives in 1993, and the value of options held by each
at December 31, 1993.
AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
AND FY-END OPTION VALUES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
SHARES NUMBER OF UNEXERCISED IN-THE-MONEY
ACQUIRED ON VALUE OPTIONS AT FY-END (SHARES) OPTIONS AT FY-END (1)
NAME EXERCISE REALIZED EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
L. Glenn Orr, Jr.............. -- -- 49,157 65,555 $ 382,481 $ 227,314
Gary E. Carlton............... -- -- 19,049 25,111 148,938 87,731
John R. Spruill............... -- -- 17,143 33,557 134,923 78,211
Michael W. Sperry............. -- -- 16,619 32,564 130,761 75,843
James F. Byrne................ -- -- 15,799 20,624 124,157 72,489
</TABLE>
(1) The closing price on December 31, 1993 for Corporation Common Stock was
$19.75 and is used in calculating the value of unexercised options.
8
<PAGE>
The following table describes target performance awards planned in 1993 to
be made to the Named Executives in 1996 under the Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan.
Actual payment is dependent upon performance achieved in 1993 to 1995.
LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN AWARDS TABLE
1993-95 LONG-TERM CASH INCENTIVE PLAN
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ESTIMATED FUTURE PAYOUTS UNDER
NON-STOCK PRICE BASED PLANS (1)
1993-95 THRESHOLD TARGET MAXIMUM
NAME AVERAGE SALARY AWARD (2) AWARD (2) AWARD (2)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
L. Glenn Orr, Jr............................................. $462,188 $40,441 $ 161,766 $ 242,649
Gary E. Carlton.............................................. 220,489 13,781 55,122 82,683
John R. Spruill.............................................. 194,138 12,134 48,535 72,802
Michael W. Sperry............................................ 188,441 11,778 47,110 70,665
James F. Byrne............................................... 180,740 11,296 45,185 67,778
</TABLE>
(1) The Corporation has a Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan that provides for
payments of cash awards to certain key employees of the Corporation and its
subsidiaries who contribute to the success of the Corporation based upon the
achievement over a three-year period of performance goals identified in the
plan. Performance under the Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan is based upon
growth in earnings per share as compared to an earnings per share target and
return on average equity as compared to identified industry standards.
Payment under the 1993-1995 Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan will be made in
1996 and will be reported in the Summary Compensation Table.
(2) The cash awards payable are based on a percentage of the employees' average
salaries over the three-year performance period. Accordingly, the awards
identified will change to the extent the actual average compensation differs
from the projected average compensation.
RETIREMENT PLANS
The Corporation has a defined benefit retirement plan, the Southern
National Retirement Plan (the Retirement Plan), for its employees. All employees
of the Corporation and its subsidiaries are eligible to participate under the
Retirement Plan after completing one year of service. Contributions to the
Retirement Plan are computed on an actuarial basis. An employee's normal annual
retirement benefit under the Retirement Plan at age 65 is an amount equal to
1.1% of the first $6,600 of the participant's average compensation, plus 1.5% of
the participant's average compensation in excess of $6,600, times the number of
years of service completed with the Corporation and its subsidiaries. A
participant's average compensation is his average annual compensation including
salary, wages, overtime, bonuses and incentive compensation, for the five
consecutive years that produce the highest average.
The following table shows the estimated annual benefits payable under the
Retirement Plan upon retirement at age 65 to persons in specified average
compensation and years of service classifications. The amounts shown are based
on a 10 year certain and life annuity and are not subject to offsets based upon
social security amounts or other amounts. As of December 31, 1993, for purposes
of computing benefits under the Retirement Plan, age and years of service of the
Named Executives are as follows: age 53 and 21 years for Mr. Orr; age 53 and 15
years for Mr. Carlton; age 51 and five years for Mr. Spruill; age 49 and four
years for Mr. Sperry; and age 62 and 31 years for Mr. Byrne.
9
<PAGE>
ESTIMATED ANNUAL RETIREMENT BENEFITS
BASED ON YEARS OF CREDITED SERVICE(1)(2)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AVERAGE COMPENSATION
FOR 5 CONSECUTIVE YEARS
OF HIGHEST COMPENSATION 10 YEARS 15 YEARS 20 YEARS 25 YEARS 30 YEARS 35 YEARS 40 YEARS
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$100,000......................... $ 14,736 $ 22,104 $ 29,472 $ 36,840 $ 44,208 $ 51,576 $ 58,944
150,000......................... 22,236 33,354 44,472 55,590 66,708 77,826 88,944
200,000......................... 29,736 44,604 59,472 74,340 89,208 104,076 118,944
250,000......................... 37,236 55,854 74,472 93,090 111,708 130,326 148,944
300,000......................... 44,736 67,104 89,472 111,840 134,208 156,576 178,944
350,000......................... 52,236 78,354 104,472 130,590 156,708 182,826 208,944
400,000......................... 59,736 89,604 119,472 149,340 179,208 209,076 238,944
450,000......................... 67,236 100,854 134,472 168,090 201,708 235,326 268,944
500,000......................... 74,736 112,104 149,472 186,840 224,208 261,576 298,944
550,000......................... 82,236 123,354 164,472 205,590 246,708 287,826 328,944
600,000......................... 89,736 134,604 179,472 224,340 269,208 314,076 358,944
650,000......................... 97,236 145,854 194,472 243,090 291,708 340,326 388,944
700,000......................... 104,736 157,104 209,472 261,840 314,208 366,576 418,944
750,000......................... 112,236 168,354 224,472 280,590 336,708 392,826 448,944
800,000......................... 119,736 179,604 239,472 299,340 359,208 419,076 478,944
</TABLE>
(1) The amounts shown exceed statutory benefit limits and compensation caps
under the Retirement Plan in some instances. To the extent an amount cannot
be earned under the Retirement Plan, it will be earned under the
Corporation's Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan.
(2) If employment date is on or after January 1, 1979, basic benefit is lifetime
annuity. If employment date is prior to January 1, 1979, basic benefit is
120 months certain and thereafter for participant's lifetime.
EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS AND CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENTS
Mr. Orr has a contract providing for employment with the Corporation and
SNB North Carolina until age 65 with a minimum base salary of $347,000 per year,
subject to adjustments with respect to average changes in salaries of the
highest paid Officers of the Corporation. In the event that SNB North Carolina
or the Corporation is acquired such that SNB North Carolina or the Corporation
is not the surviving entity, Mr. Orr may, at his option, terminate the contract
and receive a severance payment totalling three (3) times his then current
annual salary.
Mr. Carlton has a contract providing for employment with the Corporation
and SNB North Carolina until age 65 with a minimum base salary of $220,000 per
year, subject to adjustments as approved annually by the Board of Directors. The
contract contains a covenant not to compete in the business of banking, lending
or financial services for a period of five years if he terminates his
employment.
Mr. Spruill, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the
Corporation, has a contract for employment with the Corporation, SNB North
Carolina and SNB South Carolina. The contract has a continuing term of five
years (extended daily, but not beyond May, 2007), with a minimum base salary of
$140,000 per year subject to adjustments as approved annually by the Board of
Directors. Either party may by written notice fix the term of five years. Mr.
Spruill's contract also contains a covenant not to compete in the business of
banking, lending or financial services for two years if he terminates his
employment prior to the end of his initial term or any subsequent five-year term
of employment.
Mr. Sperry, Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the
Corporation, has a change in control agreement with the Corporation. Under the
contract, if a change in control (as defined under the contract) of the
Corporation occurs, a three-year term of employment commences after the date of
the change in control with Mr. Sperry's base salary as then in effect continuing
with normal salary increases. If Mr. Sperry is terminated without just cause or
voluntarily terminates after a demotion within three years after a change in
control, Mr. Sperry shall receive a severance payment equal to three times the
sum of his base salary and average bonuses and incentive amounts paid or payable
to Mr. Sperry during the thirty-six (36) month period prior to his termination
of employment and Mr. Sperry shall receive any vested benefits under the
Corporation's qualified and non-qualified employee benefit plans, stock option
plans, deferred compensation arrangements, and
10
<PAGE>
life insurance based plans. If a payment under the contract would result in a
parachute payment under the Internal Revenue Code, then the payment amount will
be reduced to a level one dollar ($1) under the level that constitutes a
parachute payment. The payment is not reduced by amounts earned by Mr. Sperry
from other employment following termination by the Corporation.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The Compensation Committee's report on executive compensation of the Board
of Directors of the Corporation is set forth below. This Committee report
documents the components of the Corporation's executive officer compensation
programs and describes the basis on which 1993 compensation determinations were
made by the Committee with respect to the executive officers of the Corporation,
including the executive officers that are named in the compensation tables (the
Named Executives). The report also includes the factors and criteria for
compensation of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation
which are separately set forth below. See Discussion of Compensation for the
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer below.
COMPENSATION PHILOSOPHY AND OVERALL OBJECTIVES OF EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
PROGRAMS. Components of the Corporation's present compensation program were
designed in 1990. An outside consultant was engaged and prepared an executive
compensation program design. The consultant compared the financial performance
of the Corporation to that of an industry peer group of southeastern banks for
the period 1987 to 1989. The study indicated that for this period, the
Corporation's average return on equity approximated the peer group's median,
return on average assets was somewhat below its peer group at .86%, and its
earnings per share growth was in the top quarter of its peers. Total
compensation of executives in 1990 for the Chief Executive Officer and other
executive officers was at or below the 25th percentile of the peer group. The
study indicated the need to implement an option program to be competitive with
the peer group and link cash incentives to performance measures based on
earnings per share, return on assets and return on equity. Of the peer group,
100% had a long term incentive plan, 80% had a non-qualified stock option plan,
and 93% had an incentive stock option plan. The study recommended stock
incentives to motivate executives to align themselves with shareholders. As set
forth below, these recommendations have been adopted by the Corporation and form
the basis of its compensation philosophy.
It is the philosophy of the Corporation to ensure that executive
compensation be directly linked to continuous improvements in corporate
performance which lead to increases in shareholder value. The following
objectives have been adopted by the Committee as guidelines for compensation
decisions.
(bullet)Provide a competitive total compensation package that enables the
Corporation to attract and retain key executives.
(bullet)Integrate bonus programs with the Corporation's annual and long-term
business objectives and strategy, and focus executive behavior on the
fulfillment of those objectives.
(bullet)Provide variable compensation opportunities through bonus programs that
align executive remuneration with corporate performance that will serve
the interests of the Corporation's shareholders.
COMPENSATION PROGRAM COMPONENTS. Each year the Committee reviews the
Corporation's compensation program to ensure that pay levels and incentive
opportunities are competitive and reflect the performance of the Corporation.
The particular elements of the compensation program for executive officers are
further explained below.
BASE SALARY -- Base pay levels are largely determined through comparisons
with corporations of similar size and complexity as the Corporation. As noted
above, base salaries were carefully evaluated in 1990 through use of a peer
group study. Actual salaries are based on individual performance contributions
within a competitive salary range for each position that is established through
job evaluation and market comparisons. Base pay levels for the executive
officers are competitive within a range that the Committee considers to be
reasonable and necessary. A top five executive compensation review by a
consulting firm was commissioned by the Compensation Committee which compared
1992 compensation of the Named Executives to an industry peer group of 14
southeastern banks. The study was commissioned by the Committee in 1992 to
respond to the Securities and Exchange Commission's new requirements concerning
executive compensation and was designed not only
11
<PAGE>
to assist the Committee in setting 1993 compensation but also to support the
Committee's review of compensation decisions made for 1992. Peer group data were
obtained from 1992 proxy statements and increased by 5.8% to update the peer
group data. The peer group utilized is the same peer group of bank holding
companies utilized on the Performance Graph which is set forth herein. The study
indicated that while compensation of Named Executives is consistent with the
median salaries paid by the peer group, the Corporation's return on average
assets over a three year period has improved against its peers and its growth in
earnings per share and net income growth is solidly positioned in the top 25% of
its peer group. According to the study, the Corporation's financial performance
for the 1990-1992 period was clearly above average and for fiscal 1992, the
Corporation was one of the best performing companies in the peer group. The
Compensation Committee determined that, based upon the Corporation's
performance, the Corporation's compensation strategy should provide for base
salaries and target annual incentives that approximate the median for the peer
group. A four percent (4%) increase in base salary was recommended by the
Compensation Committee in fiscal 1993 for the Named Executives to ensure that
base salaries plus bonuses for the Named Executives approximated the median base
salary plus bonuses for the peer group. The Board of Directors acted in
accordance with this recommendation. These increases represent modest merit
increases in base salary for each of the Named Executives. An early 1994 review
of 1993 compensation levels indicates that 1993 base salary and annual bonus
(under the Short-Term Incentive Plan described below) paid to the Chief
Executive Officer and the other Named Executives approximates the 1992 peer
group median base salary and annual bonus for like executives.
SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN -- The Corporation's officers are eligible to
participate in an annual incentive compensation plan with awards based primarily
on the attainment of certain earnings per share and return on assets goals. Each
of these components is given equal weight in the formula to calculate awards.
The objective of this plan is to deliver competitive levels of compensation for
the attainment of financial objectives that the Committee believes are primary
determinants of share price over time. In particular, the plan aims to focus
corporate behavior on consistent and steady earnings growth. Targeted awards for
executive officers of the Corporation are consistent with targeted awards of
peer group companies of similar size and complexity to the Corporation which are
reflected on the Performance Graph. Actual awards are subject to decrease or
increase on the basis of the Corporation's performance. Historically, the
earnings per share Target goal is set at the Corporation's budgeted earnings.
For fiscal year 1993 earnings were budgeted at $1.95 per share, a 12.7% increase
over the 1992 earnings per share originally reported of $1.73 per share.
Originally reported actual earnings for 1993 were $2.03 per share or 17.3% over
originally reported earnings per share for 1992. If budgeted earnings are
achieved, a full payout of bonuses is made. The payout ratio decreases to 25% of
full payment based on an incremental decrease in the earnings per share and
return on assets from the Target goal set for earnings per share and return on
assets down to a minimum or threshold level. Conversely, the payout ratio
increases based on an incremental increase in the earnings per share and return
on assets above the Target goal set for earnings per share and return on assets
up to a Superior level. The Corporation achieved the Plan's financial
performance objectives for the last three years and awards have been made to the
Named Executives during that three-year period as disclosed in the Bonus column
of the Summary Compensation Table.
LONG-TERM CASH INCENTIVE PLAN -- The Board of Directors has adopted a
Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan which provides for payments of cash awards to
certain key employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries who contribute to
the success of the Corporation based upon the achievement of established
performance goals identified in the plan. Performance under the Long-Term Cash
Incentive Plan is based upon growth in earnings per share as compared to an
earnings per share target and return on average equity as compared to the peer
group. Each of these components is given equal weight in the formula to
calculate awards. The first payment under the Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan was
made in 1994 as a result of the Corporation achieving the Superior goal of $5.11
cumulative earnings per share and achieving results between the Target goal of
14.80% return on common equity and the Superior goal of 16% return on common
equity during the performance period 1991-1993. This payment is disclosed in the
Long-Term Compensation LTIP Payouts column of the Summary Compensation Table.
The next payment under the Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan (based on the
performance period 1992-1994) will be made in 1995 if target performance goals
are achieved. Performance through the first two year period of this plan is at
the Superior goal performance level established under the plan. Planned awards
under the 1993-95 Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan are described in the Long-Term
Incentive Plan Awards Table above. Performance through the first year of this
plan is at the Superior goal
12
<PAGE>
performance level established under the plan. Awards actually made under the
1992-1994 Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan will be dependent upon performance
achieved in 1994, the final performance year of the plan.
CAPITAL ACCUMULATION PLAN FOR ELIGIBLE KEY EMPLOYEES -- The Board of
Directors has adopted the Capital Accumulation Plan for Eligible Key Employees
of Southern National Corporation, which allows eligible participants to defer a
stipulated percentage of any incentive compensation to be earned in the
following calendar year. Each year interest will be credited to any amounts
deferred during the following calendar year and to any prior accumulations. The
interest credited to a participant's account will vary annually, and will
generally track market interest rates. The limit for annual deferrals is 100% of
a participant's combined awards under the Short-Term Incentive Plan and the
Long-Term Incentive Plan, or any prior long-term incentive plan then in effect.
The amount deferred must be in 25% increments of a participant's incentive
compensation. Benefits under the Capital Accumulation Plan for Eligible Key
Employees will be paid upon a participant's early or normal retirement, death,
disability, hardship or separation from service. Participants may elect to
receive their benefit payments in a lump sum, or in 180 equal monthly payments.
STOCK OPTION PROGRAM -- The Committee strongly believes that by providing
those persons who have substantial responsibility for the management and growth
of the Corporation with an opportunity to increase their ownership of
Corporation stock, the best interests of shareholders and executives will be
closely aligned. Stock options link the executive's rewards directly to
shareholder return. The Committee has awarded options both in recognition of
past corporate performance (as to Mr. Spruill and Mr. Sperry) and as an
incentive for future performance, the intent of option grant being to motivate
those receiving grants to increase the value of corporation stock in the future.
Options may be granted to key management employees or contributors who have a
significant effect on the long term strategic success of the Corporation.
Executives are eligible to receive stock options from time to time, giving them
the right to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Corporation at a specified
price in the future. The number of stock options granted to executive officers
is based on competitive practices, including practices of the peer group
described in the Performance Graph. While the Committee reviewed the amount and
value of options currently held by executives, the Committee has not established
a target ownership level for equity holdings by executives and prior grants and
the number of outstanding options is not presently factored into the grant
formula. Target ownership levels for equity holdings by executives may be
studied by the Committee in 1994 and considered in conjunction with future
grants of stock options. Options were granted in 1993 based upon a formula. For
Mr. Spruill and Mr. Sperry, options were granted equal to the product of two (2)
times base salary divided by the option price of $19.77 as a one-time award in
recognition of improved credit quality and improvements in operating efficiency.
For the other Named Executives and executive officer group, options were granted
equal to the product of 80% of salary divided by the option price of $19.77; the
Corporation's Secretary received options equal to the product of 50% of salary
divided by the option price of $19.77. Additional information on options is set
forth in the Option Grants Table and the Fiscal Year End Option Value Table
above.
DISCUSSION OF 1993 COMPENSATION FOR THE CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE
OFFICER. In considering the compensation for the Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer for fiscal year 1993, the Committee reviewed his existing compensation
arrangements and both corporate and individual performance. The employment
agreement between the Corporation and Mr. Orr was structured to provide him with
a fully competitive base salary and annual incentive opportunity. The Committee
has made the following determinations regarding the compensation of Mr. Orr.
(bullet)Base salary for Mr. Orr in 1993 increased from the base salary that was
paid in 1992 by 4% to ensure that his base salary approximated the median
base salary for the peer group.
(bullet)A Long-Term Incentive Plan payout of $216,500 was made in 1994 based on
financial performance of the Corporation during the performance period
1991-1993 as a result of the Corporation achieving the Superior goal of
$5.11 cumulative earnings per share, and achieving results between the
Target goal of 14.80% return on common equity and the Superior goal of 16%
return on common equity during the performance period 1991-1993.
(bullet)An incentive award (bonus) was paid in 1994 for fiscal 1993 performance
under the Short Term Incentive Plan in the amount of $217,700 based on the
Corporation's achieving earnings per share of $2.03, on a fully-diluted
basis (which fell between the Target goal and the Superior goal, resulting
in a payout
13
<PAGE>
of 130% of target), and a return on assets of 1.35% which exceeded the
Superior goal set under the plan.
(bullet)The study conducted by a consulting firm at the request of the Committee
in 1992 indicates Mr. Orr's combined base salary and bonus for 1993
approximates peer company medians of combined base salary and bonus paid
to Chief Executive Officers of its peer group in 1992. This combined
amount is consistent with the Committee's targeted range of compensation
for Mr. Orr and is based upon the Corporation's performance in that 33% of
Mr. Orr's combined salary and bonus amount paid for service in 1993 was
based upon the Corporation exceeding the Target goal under the Short-Term
Incentive Plan of earnings per share of $2.03 on a fully-diluted basis in
1993. The Committee determined that Mr. Orr's base salary should be
maintained at a competitive level relative to its peer group. The peer
group utilized in this study is the same peer group utilized in the
Performance Graph set forth herein.
(bullet)Stock options for shares of Corporation stock were awarded under the
Corporation's stock option program to Mr. Orr. The Committee's award was
based on a formula. The options granted equalled the product of 100% of
Mr. Orr's base salary divided by the option price of $19.77 per share.
This level of grant is competitive with the grants to CEO's in the peer
group. (See the Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year Table above.)
SUMMARY. The Corporation's executive compensation programs are based on
financial performance. For fiscal 1993, the Committee's decisions took into
consideration the fact that the Corporation's financial performance, as measured
by earnings per share, was 17% above the earnings per share originally reported
for fiscal year 1992. The Committee also notes that the closing price of the
Corporation's Common Stock has increased from $13.875 on December 31, 1991 to
$19.75 on December 31, 1993, a 42.3% increase.
After its review of all existing programs, the Committee continues to
believe that the total compensation program for executives of the Corporation is
competitive with the compensation programs provided by other corporations with
which the Corporation competes. This position was confirmed in a study conducted
by outside consultants which noted the Corporation's 1992 levels of incentive
compensation support the Corporation's pay-for-performance philosophy under
which incentive pay is based on obtaining budgeted increases in earnings over
earnings achieved in the prior year. The Committee also referred to a study
conducted by another consulting firm, which determined that the budget process
was reasonable and prudent. The Committee noted that the goals established under
the Short-Term Incentive Plan are reasonable and dictate significant increases
in 1994 performance over 1993 performance. The same reasoning was applied by the
Committee in 1992 in setting the goals under the Short-Term Incentive Plan bonus
earned in 1993 and paid in 1994, which is reflected in the Summary Compensation
Table. The Committee believes that any amounts paid under the Short-Term
Incentive Plan will be appropriately related to corporate and individual
performance, yielding awards that are directly linked to the annual financial
and operational results of the Corporation. The Committee also believes that the
stock option program provides opportunities to participants that are consistent
with the returns that are generated on the behalf of the Corporation's
shareholders.
Currently, all compensation paid by the Corporation to its executives is
deductible. Approval of the Long-Term Incentive Plan and Short-Term Incentive
Plan by shareholders (see Proposals 3 and 4) will ensure deductibility of
compensation paid under such plans as performance based compensation under
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE
Richard Janeway, M.D. -- Chairman
Nido R. Qubein -- Vice-Chairman
Dickson McLean, Jr.
Ronald E. Deal
E. M. Williams
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
Nido R. Qubein, a Director of the Corporation and a member of the
Compensation Committee, is owner of Creative Services, Inc., an international
management consulting firm. SNB North Carolina has entered into
14
<PAGE>
a consulting services contract with Creative Services, Inc. under which Creative
Services, Inc. is advising management of the Corporation by providing
organizational development expertise, including the conceptualization and
creation of integrated corporate employee training materials and programs.
Creative Services, Inc. was paid $183,110 under this contract in 1993.
Management believes this contract is on terms as favorable as could have been
obtained from others.
Dickson McLean, Jr., a Director of the Corporation and a member of the
Compensation Committee, is President of McLean, Stacy, Henry, McLean, Slaughter
& Ramsaur, P.A., Attorneys-at-Law. The firm is under retainer to provide legal
services to the Corporation and its subsidiaries. The firm was paid the sum of
$56,093 in 1993. Management believes these services were provided on terms as
favorable as could have been obtained from others.
Mr. McLean and Mr. Qubein abstain from voting on matters relating to stock
options and the Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan and Short-Term Incentive Plan.
TRANSACTIONS WITH OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
Directors and officers of the Corporation and their associates are
customers of and have had transactions with the Corporation's subsidiaries in
the ordinary course of business. All outstanding loans and commitments included
in such transactions were in the ordinary course of business, made on
substantially the same terms, including rates and collateral, as those
prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other customers and did
not involve more than normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable
features. All outstanding loans to such officers and Directors and their
associates are current as to principal and interest. As of December 31, 1993,
loans in excess of $60,000 to Directors, executive officers and their interests
totaled approximately $24 million, or approximately 4.8% of the Corporation's
consolidated shareholders' equity at such date.
Elizabeth T. Williams, wife of A. Tab Williams, Jr., a Director of the
Corporation and formerly a Director of Forsyth Bank & Trust Co., leased to
Forsyth Bank & Trust Co. the land and building used by it as a branch location
at Corporation Parkway and Peters Creek Parkway in Winston-Salem, North
Carolina, effective November 1, 1979, for a base period of 25 years with renewal
options. The initial monthly rent under the lease is $3,680 with increases based
on the Consumer Price Index at the end of the seventh year and each five years
thereafter. SNB North Carolina assumed this lease upon its merger with Forsyth
Bank & Trust Co. The current rent is $4,737 per month. Management believes that
the lease terms are as favorable as could have been obtained from other sources.
Ted R. Reynolds, a Director of the Corporation, is a 90% owner of Raleigh
Place Associates, a North Carolina General Partnership that entered into a 15
year lease with SNB North Carolina, whereby the bank leases office space for one
of its Raleigh bank branches located at 316 West Edenton Street, Raleigh, North
Carolina. The lease has renewal options. For fiscal year 1993, 12 lease payments
of $4,798 each month were paid to Raleigh Place Associates for a total of
$57,576. In addition to lease payments, SNB North Carolina is obligated to share
certain lease pass-through expenses of the building for operating expenses. In
1993, the bank paid approximately $19,000 to Raleigh Place Associates, which sum
represented its share of operating expenses for calendar year 1993. Management
believes this lease contract is on terms that are as favorable as could have
been obtained from other sources.
See Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation above.
COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(A) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires that the
Corporation's directors and executive officers, and persons who own more than
10% of a registered class of the Corporation's equity securities, file with the
Securities and Exchange commission initial reports of ownership and reports of
change in ownership of Common Stock and other equity securities of the
Corporation. Officers, directors and greater than 10% shareholders are required
by SEC regulation to furnish the Corporation with copies of all Section 16(a)
forms that they file.
To the Corporation's knowledge, based solely on review of the copies of
such reports furnished to the Company, and written representations that no other
reports were required, during the fiscal year ended
15
<PAGE>
December 31, 1993, all Section 16(a) filing requirements applicable to its
officers, directors and greater than 10% beneficial owners were met.
PERFORMANCE GRAPH
Set forth below is a graph comparing the total returns (assuming
reinvestment of dividends) of Corporation Common Stock, the S&P 500 Index, and
an industry peer group index of 14 southeastern banks. The graph assumes $100
invested on December 31, 1988 in Corporation Common Stock and each of the
indices.
The bank holding companies in the peer group index are BB&T Financial
Corporation, CCB Financial Corporation, South Trust Corporation, AmSouth
Bancorporation, Central Fidelity Banks, Inc., First Alabama Bancshares, Inc.,
First Virginia Banks, Inc., Compass Bancshares, Inc. (formerly Central
Bancshares of the South, Inc.), Mercantile Bancshares Corporation, Bank South
Corp., Synovus Financial Corp., Centura Banks, Inc., Baltimore Bancorp., Inc.
and United Carolina Bancshares Corporation.
COMPARISON OF FIVE YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN
AMONG SNC, S&P 500 INDEX AND PEER GROUP
(Performance Graph appears here--see appendix)
[CAPTION]
<TABLE>
1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Southern National $100 $108 $ 83 $120 $175 $182
Peer Group Index 100 118 100 163 221 233
S&P 500 100 132 127 166 179 197
</TABLE>
16
<PAGE>
PROPOSAL 2: APPROVAL OF THE OMNIBUS STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
The Board of Directors proposes that the shareholders approve the Southern
National Corporation Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan (the Stock Plan), adopted by
the Board of Directors on February 17, 1994, subject to the approval of the
Corporation's shareholders. The approval of the Stock Plan requires the
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock
present or represented by properly executed and delivered proxies at the
meeting. Abstentions and shares held in street name voted as to any matter at
the meeting will be included in determining the number of votes present or
represented at the meeting.
For several years the Corporation has provided stock-based compensation
opportunities to executives and key employees under the Corporation's
Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (the Nonqualified Plan) and Incentive Stock
Option Plan (the ISO Plan). The Board of Directors believes that the
Nonqualified Plan and the ISO Plan have served their purpose of promoting a
greater identity of interests between participants and shareholders and that
similar opportunities should be continued under the Stock Plan. However, the
number of shares available for issuance under the existing plans will likely be
depleted within the next year. If the shareholders approve the Stock Plan,
additional awards may, but are not required to, be made under the Nonqualified
Plan and the ISO Plan, until there are no remaining authorized shares under
these plans.
The Stock Plan is intended to provide the Compensation Committee of the
Board of Directors maximum flexibility to meet the evolving needs of the
Corporation in providing stock-based compensation to its key executives over the
next ten years, in order to align more closely the interests of corporate
management with those of shareholders. The Stock Plan may be used to grant stock
options and stock appreciation rights, and to award restricted stock and
performance shares. The Stock Plan may also be used to grant stock options in
conjunction with future mergers. The Stock Plan therefore eliminates the need
and expense of registering additional shares of Common Stock each time the
Corporation engages in a merger transaction, for example the approximately
571,049 shares that have been registered as a result of the Corporation's recent
mergers.
The following paragraphs summarize the principal features of the Stock
Plan. This summary is subject, in all respects, to the terms of the Stock Plan.
The Corporation will provide promptly, upon request and without charge, a copy
of the full text of the Stock Plan to each person to whom a copy of this proxy
statement is delivered. Requests should be directed to: Mr. Robert K. Borbet,
Vice President, Compensation and Benefits Administrator, Southern National Bank
of North Carolina, 500 North Chestnut Street, Lumberton, North Carolina 28358,
(910) 671-2224.
SUMMARY OF THE STOCK PLAN
The Board of Directors believes that the Stock Plan will benefit the
Corporation by (i) assisting it in recruiting and retaining employees with
ability and initiative, (ii) providing greater incentive for employees of the
Corporation or its related entities and (iii) associating the interests of
employees with those of the Corporation, its related entities, and its
shareholders through opportunities for increased stock ownership. A maximum of
4,000,000 shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Plan, subject to
a 3% replenishment percentage. However, in no event shall the number of shares
authorized for issuance under the Stock Plan exceed 10% of authorized and
outstanding Common Stock as of the time of any replenishment adjustment.
The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors will administer the
Stock Plan. The Compensation Committee may delegate its authority to administer
the Stock Plan to one or more officers of the Corporation. The Compensation
Committee, however, may not delegate its authority with respect to individuals
who are subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ( Section
16). As used in this summary, the term Administrator means the Compensation
Committee and any delegate, as appropriate.
Each employee of the Corporation or a related entity is eligible to
participate in the Stock Plan. Certain non-employees are eligible to participate
in the Stock Plan in conjunction with merger and acquisition transactions. The
Administrator will select the individuals who will participate in the Stock Plan
(Participants) but no person may participate in the Stock Plan while he is a
member of the Compensation Committee. The Administrator may, from time to time,
grant stock options, stock appreciation rights (SARs), stock awards, or
17
<PAGE>
performance shares to Participants. Although the Stock Plan allows several
different kinds of awards, the Compensation Committee intends to continue its
past practice of providing stock-based compensation opportunities in the form of
stock options on substantially the same basis as under the Nonqualified Plan and
the ISO Plan.
Options granted under the Stock Plan may be incentive stock options ( ISOs)
or nonqualified stock options. A stock option entitles the Participant to
purchase shares of Common Stock from the Corporation at the option price. The
option price will be fixed by the Administrator at the time the option is
granted, but the price cannot be less than 100% of the shares' fair market value
on the date of grant in the case of ISOs, and not less than 85% of the shares'
fair market value on the date of grant in the case of nonqualified stock
options. The Corporation's existing Nonqualified Plan also permits the option
price of nonqualified stock options to be not less than 85% of the shares' fair
market value on the date of grant. However, in the past no nonqualified stock
options have been granted for less than 100% of the shares' fair market value on
the date of grant, and although available as an option, the Corporation does not
anticipate that this practice will change in the future. The option price may be
paid in cash, with shares of Common Stock, or with a combination of cash and
Common Stock.
SARs entitle the Participant to receive the lesser of (i) the excess of the
fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise over the
initial value of the SAR or (ii) the initial value. The initial value of the SAR
is determined by the Administrator at the time of the grant but cannot be less
than the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant. The
amount payable upon the exercise of an SAR may be paid in cash, Common Stock, or
a combination of the two.
SARs may be granted in relation to option grants (Corresponding SARs) or
independently of option grants. The difference between these two types of SARs
is that to exercise a Corresponding SAR, the Participant must surrender
unexercised that portion of the stock option to which the Corresponding SAR
relates.
Participants may be awarded shares of Common Stock pursuant to a restricted
stock award. The Administrator, in its discretion, may prescribe that a
Participant's rights in a restricted stock award shall be nontransferable or
forfeitable, or both, unless certain conditions are satisfied. These conditions
may include, for example, a requirement that the Participant continue employment
with the Corporation or a related entity for a specified period or that the
Corporation, a related entity, or the Participant achieve stated objectives. It
is anticipated that the vesting period of a restricted stock award will be no
less than three years, or no less than one year in the case of performance-based
restricted stock awards.
The Stock Plan also provides for the award of performance shares. A
performance share award entitles the Participant to receive a payment equal to
the fair market value of a targeted number of shares of Common Stock if certain
performance standards are met. The Administrator will prescribe the requirements
that must be satisfied before a performance share award is earned. The
performance share requirements may include, for example, a requirement that the
Participant continue employment with the Corporation or a related entity for a
specified period or that Corporation, a related entity, or the Participant
achieve stated objectives. A performance share award will be earned based on the
performance share value during each of the five valuation periods (calendar
years) following the date of the award. To the extent that performance shares
are earned, the obligation may be settled in cash, in Common Stock or by a
combination of the two.
All awards made under the Stock Plan will be evidenced by written
agreements between the Corporation and the Participant. A maximum of 30,000
shares may be granted to a Participant in any calendar year. The share
limitation and the terms of outstanding awards shall be adjusted, as the
Compensation Committee deems appropriate, in the event of a stock dividend,
stock split, combination, reclassification, recapitalization, or other similar
events.
No option, SAR or stock award may be granted and no performance shares may
be awarded under the Stock Plan after February 16, 2004. The Board of Directors
may terminate the Stock Plan sooner without further action by shareholders. The
Board of Directors also may amend the Stock Plan except that no amendment that
increases the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the
Stock Plan or changes the class of individuals who may be selected to
participate in the Stock Plan will become effective until it is approved by
shareholders.
18
<PAGE>
Neither the number of individuals who will be selected to participate in
the Stock Plan nor the type or size of awards that will be approved by the
Administrator can be determined. The Corporation is also unable to determine the
number of individuals who would have participated in the Stock Plan or the type
or size of awards that would have been made under the Stock Plan had it been in
effect in 1993.
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
The Corporation has been advised by counsel regarding the federal income
tax consequences of the Stock Plan. No income is recognized by a Participant at
the time an option is granted. If the option is an ISO, no income will be
recognized upon the Participant's exercise of the option. Income is recognized
by a Participant when he disposes of shares acquired under an ISO. The exercise
of a nonqualified stock option generally is a taxable event that requires the
Participant to recognize, as ordinary income, the difference between the shares'
fair market value and the option price.
No income is recognized upon the grant of an SAR. The exercise of an SAR
generally is a taxable event. The Participant generally must recognize income
equal to any cash that is paid and the fair market value of Common Stock that is
received in settlement of an SAR.
The Participant will recognize income on account of a stock award on the
first day that the shares are either transferable or not subject to a
substantial risk of forfeiture. The amount of income recognized by the
Participant is equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock received on
that date.
The Participant will recognize income on account of the settlement of a
performance share award. The Participant will recognize income equal to any cash
that is paid and the fair market value of Common Stock (on the date that the
shares are first transferable or not subject to a substantial risk of
forfeiture) that is received in settlement of the award.
The employer (either the Corporation or a related entity) will be entitled
to claim a federal income tax deduction on account of the exercise of a
nonqualified option or SAR, the vesting of a stock award, and the settlement of
a performance share award. The amount of the deduction is equal to the ordinary
income recognized by the Participant. The employer will not be entitled to a
federal income tax deduction on account of the grant or the exercise of an ISO.
The employer may claim a federal income tax deduction on account of certain
dispositions of Common Stock acquired upon the exercise of an ISO.
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR APPROVAL OF THE OMNIBUS STOCK
INCENTIVE PLAN.
PROPOSAL 3: APPROVAL OF THE LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
The Board of Directors proposes that the shareholders approve the Southern
National Corporation Long-Term Incentive Plan (the Long-Term Plan), previously
adopted by the Board of Directors on December 20, 1990. The Board of Directors
amended the Long-Term Plan on February 17, 1994 in order for it to qualify as
performance-based compensation under applicable Internal Revenue Service laws
and regulations, subject to the approval of the Corporation's shareholders. The
approval of the Long-Term Plan and its amendments requires the affirmative vote
of the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock present or
represented by properly executed and delivered proxies at the meeting.
Abstentions and shares held in street name voted as to any matter at the meeting
will be included in determining the number of votes present or represented at
the meeting.
The Corporation has previously maintained long-term cash incentive plans
for specified three year periods, for example the 1993-95 Long-Term Cash
Incentive Plan, which were not required to be submitted for shareholder
approval. Those plans will remain in effect in accordance with their terms until
they terminate. It is proposed that all future long-term incentive awards be
made under the Long-Term Plan. The Long-Term Plan is now being submitted for
shareholder approval in order that it qualify as performance-based compensation
under applicable Internal Revenue Service laws and regulations.
The Board of Directors believes that the Long-Term Plan will benefit the
Corporation by (i) assisting it in recruiting and retaining officers and key
employees with ability and initiative, (ii) providing greater incentive
19
<PAGE>
for officers and key employees, and (iii) associating the interests of officers
and key employees with those of the Corporation and its shareholders through
opportunities for increased stock ownership.
The following paragraphs summarize the more significant features of the
Long-Term Plan. This summary is subject, in all respects, to the terms of the
Long-Term Plan. The Corporation will provide promptly, upon request and without
charge, a copy of the full text of the Long-Term Plan to each person to whom a
copy of this proxy statement is delivered. Requests should be directed to: Mr.
Robert K. Borbet, Vice President, Compensation and Benefits Administrator,
Southern National Bank of North Carolina, 500 North Chestnut Street, Lumberton,
North Carolina 28358, (910) 671-2224.
The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors will administer the
Long-Term Plan. The Compensation Committee will select the employees who will
participate in the Long-Term Plan (Participants). Key employees of the
Corporation or a related entity are eligible to participate in the Long-Term
Plan.
The Long-Term Plan provides cash awards to key employees who contribute to
the success of the Corporation based on the achievement of goals established for
a given three-fiscal-year performance period. Awards under the Long-Term Plan
will be based on overall corporate performance. Corporate performance under the
Long-Term Plan will be based upon growth in earnings per share as compared to an
earnings per share target, and return on average equity performance as compared
to identified industry standards.
Each payout of an incentive award will be from the general funds of the
Corporation. No special or separate fund will be established or other
segregation of assets made to assure payout of any incentive award. The Board of
Directors will have the power to amend the Long-Term Plan, or to suspend or
terminate the Long-Term Plan in whole or in part.
Neither the number of individuals who will be selected to participate in
the Long-Term Plan nor the size of the incentive payments to be made under the
Long-Term Plan can be determined. However, the payments made under the 1991-93
Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan in 1993 are described in Summary Compensation
Table under the LTIP Payouts column.
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR APPROVAL OF THE LONG-TERM
INCENTIVE PLAN.
PROPOSAL 4: APPROVAL OF THE SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
The Board of Directors proposes that the shareholders approve the Southern
National Corporation Short-Term Incentive Plan (the Short-Term Plan), previously
adopted by the Board of Directors on December 20, 1990. The Board of Directors
amended the Short-Term Plan on February 17, 1994 in order for it to qualify as
performance-based compensation under applicable Internal Revenue Service laws
and regulations, subject to the approval of the Corporation's shareholders. The
approval of the Short-Term Plan and its amendments requires the affirmative vote
of the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock present or
represented by properly executed and delivered proxies at the meeting.
Abstentions and shares held in street name voted as to any matter at the meeting
will be included in determining the number of votes present or represented at
the meeting.
The Corporation has previously maintained annual short-term cash incentive
plans, for example the 1993 Short-Term Incentive Plan, which were not required
to be submitted for shareholder approval. It is proposed that all future
short-term incentive awards be made under the Short-Term Plan. The Short-Term
Plan is now being submitted for shareholder approval in order that it qualify as
performance-based compensation under applicable Internal Revenue Service laws
and regulations.
The Board of Directors believes that the Short-Term Plan will benefit the
Corporation by (i) assisting it in recruiting and retaining officers and key
employees with ability and initiative, (ii) providing greater incentive for
officers and key employees, and (iii) associating the interests of officers and
key employees with those of the Corporation and its shareholders through
opportunities for increased stock ownership.
The following paragraphs summarize the more significant features of the
Short-Term Plan. This summary is subject, in all respects, to the terms of the
Short-Term Plan. The Corporation will provide promptly, upon request and without
charge, a copy of the full text of the Short-Term Plan to each person to whom a
copy of
20
<PAGE>
this proxy statement is delivered. Requests should be directed to: Mr. Robert K.
Borbet, Vice President, Compensation and Benefits Administrator, Southern
National Bank of North Carolina, 500 North Chestnut Street, Lumberton, North
Carolina 28358, (910) 671-2224.
The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors will administer the
Short-Term Plan. The Compensation Committee will select the employees who will
participate in the Short-Term Plan (Participants). Key executives of the
Corporation or a related entity are eligible to participate in the Short-Term
Plan.
The Short-Term Plan provides cash awards to key employees who contribute to
the success of the Corporation based on the achievement of short-term goals
established for a given fiscal year. Awards are based on corporate performance
determined primarily on the attainment of certain earnings per share and return
on assets goals. The size of incentive payments under the Short-Term Plan will
be determined by establishing target incentive awards expressed as a percentage
of base salary. Such percentages may not exceed 35% of base salary and will be
established annually by the Compensation Committee. The maximum incentive award
for a participant will be equal to 150% of the participant's targeted incentive
awards. Actual awards are subject to decrease or increase on the basis of the
Corporation's performance. The target earnings per share will be based on the
Corporation's budgeted earnings. If budgeted earnings are achieved, a full
payout of bonuses is made. The payout ratio decreases to 25% of full payment
based on an incremental decrease in the targeted earnings per share and return
on assets down to a minimum or threshold level. Conversely, the payout ratio
increases based on an incremental increase in the target earnings per share and
return on assets up to a superior level.
Each payout of an incentive award will be from the general funds of the
Corporation. No special or separate fund will be established or other
segregation of assets made to assure payout of any incentive award. The Board of
Directors will have the power to amend the Short-Term Plan, or to suspend or
terminate the Short-Term Plan in whole or in part.
Neither the number of individuals who will be selected to participate in
the Short-Term Plan nor the size of the incentive payments to be made under the
Short-Term Plan can be determined. However, payments made under the 1993
Short-Term Incentive Plan during 1993 are described in the Summary Compensation
Table.
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR APPROVAL OF THE SHORT-TERM
INCENTIVE PLAN.
PROPOSAL 5: APPROVAL OF AMENDMENTS TO THE
NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLANS
The Board of Directors proposes that the shareholders approve amendments to
the Southern National Corporation Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (the
Nonqualified Plan) and the Southern National Corporation Incentive Stock Option
Plan (the ISO Plan) (collectively, the Option Plans) adopted by the Board of
Directors on February 17, 1994, subject to the approval of the Corporation's
shareholders. The approval of amendments to the ISO Plan and Nonqualified Plan
requires the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of
Common Stock present or represented by properly executed and delivered proxies
at the meeting. Abstentions and shares held in street name voted as to any
matter at the meeting will be included in determining the number of votes
present or represented at the meeting.
The proposed amendments will give the Compensation Committee the authority
to accelerate the four year vesting schedule of nonqualified stock options and
incentive stock options under appropriate circumstances, in the event of death,
disability or retirement.
The following paragraphs summarize the principal features of the Option
Plans. This summary is subject, in all respects, to the terms of the Option
Plans and the proposed amendments. The Corporation will provide promptly, upon
request and without charge, a copy of the full text of the Option Plans and the
proposed amendments to each person to whom a copy of this proxy statement is
delivered. Requests should be directed to: Mr. Robert K. Borbet, Vice President,
Compensation and Benefits Administrator, Southern National Bank of North
Carolina, 500 North Chestnut Street, Lumberton, North Carolina 28358, (910)
671-2224.
21
<PAGE>
The Option Plans are administered by the Compensation Committee of the
Board of Directors. The Compensation Committee selects those key employees of
the Corporation or its subsidiaries that will be eligible to receive options,
and also selects the type of option to be granted, the price of each option, and
the specific terms to be included in the option agreement.
Options granted under the Option Plans have a term of ten years from the
date of grant, subject to earlier termination in the event of death, disability
or retirement. In addition, all options granted under the Option Plans are
subject to a four year vesting schedule, whereby 25% of the number of shares in
each option are exercisable on the first anniversary of the date of grant, and
each year thereafter.
The prices at which the shares of the Corporation's common stock may be
purchased are determined by the Compensation Committee. However, an incentive
stock option may not be granted at an option price of less than 100% of its fair
market value on the date of grant, and nonqualified stock options may not be
granted at an option price of less than 85% of its fair market value on the date
of grant.
The purpose of the Option Plans is to provide long term incentives to
certain key employees of the Corporation or its subsidiaries, to remain in its
employment and to use their best efforts on behalf of their employers. The Board
of Directors retains the power to amend, suspend or terminate either of the
Option Plans; however, the Board of Directors may not, without shareholder
approval implement such changes, which may (i) increase the total amount of the
share reserve for the options; (ii) change the option price except as allowable
under the Option Plans; (iii) affect outstanding option rights already granted;
(iv) extend the option term or decrease the option term; and (v) extend the
termination date of the plans.
The ISO Plan is intended to qualify for certain advantageous tax treatment
under section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code).
The Nonqualified Plan is not intended to qualify under Code section 422. Refer
above to Proposal 2: Approval of the Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan under the
caption Federal Income Tax Consequences for a discussion of the federal income
tax consequences of the grant and exercise of nonqualified or incentive stock
options.
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR APPROVAL OF THE PROPOSAL TO
AMEND THE NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION PLAN AND INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN.
ANNUAL REPORT
The Corporation's 1993 Annual Report to Shareholders, including financial
statements, accompanies this Proxy Statement.
PROPOSALS FOR 1995 ANNUAL MEETING
Under regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any
shareholder desiring to make a proposal to be acted upon at the 1995 annual
meeting of shareholders must present such proposal to the Corporation at its
principal office in Lumberton, North Carolina, by November 17, 1994, for the
proposal to be considered for inclusion in the Corporation's proxy statement.
In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be
properly brought before the annual meeting by a shareholder even if the proposal
is not to be included in the Corporation's proxy statement, the Corporation's
bylaws provide that the shareholder must give timely notice in writing to the
Secretary of the Company at least 60 days prior to the date one year from the
date of the immediately preceding annual meeting. As to each matter, the notice
must contain (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought
before the annual meeting, (ii) the name, record address of, and class and
number of shares beneficially owned by, the shareholder proposing such business
and (iii) any material interest of the shareholder in such business.
22
<PAGE>
OTHER BUSINESS
The Board of Directors knows of no other matter to come before the Annual
Meeting of Shareholders. However, if any other matter requiring a vote of the
shareholders should arise, it is the intention of the persons named in the
accompanying proxy to vote such proxy in accordance with their best judgment.
By Order of the Board of Directors
(Signature of David L. Craven)
DAVID L. CRAVEN
SECRETARY
Dated: March 16, 1994
23
<PAGE>
SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION
PROXY
THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF
OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS FOR THE ANNUAL MEETING
OF SHAREHOLDERS TO BE HELD APRIL 19, 1994
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That the undersigned shareholder of
Southern National Corporation (the Corporation), a North Carolina corporation,
hereby constitutes and appoints H. Franklin Biggs, K. Dwight Willoughby, Felton
Sealey and Laura P. Richardson, and each of them, attorneys and proxies, with
full power of substitution, for and on behalf of the undersigned to act and
vote, as indicated below, according to the number of shares of the Corporation's
common stock held of record by the undersigned on February 17, 1994, and as
fully as the undersigned would be entitled to act and vote if personally
present, at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held at Pine Crest Country
Club, Maxton Highway, Lumberton, North Carolina on April 19, 1994 at 11:00 a.m.
and at any adjournment or adjournments thereof.
THIS PROXY, WHEN PROPERLY EXECUTED, WILL BE VOTED IN THE MANNER DIRECTED
HEREIN BY THE UNDERSIGNED SHAREHOLDER. IF PROPERLY EXECUTED AND NO DIRECTION IS
MADE, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED IN FAVOR OF PROPOSALS 1, 2 3, 4 AND 5.
1. PROPOSAL TO ELECT AS DIRECTORS THE 10 NOMINEES LISTED BELOW:
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
[] FOR electing all 10 nominees listed below [] AGAINST electing all 10 nominees [] ABSTAIN
(except as marked to the contrary below) listed below
</TABLE>
(Instruction: To withhold authority to vote for any individual Nominee, strike a
line through the Nominee's name in the list below.)
William N. Geiger, Jr., James A. Hardison, Jr., Charles E. Nichols, Ted R.
Reynolds, Joseph A. McAleer, Luther C. Boliek, H. Ray Davis, Paul S. Goldsmith,
T. H. Yancey and Robert H. Yeargin.
2. PROPOSAL TO APPROVE THE CORPORATION'S OMNIBUS STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN.
[] FOR [] AGAINST [] ABSTAIN
3. PROPOSAL TO APPROVE THE CORPORATION'S LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
[] FOR [] AGAINST [] ABSTAIN
4. PROPOSAL TO APPROVE THE CORPORATION'S SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN.
[] FOR [] AGAINST [] ABSTAIN
<PAGE>
5. PROPOSAL TO APPROVE AN AMENDMENT TO THE CORPORATION'S INCENTIVE STOCK
OPTION PLAN AND NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION PLAN.
[] FOR [] AGAINST [] ABSTAIN
6. In their discretion, the proxies are authorized to act and vote upon any
other business which may properly be brought before the meeting or any
adjournment thereof.
The undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that said attorneys and
proxies or any of them lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. A
majority of said attorneys and proxies who shall be present and acting as such
at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or if only one
such attorney and proxy be present and acting, then that one, shall have and may
exercise all the powers hereby conferred.
The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the Notice of Annual Meeting
of Shareholders, dated March 16, 1994, the Proxy Statement and Annual Report
furnished therewith.
(SEAL)
(SEAL)
NOTE: Please sign exactly as name
appears on stock certificate. When
shares are held by joint tenants,
both should sign. Executors,
administrators, trustees and other
fiduciaries, and persons signing on
behalf of corporations or
partnerships, should so indicate
when signing.
Dated this day of ,
1994.
PLEASE MARK, DATE, SIGN AND RETURN THIS PROXY PROMPTLY. THANK YOU.
***************************************************************************
APPENDIX
On the Notice of Annual Meeting of Shareholders page the signature of
David L. Craven appears where noted.
On Page 16 the Performance Graph appears where indicated. The plot
points are listed in the table below that point.
On Page 23 the signature of David L. Craven appears where noted.